Home

Untitled - 深圳市英锐恩科技有限公司

1. n continue See Also cgets cputs ungetch 270 Library Functions GETCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int getchar void Description The getchar routine is a getc stdin operation It is a macro defined in stdio h Note that under normal circumstances getchar will NOT return unless a carriage return has been typed on the console To get a single character immediately from the console use the function getch Example include lt stdio h gt void main void Int ia while c getchar EOF putchar c See Also getc fgetc freopen fcloseQ Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 271 Library Functions GETS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt char gets char s Description The gets function reads a line from standard input into the buffer at s deleting the newline cf fgets The buffer is null terminated In an embedded system gets is equivalent to cgets and results in getche being called repeatedly to get characters Editing with backspace is available Example include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 printf Type a line if gets buf puts buf See Also feets freopen puts Return Value It returns its argument or NULL on end of file 272 Library Functions GMTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm gmtime time_t t
2. e e 154 ASPICIS Statement formats css e a A Be 159 ASPICI8 numbers and bases gt o soo ee ee we 160 ASPICTS Operators os 6 be ects Be gw ee SS es aw ee 163 ASPICTS assembler directives serum eA RR RO AA 166 PRETO E Id od 167 PIC 1S assembler controls sicario e a eS 177 ETS SOM OLOPUORS i r c raure 2 kk eRe bh ee ORES Sek we SS 178 Linker command line options 2 0 2 2 2 20000020000 189 Linker command line options lt s s erore ek a rane ee e e 190 Librarian command line options e 205 Librarian key letter commands a e e e E 205 OBITOREX command line Options i peccas e RR ee A 208 CREF command line Options lt 2 sene rte Se BH DRESS 209 CROMWELL format BES cas he PAS ER ER ER ee 211 CROMWELL command line options soss ca doco ka ras eee es 212 P option architecture arguments for COFF file output 212 Hexmate command line options 2 o e soen oce scsi ettei KERAG 216 Hexmate Checksum Algorithm Selection o o 219 INHX types used in FORMAT option o o e o 222 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs 507 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs 508 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs 509 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs 510 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs
3. overlaps segment Linker The named segments have overlapping code or data Check the addresses being assigned by the P linker option 599 No psect classes given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the program memory psect classes be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the N option as per Section 5 13 2 600 No chip arch given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the chip architecture be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 13 1 601 Unknown chip arch for COFF write Cromwell The chip architecture specified for producing a COFF file isn t recognised by Cromwell Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 13 1 and that the architecture specified matches one of those in Table 5 8 433 Error and Warning Messages 602 null file format name Cromwell The I or 0 option to Cromwell must specify a file format 603 ambiguous file format name Cromwell The input or output format specified to Cromwell is ambiguous These formats are specified with the ikey and okey options respectively 604 unknown file format name Cromwell The output format specified to CROMWELL is unknown e g cromwell m P16F877 main hex main sym ocot and output file type of cot did you mean cof 605 did not recognize format of input file Cromwell The input file to Cromwell is requir
4. 53 2 6 34 FLOAT type Select kind of Float Types 54 2 6 35 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options 54 2 6 36 HELP lt option gt Display Help o 54 2 6 37 HIML Generate HTML Debug Files c0o coppoomsarr s 54 2 6 38 IDE type Specify the IDE being used 55 2 6 39 LANG language Specify the Language for Messages 55 2 6 40 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map 55 2 6 41 MODE mode Choose Compiler Operating Mode 56 2 6 42 MSGDISABLE messagelist Disable Warning Messages 56 2 6 43 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format 56 2 6 44 NODEL Do not Remove Temporary Files 56 2 645 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler cere esto ee ee 56 2 6 46 OBJDIR dir Specify a Directory for Intermediate Files 57 2 6 47 OPT lt t ype gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations 57 2 6 48 OUTDIR path Specify a Directory for Output Files 57 2 6 49 OUTPUT t ype Specify Output File Type 58 2 6 50 PASS1 Compileto P cod c o serc co ociosas rr 58 2 6 51 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code o 58 26 52 PROTO Generate Prototypes co crate ee we 59 2 6 53 RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges 60 2 6 54 ROM lo hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges
5. 3 5 4 1 Structure Return Values Return values that have an aggregate type e g struct and union types but whose size is 4 bytes or smaller are returned in the parameter memory as is done with return values of basic type For aggregate return values greater than 4 bytes in size the object is also copied to the base of the function s parameter area and the address of the copy is returned in the FSRO register 3 6 Operators HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports all the ANSI operators The exact results of some of these are implementation defined The following sections illustrate code produced by the com piler 3 6 1 Integral Promotion When there is more than one operand to an operator they typically must be of exactly the same type The compiler will automatically convert the operands if necessary so they have the same 119 Operators C Language Features type The conversion is to a larger type so there is no loss of information Even if the operands have the same type in some situations they are converted to a different type before the operation This conversion is called integral promotion HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs performs these integral promotions where required If you are not aware that these changes of type have taken place the results of some expressions are not what would normally be expected Integral promotion is the implicit conversion of enumerated types signed or unsigned varieties of
6. 680 bad format for P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 682 this architecture is not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A target device other than baseline midrange or highend was specified This compiler only supports devices from these architecture families 683 bank 1 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 1 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in this bank 684 bank 2 and 3 variables are not supported by the PICC Lite compiler Code Generator A variable with an absolute address located in bank 2 or 3 was detected This compiler does not support code generation of variables in these banks 685 bad putwsize Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 438 Error and Warning Messages 686 bad switch size Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 687 bad pushreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details See Section 5 7 2 for more information 688 bad popreg Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 689 un
7. Compile to Assembler Code sao c oas ecese ee ee 48 2619 macro Undehinea Mace s poeci cs eb aes Sa Pe eS 48 20 16 y Verbose Compile 6224566 0b hbo e be 49 20 17 X Strip Local Symbols s a e gcc ye 6 A eee e e A A 49 2 6 18 ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifier 49 2 6 19 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files c 2 ee ee ee 49 2 6 20 CHECKSUM start end destination lt specs gt Calculate a check SUG ee o Biel ek ok a PS AAA ee Se we ee A 50 20 21 sCHipsprocessor Define Processof cc sag ira eR A aaa 50 2 6 22 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors 50 2 6 23 CMODE Specify compatibility mode 51 2 6 24 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address 51 2 6 25 CR f ile Generate Cross Reference Listing 51 2 6 26 DEBUGGER t ype Select Debugger Type 52 2 6 27 DOUBLE t ype Select kind of Double Types 52 2 6 28 ECHO Echo command line before processing 52 2 6 29 EMI type Select operating mode of the external memory interface EMI 52 2 6 30 ERRATA t ype Specify to add or remove specific errata workarounds 53 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 6 31 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages 53 2 6 32 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors 53 2 6 33 FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory
8. the offset that block has in the respective section of the compiled stack For example the figure tells us main has 6 bytes of memory allocated at an offset of 4 in the compiled stack section that lives in common memory It also has 4 bytes of memory allocated in bank 0 memory at an offset of 16 in the bank O compiled stack component Below the information for main outside the orange box you will see the same information repeated for the functions that main called viz rv rvx and rvy Indentation is used to indicate the maximum depth that function reaches in the call graph The arrows in the figure highlight this indentation After each tree in the call graph there is an indication of the maximum call stack depth that might be realized by that tree This may be used as a guide to the stack usage of the program No definitive value can be given for the program s total stack usage for several reasons e Certain parts of the call tree may never be reached reducing that tree s stack usage e The contribution of interrupt or other trees to the main tree cannot be determined as the point in main s call tree at which the interrupt or other function invocation will occur cannot be known The assembler optimizer may have replaced function calls with jumps to functions reducing that tree s stack usage The assembler s procedural abstraction optimizations may have added in calls to abstracted routines Checks a
9. Address is an offset into psect smallconst e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 64 kbytes of program space data Address is an offset into psect mediumconst which is linked into any 64k block but with an offset into this block equal to the size of the data space memory e A 24 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire program space e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data space memory and up to 64 kbytes of program space data Addresses above the top of the data space access program space other addresses access data space e A 24 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data space memory and the entire program space Bit 21 determines destination this bit set indicates a data space address clear indicates a program space address This is the default pointer configuration as it can point to any object Each data pointer will be allocated one of the above classifications after preliminary scans of the source code There is no mechanism by which the programmer can specify the style of pointer required other than by the address assignments to the pointer 106 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables TUTORIAL DYNAMIC POINTER SIZES A program in the early stages of development contains the following code void main void int i ip ip l The code generator is able to automatically allocate the variable i to the access bank which it does The
10. _Portvar EQU 06h No auto variables can be made absolute as they are located in a compiled stack See Section 3 4 1 1 Absolute variables cannot be initialized The compiler does not make any checks for overlap of absolute variables with other absolute variables so this must be considered when choosing the variable locations There is no harm in defining more than one absolute variable to live at the same address if this is what you require The compiler will not locate ordinary variables over the top of absolutes so there is no overlap between these objects 3 4 2 2 Absolute Variables in Program Memory Non auto objects qualified const can also be made absolute in the same way however the address will indicate an address in program memory For example const int settings 0x200 1 5 10 50 100 Both initialized and uninitialized const objects can be made absolute That latter is useful when you only need to define a label in program memory without making a contribution to the output file 115 Functions C Language Features 3 4 3 Objects in Program Space Const objects are usually placed in program space On the PIC18 devices the program space is byte wide the compiler stores one character per byte location and values are read using the table read instructions All const qualified data objects and string literals are placed in either the smallconst mediumconst or const psect depending on the amount of const data
11. double frexp double f int p Description The frexp function breaks a floating point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2 The integer is stored into the int object pointed to by p Its return value x is in the interval 0 5 1 0 or zero and f equals x times 2 raised to the power stored in p If f is zero both parts of the result are zero Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f int i f frexp 23456 34 81 printf 23456 34 f 2 d n f i See Also IdexpQ 269 Library Functions GETCH GETCHE Synopsis include lt conio h gt char getch void char getche void Description The getch function reads a single character from the console keyboard and returns it without echo ing The getche function is similar but does echo the character typed In an embedded system the source of characters is defined by the particular routines supplied By default the library contains a version of getch that will interface to the Lucifer Debugger The user should supply an appropriate routine if another source is desired e g a serial port The module getch c in the SOURCES directory contains model versions of all the console I O routines Other modules may also be supplied e g ser 80 c has routines for the serial port in a Z180 Example include lt conio h gt void main void char Cc while c getche
12. include lt htc h gt unsigned char eeprom_read unsigned int address void eeprom_write unsigned int address unsigned char value Description These functions allow access to the on chip eeprom when present The eeprom is not in the directly accessible memory space and a special byte sequence is loaded to the eeprom control regis ters to access this memory Writing a value to the eeprom is a slow process and the eeprom_write function polls the appropriate registers to ensure that any previous writes have completed before writing the next datum Reading data is completed in the one cycle and no polling is necessary to check for a read completion Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned char data unsigned int address 0x0010 data eeprom_read address eeprom_write address data See Also flash_erase flash_read flash_write 261 Library Functions Note The high and low priority interrupt are disabled during sensitive sequences required to access EEP ROM Interrupts are restored after the sequence has completed eeprom_write will clear the EEIF hardware flag before returning Both eeprom_read and eeprom_write are available in a similar macro form The essential difference between the macro and function implementations is that EEPROM_READ the macro does not test nor wait for any prior write operations to complete 262 Library Functions EVAL_POLY Synopsis
13. 511 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs 512 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PICISMCUs 513 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Typographic conventions Different fonts and styles are used throughout this manual to indicate special words or text Com puter prompts responses and filenames will be printed in constant spaced type When the filename is the name of a standard header file the name will be enclosed in angle brackets e g lt stdio h gt These header files can be found in the INCLUDE directory of your distribution Samples of code C keywords or types assembler instructions and labels will also be printed in a constant space type Assembler code is printed in a font similar to that used by C code Particularly useful points and new terms will be emphasized using italicized type When part of a term requires substitution that part should be printed in the appropriate font but in italics For example include lt filename h gt Typographic conventions Introduction 20 Chapter 2 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 is the driver invoked from the command line to perform all aspects of compilation including C code generation assembly and link steps It is the recommended way to use the compiler as it hides the complexity of all the internal applications used in the compilation process and provides a consistent interface for all compilation steps This chapter describes
14. Example include lt stdio h gt include lt strlib h gt void main void char buf 0X299 0x792 char end long inl in2 inl strtol buf amp end 16 in2 strtol end NULL 16 printf in decimal ld ld n inl in2 See Also strtod 341 Library Functions Return Value Returns a long int representing the value of the converted input string using the specified base 342 Library Functions STRTOK Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strtok char sl const char s2 Description A number of calls to strtok breaks the string s1 which consists of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated by one or more characters from the separator string s2 into its separate tokens The first call must have the string s1 This call returns a pointer to the first character of the first token or NULL if no tokens were found The inter token separator character is overwritten by a null character which terminates the current token For subsequent calls to strtok s1 should be set to a null pointer These calls start searching from the end of the last token found and again return a pointer to the first character of the next token or NULL if no further tokens were found Example tinclude lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char ptr char buf This is a string of words char sep_tok ptr strtok buf sep_tok
15. If is important to note that the code generator needs to compile all p code or p code library files in the one step Thus if the PASS1 option is not used or PRE is not used all C source files and any p code libraries must be built together in the one command If a compilation is performed and the source file that contains main is not present in the list of C source files an undefined symbol error for _main will be produced by the code generator If the file that contains the definition for main is present but it is a subset of the C source files making up a project that is being compiled the code generator will not be able to see the entire C program and this will defeat most of the optimization techniques employed by the code generator There may be multi step compilation methods employed that lead to compiler errors as a result of the above restrictions for example you cannot have an C function compiled into a p code library that is called only from assembler code 2 2 3 Special Processing There are several special steps that take place during compilation 27 Runtime Files PICC18 Command line Driver 2 2 3 1 Printf check An extra execution of the code generator is performed for prior to the actual code generation phase This pass is part of the process by which the printf library function is customized see Section 2 3 4 for more details 2 2 3 2 Assembly Code Requirements After pre processing and parsing of
16. Library Functions PRINTF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt unsigned int printf const char fmt Description The printfQ function is a formatted output routine operating on stdout There are corresponding routines operating into a string buffer sprintfQ The printf routine is passed a format string followed by a list of zero or more arguments In the format string are conversion specifications each of which is used to print out one of the argument list values The printf function performs the text formatting and calls on the putch function to actually send the data to the destination Each conversion specification is of the form m ne where the percent symbol introduces a conversion followed by an optional width specification m The n specification is an optional precision specification introduced by the dot and c is a letter specifying the type of the conversion If the character is used in place of a decimal constant e g in the format d then one integer argument will be taken from the list to provide that value The types of conversion are oxXud Integer conversion in radices 8 16 16 10 and 10 respectively The conversion is signed in the case of d unsigned otherwise The precision value is the total number of digits to print and may be used to force leading zeroes E g 8 4x will print at least 4 hex digits in an 8 wide field The letter X prints out hexadecimal numbers using the upper case let
17. values 100 int val_cmp const void pl const void p2 return strcmp const struct value p1 gt name const struct value p2 gt name void main void char inbuf 80 int i struct value vp Library Functions i 0 while gets inbuf sscanf inbuf s d values i name amp values i value itt qsort values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp vp bsearch fred values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp if vp printf Item fred was not found n else printf Item fred has value d n vp gt value See Also qsort Return Value A pointer to the matched array element if there is more than one matching element any of these may be returned If no match is found a null pointer is returned Note The comparison function must have the correct prototype 245 Library Functions CEIL Synopsis include lt math h gt double ceil double f Description This routine returns the smallest whole number not less than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double j scanf S1f 3 printf The ceiling of 1f is lf n j ceil j 246 Library Functions CGETS Synopsis include lt conio h gt char cgets char s Description The cgets function will read one line of input from the console into the buffer passed as an ar gument It does so by repeated calls to getche
18. 18LF25J10 TFF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18LF25J11 TFF8 ECO 18LF25J50 7FF8 ECO 18LF25K22 8000 600 18LF25K80 8000 E41 18LF26J11 FFF8 ECO continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18LF26J13 FFF8 EBO 18LF26J50 FFF8 ECO 18LF26J53 FFF8 EBO 18LF26K22 10000 F38 18LF26K80 10000 E41 18LF27J13 1FFF8 EBO 18LF27J53 1FFF8 EBO 18LF43K22 2000 200 18LF44J10 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18LF44J11 3FF8 ECO 18LF44J50 3FF8 ECO 18LF44K22 4000 300 18LF45J10 TFF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18LF45J11 TFF8 ECO 18LF45J50 TFF8 ECO 18LF45K22 8000 600 18LF45K80 8000 E41 18LF46J11 FFF8 ECO 18LF46J13 FFF8 EBO 18LF46J50 FFF8 ECO 18LF46J53 FFF8 EBO 18LF46K22 10000 F38 18LF46K80 10000 E41 18LF47J13 1FFF8 EBO 18LF47J53 1FFF8 EBO 18LF65K80 8000 E41 18LF66K80 10000 E41 513 Chip Information 514 Index macro quote character 172 command file character 23 psect address symbol 194 as files 24 cmd files 206 crf files 51 155 hex files 25 lib files 204 205 Ink files 197 1st files 49 obj files 156 194 205 opt files 155 p1 files 24 pro files 59 sym files 193 196 psect address symbol 194 comment suppression characters 172 lt gt macro quote characters 172 character in assembly labels 160 nnnn type symbols 161 173 2 command file specifier 23 asm directive 134 def
19. Hsymfile 193 I 193 Jerrcount 193 K 193 L 193 LM 194 Mmapfile 194 N 194 Nc 194 Ns 194 Ooutfile 194 Pspec 194 Qprocessor 196 Sclass limit bound 196 Usymbol 196 Vavmap 197 Wnum 197 X 197 Z 197 linker options 189 adjusting use driver 45 numbers in 190 linking programs 149 LIST assembler control 178 list files assembler 49 little endian format 93 97 218 load addresses 189 194 loadfsr 158 LOCAL directive 161 173 local PSECT flag 168 INDEX INDEX local psects 188 local symbols 49 suppressing 156 197 local variables 110 auto 110 static 114 localtime function 284 location counter 161 169 log function 286 LOG10 function 286 long data types 97 long integer suffix 93 longjmp function 287 low priority interrupts 126 Itoa function 289 MACRO directive 158 172 macros disabling in listing 178 expanding in listings 155 176 nul operator 172 predefined 140 repeat with argument 174 undefining 48 unnamed 174 main function 27 31 mantissa 98 map files 194 generating 47 processor selection 196 segments 199 symbol tables in 194 width of 197 maximum number of errors 53 MDF 36 memcmp function 290 memmove function 292 memory external program space 103 external RAM 103 reserving 60 61 specifying 60 61 specifying ranges 191 unused 53 194 memory pages 168 memory summary 64 merging hex files
20. Library Functions STRTOD Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtok const char s const char res Description Parse the string s converting it to a double floating point type This function converts the first occurence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string Example include lt stdio h gt include lt strlib h gt void main void char buf 35 7 23 27 char end double inl in2 T in1 strtod buf amp end in2 strtod end NULL printf in comps f i An inl in2 See Also atof 339 Library Functions Return Value Returns a double representing the floating point value of the converted input string 340 Library Functions STRTOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double strtol const char s const char res int base Description Parse the string s converting it to a long integer type This function converts the first occurence of a substring of the input that is made up of characters of the expected form after skipping leading white space characters The radix of the input is determined from base If this is zero then the radix defaults to base 10 If res is not NULL it will be made to point to the first character after the converted sub string
21. bl must be assigned after its definition 733 bad string in pragma psect Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma psect directive that has a badly formed string e g pragma psect text redirect text psect into what Maybe you meant something like pragma psect text special_text 734 too many psect pragmas Code Generator Too many pragma psect directives have been used 735 bad string in pragma stack_size Code Generator The argument to the stack_size pragma is malformed This pragma must be followed by a number representing the maximum allowed stack size 737 unknown argument to pragma switch Code Generator The pragma switch directive has been used with an invalid switch code generation method Pos sible arguments are auto simple and direct 739 error closing output file Code Generator Optimiser The compiler detected an error when closing a file Contact HI TECH Support with details 740 zero dimension array is illegal Code Generator The code generator has been passed a declaration that results in an array having a zero dimension 444 Error and Warning Messages 741 bitfield too large bits Code Generator The maximum number of bits in a bit field is the same as the number of bits in an int e g assuming an int is 16 bits wide struct unsigned flag 1 unsigned value 12 unsigned cont 6 oops that s a total of 19 bi
22. include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf Ss ctime amp clock See Also gmtime localtime asctime time Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 255 Library Functions device_id_read Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned int device_id_read void Description This function returns the device ID code that is factory programmed into the chip This code can be used to identify the device and its revision number Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int id_value unsigned int device_code unsigned char revision_no id_value device_id_read lower 5 bits represent revision number upper 11 bits identify device device_code id_value gt gt 5 revision_no unsigned char id_value 0x1F See Also flash_read config_read 256 Library Functions Return Value device_id_read returns the 16 Bit factory programmed device id code used to identify the device type and its revision number Note The device_id_read is applicable only to those devices which are capable of reading their own program memory 257 Library Functions DI El Synopsis include lt htc h gt void ei void void di void Description The d
23. pragma varlocate oops what do you want to locate where 1366 syntax error in pragma varlocate Parser The argument to pragma varlocate was malformed pragma varlocate fred oops which bank for fred 500 Error and Warning Messages 1367 end of file in _asm Parser An end of file marker was encountered inside a_asm _endasm block 1368 assembler message Assembler Displayed is an assembler advisory message produced by the MESSG directive contained in the assembler source 1369 can t open proc file Driver The proc file for the selected device could not be opened 1371 float type can t be bigger then double type double has been changed to bits Driver Use of the float and double options has result in the size of the double type being smaller than that of the float type This is not permitted by the C Standard The double type size has been increased to be that indicated 1375 multiple interrupt functions and defined for device with only one interrupt vector Code Generator The named functions have both been qualified interrupt but the target device only supports one interrupt vector and hence one interrupt function interrupt void isr_lo void fd Soe interrupt void isr_hi void he ten 1376 initial value too large for bitfield width Code Generator A structure with bit fields has been defined an initialized with values The value indic
24. tion directory If you wish the linker to scan libraries whose names do not follow the above naming conven tion or whose locations are not in the LIB subdirectory simply include the libraries names on the command line along with your source files 2 6 8 The commonly used PICC 18 Standard compiler options L1 Lf and Lw should not be used for altering the behaviour of the printf function The library files correspond ing to these opptions are not provided with the PRO version of this compiler and an error will result if these options are used with creating these library sets A custom printf function is automatically generated by the compiler when required as described in section 2 3 4 L option Adjust Linker Options Directly The L driver option can also be used to specify an option which will be passed directly to the linker If L is followed immediately by text starting with a dash character ce gt the text will be passed directly to the linker without being interpreted by PICC18 For example if the option L FO0O is specified the F00 option will be passed on to the linker The linker will then process this option when and if it is invoked and perform the appropriate function or issue an error if the option is invalid Take care with command line options The linker cannot interpret driver options sim ilarly the command line driver cannot interpret linker options In most situations it is always the co
25. tives See Section 3 12 1 The C standard libraries and libraries of implicitly called routines can be omitted from the project by disabling the clib suboption of RUNTIME 2 6 55 For example RUNTIME default clib If these libraries are excluded from the project then calls to any routine or access of any variable that is defined in the omitted library files will result in an error from the linker The user must provide alternative libraries or source files containing definitions for any routine or symbol accessed by the project Do not confuse the actual library 1lpp or 1ib files and the header h files Both are part of a library package but the library files contain precompiled code typically functions and variable definitions the header files provide declarations as opposed to definitions for functions variables and types in the library files as well as other preprocessor macros PICC18 will always link in all the library files associated with the C standard library unless you have used an option to prevent this however with user defined library packages the inclusion of a header does not imply that the corresponding library file s will be searched 29 Runtime Files PICC18 Command line Driver 2 3 1 1 Standard Libraries The C standard libraries contain a standardised collection of functions such as string math and input output routines The range of these functions are described in Appendix A These libr
26. while ptr NULL printf Ss n ptr ptr strtok NULL sep_tok 343 Library Functions Return Value Returns a pointer to the first character of a token or a null pointer if no token was found Note The separator string s2 may be different from call to call 344 Library Functions TAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double tan double f Description The tan function calculates the tangent of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf tan 3 0f Sf n i tan i C See Also sin cos asin acos atan atan2 Return Value The tangent of f 345 Library Functions TIME Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t time time _t t Description This function is not provided as it is dependant on the target system supplying the current time This function will be user implemented When implemented this function should return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 If the argument t is not equal to NULL the same value is stored into the object pointed to by t Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf Ss ctime amp clock See Also ctime gmtime localtime asctime Return Value This routine when impl
27. 117 ASCII characters 96 asctime function 235 asin function 237 asm C directive 134 assembler 153 516 controls 176 directives 165 options 154 pseudo ops 165 assembler control COND 176 EXPAND 176 INCLUDE 178 LIST 178 NOCOND 178 NOEXPAND 178 NOLIST 179 NOXREF 179 PAGE 179 SPACE 179 SUBTITLE 179 TITLE 179 XREF 179 assembler directive ALIGN 173 DABS 170 DB 170 DS 170 DW 170 ELSE 171 ELSIF 171 END 33 165 ENDIF 171 ENDM 172 EQU 158 169 FNCALL 171 FNROOT 171 GLOBAL 162 165 IF 171 IRP 174 IRPC 174 LOCAL 161 173 MACRO 158 172 ORG 169 INDEX INDEX PROCESSOR 156 175 PSECT 164 167 REPT 174 SET 158 169 SIGNAT 150 176 assembler files preprocessing 58 assembler listings 49 assembler optimizer debug information and 156 enabling 156 viewing output of 155 assembler option A 155 C 155 Cchipinfo 155 E 155 Flength 155 H 155 L 155 Llistfile 156 O 156 Ooutfile 156 Twidth 156 V 156 X 156 processor 156 assembler generated symbols 161 assembly 153 accessing C variables from 135 C prototypes for 131 called from C code 131 character constants 160 character set 158 comments 158 conditional 171 constants 160 default radix 160 delimiters 159 embedding in C code 131 expressions 162 generating from C 48 identifiers 160 data typing 161 in line 136 in
28. 61 2 6 55 RUNTIME t ype Specify Runtime Environment 63 2 6 56 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies o 63 2 6 57 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Memory a es 6G oe a EG ow Be ee oe we eee Ok be 63 2 6 58 SETOPTION app file Set The Command line Options for Application 63 226 39 SHROUD Obtuscate p code Files 2 6 ke rs 64 2 6 60 STRICT Strict ANSI Conformance gt ses ee we rra 64 2 6 61 SUMMARY t ype Select Memory Summary Output Type 64 2 6 62 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process 64 2 6 63 VER Display The Compiler s Version Information 65 2 6 64 WARN level Set Warning Level oo 65 2 6 65 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format 65 2 7 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 66 27A Directories Tab s ocio a ee Bee eee 66 eel Compiler TaD oa A A AR 66 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 138 LimkerTab i 6 ke eee BAA a A ee 69 21 Global Tab cc sake Paes BSS HE Ee Se RE A 72 2 8 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 73 2 8 1 Compiler Category ocs cst erasa p E eae ee ee ee 74 28A INESTABLES 0 gk eS ra oe dS a eS ac Ra 74 2812 Address Qualifiers 0 25462 4 2454 e Ged we RAO 74 Peis OPTION wo cos se eee a a Oe Ree AR 75 2 LE PREPPOCESSOR ci a Bee ES a a Bas 75 2813 Optimization oso A eee ee a 76 202 Lmker
29. A label __serial0 is defined by the runtime startup code that marks the position of the hexadec imal code This symbol may be referenced by C or assembly code in the usual way For example to store the one byte value 0 at program memory address 1000h use the option SERIAL 00 1000 Use the option SERIAL 00000000 1000 to store the same value as a four byte quantity This option is functionally identical to the corresponding hexmate option For more detailed information and advanced controls that can be used with this option refer to Section 5 14 1 15 of this manual See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 58 SETOPTION app file Set The Command line Options for Ap plication This option is used to supply alternative command line options for the named application when com piling The app component specifies the application that will recieve the new options The file component specifies the name of the file that contains the additional options that will be passed to the application This option is not required for most projects If specifying more than one option to a component each option must be entered on a new line in the option file 63 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver This option can also be used to remove an application from the build sequence If the file param eter is specified as of f execution of the named application will be skipped In most cases this is not desira
30. ACODE 00h 03FFFhx2 ACONST 00h 07FFFh ASMALLCONST 0600h O6FFhx122 AMEDIUMCONST 0600h 07FFFh ACOMRAM 00h 07Fh AABS1 00h O05FFh ABIGRAM 00h 05FFh ARAM 080h 0FFh 0100h 01FFhx5 ABANK0 080h 0FFh ABANK1 0100h 01FFh ABANK2 0200h 02FFh ABANK3 0300h 03FFh A ABANK4 0400h 04FFh ABANK5 0500h 05FFh ASFR 0F80h 0FFEh preset_vec 00h intcode intcodelo powerup init end_init pramtop 0600h Y psmallconst ALLCONST pmediumconst MEDIUMCONST pconst CONST AFARRAM 00h 00h ACONFIG 0300000h 030000Dh pconfig CONFIG Y AIDLOC 0200000h 0200007h pidloc IDLOC AEEDATA 0F00000h OFOOOFFh peeprom_data EEDATA prdata COMRAM nvrram COMRAM nvbit COMRAM rbss COMRAM rbit COMRAM pfarbss FARRAM fardata FARRAM pintsave_regs BIGRAM bigbss BIGRAM bigdata BIGRAM pbss RAM 1 4 S 199 Map Files Linker and Utilities pidata CODE irdata CODE ibigdata CODE ifardata CODE startup obj main obj Object code version is 3 10 Machine type is 18F452 The Linker command line shown is the entire list of options and files that were passed to the linker for the build recorded by this map file Remember these are linker options and not command line driver options The linker options are necessarily complex Fortunately they rarely need adjusting from their default settings They are formed by the command line driver PICC18 based on the selected target device and the specified driver options You can
31. As characters are read they are buffered with backspace deleting the previously typed character and ctrl U deleting the entire line typed so far Other characters are placed in the buffer with a carriage return or line feed newline terminating the function The collected string is null terminated Example include lt conio h gt tinclude lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also getch getche putch cputs 247 Library Functions Return Value The return value is the character pointer passed as the sole argument 248 Library Functions CLRWDT Synopsis include lt htc h gt CLRWDT Description This macro is used to clear the device s internal watchdog timer Example include lt htc h gt void main void WDTCON 1 enable the WDT CLRWDT 249 Library Functions CONFIG_READO CONFIG_WRITE O Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned int config_read void void config_write unsigned char unsigned int Description These functions allow access to the device configuration registers which determine many of the behavioural aspects of the device itself config_read accepts a single parameter to determine which config word will be read The 16 Bit value contained in the register is returned config_write doesn
32. Assembler Macro expansions in the assembler are nested too deep The limit is 30 macros and include files nested at one time 452 Error and Warning Messages 774 too many macro parameters Assembler There are too many macro parameters on this macro definition 776 can t allocate space for object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 777 can t allocate space for opnd structure within object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 780 too many psects defined Assembler There are too many psects defined Boy what a program 781 can t enter abs psect Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 782 REMSYM error Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 783 with psects are cyclic Assembler If Psect A is to be placed with Psect B and Psect B is to be placed with Psect A there is no hierarchy The with flag is an attribute of a psect and indicates that this psect must be placed in the same memory page as the specified psect Remove a with flag from one of the psect declarations Such an assembler declaration may look like psect my_text local class CODE with basecode which will define a psect called my_text and place this in the same page as the psect basecode 784 overfreed Assembler This i
33. Dclass delta This option allows the delta value for psects that are members of the specified class to be defined The delta value should be a number and represents the number of bytes per addressable unit of objects within the psects Most psects do not need this option as they are defined with a delta value 5 7 6 Dsymfile Use this option to produce an old style symbol file An old style symbol file is an ASCII file where each line has the link address of the symbol followed by the symbol name 191 Operation Linker and Utilities 5 7 7 Eerrfile Error messages from the linker are written to standard error file handle 2 Under DOS there is no convenient way to redirect this to a file the compiler drivers will redirect standard error if standard output is redirected This option will make the linker write all error messages to the specified file instead of the screen which is the default standard error destination 5 7 8 F Normally the linker will produce an object file that contains both program code and data bytes and symbol information Sometimes it is desired to produce a symbol only object file that can be used again in a subsequent linker run to supply symbol values The F option will suppress data and code bytes from the output file leaving only the symbol records This option can be used when producing more than one hex file for situations where the program is contained in different memory devices located at differen
34. If there is more than one range in a class each range is printed on a separate line Any paging boundaries within a class are ignored and are not displayed but the column Largest block shows the largest contiguous free space which takes into account any paging in the memory range If you are looking to see why psects cannot be placed into memory e g cant find space type errors then this important information to study Note that the memory associated with a class can overlap that in others thus the total free space is not simply the addition of all the unused ranges 202 Linker and Utilities Map Files 5 9 2 6 Symbol Table The final section in the map file list global symbols that the program defines This section has a heading Symbol Table and is followed by two columns in which the symbols are alphabetically listed As always with the linker any C derived symbol is shown with its assembler equivalent symbol name The symbols listed in this table are e Global assembly labels e Global EQU SET assembler directive labels and e Linker defined symbols Assembly symbols are made global via the GLOBAL assembler directive see Section 4 3 10 1 for more information linker defined symbols act like EQU directives however they are defined by the linker during the link process and no definition for them will appear in any source or intermediate file Non static C functions and non auto and non static C variables directly map t
35. Length d n strlen buffer p Ss n buffer rintf string See Also strcpy strcat strlen stremp 333 Library Functions Return Value The destination buffer pointer sl is returned 334 Library Functions STRPBRK Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strpbrk const char sl const char s2 Description The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string s1 of any character from string s2 or a null pointer if no character from s2 exists in s1 Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strpbrk str 1 aeiou Return Value Pointer to the first matching character or NULL if no character found 335 Library Functions STRRCHR STRRICHR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strrchr char s int c char strrichr char s int c Description The strrehr function is similar to the strchr function but searches from the end of the string rather than the beginning i e it locates the last occurrence of the character e in the null terminated string s If successful it returns a pointer to that occurrence otherwise it returns NULL The strrichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char
36. Maybe you meant something like pragma printf_check sprintf Pragmas for all the standard printf like function are already contained in lt stdio h gt 220 exponent expected Parser A floating point constant must have at least one digit after the e or E e g float f f 1 234e oops what is the exponent 221 hexadecimal digit expected Parser After 0x should follow at least one of the hex digits 0 9 and A F or a f e g a 0xg6 oops was that meant to be a 0xf6 222 binary digit expected Parser A binary digit was expected following the 0b format specifier e g i 0bf000 wooops f000 is not a base two value 223 digit out of range Parser Assembler Optimiser A digit in this number is out of range of the radix for the number e g using the digit 8 in an octal number or hex digits A F in a decimal number An octal number is denoted by the digit string commencing with a zero while a hex number starts with OX or Ox For example int a 058 leading 0 implies octal which has digits 0 7 380 Error and Warning Messages 224 illegal directive Parser An illegal preprocessor has been detected Likely a directive has been misspelt in your code somewhere 225 missing character in character constant Parser The character inside the single quotes is missing e g char c the character value of what 226 char const too long Parser A cha
37. Normally the compiler chooses how switch statements will be encoded to produce the smallest pos sible code size The pragma switch directive can be used to force the compiler to use a different coding strategy The general form of the switch pragma is pragma switch switch_type where switch_type is one of the available switch methods listed in Table 3 11 Specifying the time option to the pragma switch directive forces the compiler to generate the table look up style switch method This is mostly useful where timing is an issue for switch statements 1 e state machines This pragma affects all subsequent code The auto option may be used to revert to the default behaviour 146 C Language Features Preprocessing 3 11 4 4 The pragma inline Directive The pragma inline directive is used to indicate to the compiler that a function will be inlined The directive is only usable with special functions that the code generator will handle specially e g the _delay function This pragma should not be used with user defined functions the code generator must be aware of how to generator code for those functions specified as inline 3 11 4 5 The pragma interrupt_level Directive The pragma interrupt_level directive can be used to disable function duplication if it is called from both interrupt and main line code See 3 9 4 1 for ore information and examples of its opera tion 3 11 4 6 The pragma warning Directive The warnin
38. Report Options These checkboxes control which summaries are printed after compilation See Section 2 6 61 Create HTML Files This checkbox enables the produced of a web page page that has information relating to the compilation process It is accessible from html index html in the output directory See Section 2 6 37 71 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver Build Options For Project 5 10602_0100 mcp Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global m Code and data model O iny model Smal z Code pointer size 16bit v _ O gt w of Double External memory Wordwite 7 eo Size of Float 24 bit instruction set y o gt IF Use strict calls Print Ints only z O gt RAM ranges lp ROM ranges m Additional command line options link time only Cancel Apply Help Figure 2 6 The Global dialog 2 7 4 Global Tab The options in this dialog control aspects of compilation that are applicable throughout code gener ation and link steps See Figure 2 6 in conjunction with the following command line option equiva lents 1 Memory model Not applicable 2 Size of Double This selector allows the size of double types to be selected See Section 2 6 27 72 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 3 Size of Float This selector allows the size of float types to be selecte
39. Return Value T Start of line of line sd n strlen buffer Ss n buffer The number of characters preceding the null terminator 328 Library Functions STRNCAT Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strncat char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 At most n characters will be copied and the result will be null terminated s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 Char sli 827 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strncat sl s2 5 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string s n buffer See Also strcpy stremp strcat strlen 329 Library Functions Return Value The value of sl is returned 330 Library Functions STRNCMP STRNICMP Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt int strncmp const char sl const char s2 size_t n int strnicmp const char sl const char s2 size_t n Description The strnemp function compares its two null terminated string arguments up to a maximum of n characters and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence
40. SAA State Variables secos eona a asa RR alae Re RS 114 S342 Absolute Variables sc ee 546 6240 we eve bo a ed 254 115 3 4 2 1 Absolute Variables in Data Memory 115 3 4 2 2 Absolute Variables in Program Memory 115 343 Objects in Program Spac s nase atgo d ER ee Re e ee wd 116 3 4 4 Dynamic Memory Allocation e 116 34 5 Memory Models ee 5 ek a A ea 116 POBGHORS io Biss Gg Se Bh ARs ba AO Be Be a EE 116 35 1 Absolute Fumctions c e sree re eee ewe ee 116 Soe Exfemal Funcions y sos ae e a Ree Ee A a BO 117 303 Function Argument Passing corecte ts wR A SLD Som e ORS 117 354 Function Return Valles seces app 46 bees baw e 119 3 54 1 Structure Return Values 2 055455 b 54 5b Se 119 OPETALODE os ns aa a eae ee o Ce a eS 119 26 1 Integral Promotion s s ee pone eona a ak a RS a eS 119 3 6 2 Shifts applied to integraltypes 2 00 121 3 6 3 Division and modulus with integral types 121 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 7 RBBISter Usage comoda aS Dw eS a A 122 o sb ea he a Oe a a Ee he ae 123 3 8 1 Compiler generated PSEC S cc conma am str RAH ERS 123 ISL Progra Space Psects lt c es 0 4 bb Bw bee eo ee eS 124 ILZ Date Space PSEC sia ke ra es 125 3 9 Interr pt Handing TE cis a a a a a ae a 126 321 Intermupt Functions 4 0 0 000 De ee ew i 126 392 COMTEXESWIHCOIMNG co wae da ee Ae ee ee AY ar as 127 dl CODAE 24 oie 244 6 04h 240 Sb
41. Synopsis include lt htc h gt __IDLOC x Description This macro places data into the device s special locations outside of addressable memory reserved for ID This would be useful for storage of serial numbers etc The macro will attempt to write 5 nibbles of data to the 5 locations reserved for ID purposes Example include lt htc h gt _ IDLOC 15F01 will store 1 5 F 0 and 1 in the ID registers void main void See also _ EEPROM_DATA _CONFIG O 230 Library Functions _DELAY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void _delay unsigned long cycles Description This is an inline function that is expanded by the code generator When called this routine expands to an inline assembly delay sequence The sequence will consist of code that delays for the number of cycles that is specified as argument The argument must be a literal constant Example include lt htc h gt void main void control 0x80 _delay 10 delay for 10 cycles control amp 0x7F See Also _delay3 231 Library Functions _DELAY3 Synopsis include lt htc h gt void _delay3 unsigned char cycles Description This is an inline function that is expanded by the code generator When called this routine expands to an inline assembly delay sequence The sequence will consist of code that delays for 3 times the number of cycles that is specified as argument The argument can be any expres
42. Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char utoa char buf unsigned val int base Description The function utoa converts the unsigned contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficent space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 utoa buf 1234 16 printf The buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa ltoaQ ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 353 Library Functions VA_START VA_ARG VA_END Synopsis tinclude lt stdarg h gt void va_start va_list ap parmN type va_arg ap type void va_end va_list ap Description These macros are provided to give access in a portable way to parameters to a function represented in a prototype by the ellipsis symbol where type and number of arguments supplied to the function are not known at compile time The rightmost parameter to the function shown as parmN plays an important role in these macros as it is the starting point for access to further parameters In a function taking variable num bers of arguments a variable of type va_list should be declared then the macro va_start invoked with that variable and the name of parmN This will initialize the variable to allow subse
43. This may be a statement following the incomplete expression e g if a b the closing parenthesis is missing here b 0 the error is flagged here 195 expression syntax Parser This expression is badly formed and cannot be parsed by the compiler e g a b oops maybe that should be a b 375 Error and Warning Messages 196 struct union required Parser A structure or union identifier is required before a dot e g int a a b 9 oops a is not a structure 197 struct union member expected Parser wou A structure or union member name must follow a dot or arrow gt 198 undefined struct union Parser The specified structure or union tag is undefined e g struct WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen 199 logical type required Parser The expression used as an operand to if while statements or to boolean operators like and amp amp must be a scalar integral type e g struct FORMAT format if format this operand must be a scaler type format a 0 200 taking the address of a register variable is illegal Parser A variable declared register may not have storage allocated for it in memory and thus it is illegal to attempt to take the address of it by applying the operator e g int proc register int in int ip amp in oops in may not have an address to take return ip 201
44. Write data into flash at address start_addr void WriteBlockFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned char num_blocks unsigned char flash_array 90 C Language Features Processor related Features Write num_blocks blocks of data from flash_array into flash memory starting at address start_addr The block size is device dependent and is indicated in the device datasheet Note that when flash memory is written the entire block that contains the new values must be erased and then written as a whole You need to ensure that the start and end address you specify in these routines take these boundaries into account If you only wish to write some of the locations in the block then you must read in the block and store it in a RAM array modify the copy to include the changes required then write then modifed array back to flash Similarly when erasing flash memory you should erase entire blocks Check your device datasheet for flash block sizes and exact operation 3 2 8 Using SFRs From C Code The Special Function Registers SFRs are registers which control aspects of the MCU operation or that of peripheral modules on the device Most of these registers are memory mapped which means that they appear at specific addresses in the data memory space of the device With some registers the bits within the register control independent features Some registers are read only some are write only Memory mapped SFRs are accessed by special C varia
45. _device_FAMILY_ Always To indicate the device family grouping as determined by the device INI file e g _18FXX2_FAMILY __J_PART When compiling for a J To indicate target device has a J in its device name __18CXX When in C18 To indicate the compiler is operating in compatibility mode C18 compatibility mode __TRADITIONAL18___ When in C18 To indicate the compiler is operating in compatibility mode and C18 compatibility mode and the extended using the tradition instruction set is not enabled instruction set __EXTENDED18__ When in C18 To indicate the compiler is operating in compatibility mode and C18 compatibility mode and the extended using the extended instruction set is enabled instruction set _ SMALL _ When in C18 To indicate the compiler is operating in compatibility mode and C18 compatibility mode and the small the memory model is small memory model is being used _ LARGE When in C18 To indicate the compiler is operating in compatibility mode and C18 compatibility mode and the large the memory model is large memory model is being used FILE Always To indicate this source file being prepro cessed LINE Always To indicate this source line number continued 142 C Language Features Preprocessing _ DATE Always To indicate the current date e g May 21 2004 TIME_ Always To indicate the current time e g 08 06 31 _PLIB When the periphe
46. areas in an attempt to reduce the total amount of RAM required For debugging purposes this feature can be disabled with this option 5 7 14 I Usually failure to resolve a reference to an undefined symbol is a fatal error Use of this option will cause undefined symbols to be treated as warnings instead 5 7 15 L When the linker produces an output file it does not usually preserve any relocation information since the file is now absolute In some circumstances a further relocation of the program will be done at load time e g when running a exe file under DOS or a prg file under TOS This requires that some 193 Operation Linker and Utilities information about what addresses require relocation is preserved in the object and subsequently the executable file The L option will generate in the output file one null relocation record for each relocation record in the input 5 7 16 LM Similar to the above option this preserves relocation records in the output file but only segment relocations This is used particularly for generating exe files to run under DOS 5 7 17 Mmapfile This option causes the linker to generate a link map in the named file or on the standard output if the file name is omitted The format of the map file is illustrated in Section 5 9 5 7 18 N Ns and Nc By default the symbol table in the link map will be sorted by name The N option will cause it to be sorted numerically based on the v
47. argument list conflicts with prototype Parser The argument list in a function definition is not the same as a previous prototype for that function Check that the number and types of the arguments are all the same extern int calc int this is supposedly calc s prototype int calc int a int b hmmm which is right error flagged here return a b 386 Error and Warning Messages 254 undefined Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 255 not a member of the struct union Parser This identifier is not a member of the structure or union type with which it used here e g struct int a b C data if data d oops there is no member d in this structure return 256 too much indirection Parser A pointer declaration may only have 16 levels of indirection 257 only register storage class allowed Parser The only storage class allowed for a function parameter is register e g void process static int input 258 duplicate qualifier Parser There are two occurrences of the same qualifier in this type specification This can occur either directly or through the use of a typedef Remove the redundant qualifier For example typedef volatile int vint oops this results in two volatile qualifiers volatile vint very_vol 259 can t be qualifed both far and near Parser It is illeg
48. in the range 7 237 Library Functions ASSERT Synopsis include lt assert h gt void assert int e Description This macro is used for debugging purposes the basic method of usage is to place assertions liberally throughout your code at points where correct operation of the code depends upon certain conditions being true initially An assert routine may be used to ensure at run time that an assumption holds true For example the following statement asserts that the pointer tp is not equal to NULL assert tp If at run time the expression evaluates to false the program will abort with a message identifying the source file and line number of the assertion and the expression used as an argument to it A fuller discussion of the uses of assert is impossible in limited space but it is closely linked to methods of proving program correctness Example void ptrfunc struct xyz tp assert tp 0 Note When required for ROM based systems the underlying routine _fassert will need to be imple mented by the user 238 Library Functions ATAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of its argument i e it returns an angle e in the range 7 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n atan 1 5 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan2 Re
49. int fred buf 20 ip amp buf 0 amp fred oops second operand must be an address of a buf element 498 Error and Warning Messages 1352 truncation of operand value 0x to bits Assembler The operand to an assembler instruction was too large and was truncated movlw 0x321 oops is this the right value 1354 ignoring configuration setting for unimplemented word Driver A configuration word setting was specified for a word that does not exist on the target device __CONFIG 3 0x1234 config word 3 does not exist on an 18C801 1355 inline delay argument too large Code Generator The inline delay sequence _delay has been used but the number of instruction cycles requested is too large Use this routine multiple times to achieve the desired delay length include lt htc h gt void main void delay 0x400000 oops cannot delay by this number of cycles 1356 fixup overflow referencing 0x into byte at 0x 0x gt Ox 0x Linker See also message 477 This form of the message calculates the address of the offending instruction taking into account the delta value of the psect which contains the instruction 1357 fixup overflow storing 0x in byte at 0x 0x gt 0x 0x Linker See also message 477 This form of the message calculates the address of the offending instruction taking into account the delta value of the psect which contains t
50. setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setjmp returned 0 good n printf calling inner n 315 Library Functions inner printf inner returned bad n See Also longjmpQ Return Value The setjmp function returns zero after the real call and non zero if it apparently returns after a call to longjmp Q 316 Library Functions SIN Synopsis include lt math h gt double sin double f Description This function returns the sine function of its argument Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f Sf n i sin i C printf cos 3 0f Sf n i cos i C See Also cos tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value Sine vale of f 317 Library Functions SLEEP Synopsis include lt htc h gt SLEEP Description This macro is used to put the device into a low power standby mode Example include lt htc h gt extern void init void void main void init enable peripherals interrupts while 1 SLEEP save power while nothing happening 318 Library Functions SQRT Synopsis include lt math h gt double sqrt double f Description The function sqrt implements a square root routine using Newton s approximation Exa
51. sin function 317 single step compilation 25 sinh function 253 size of doubles 52 54 size PSECT flag 168 skipping applications 64 SLEEP macro 318 source file 22 SPACE assembler control 179 space PSECT flag 168 space switch type 146 special characters in assembly 159 special function registers in assembly code 162 multibyte 92 special type qualifiers 102 speed switch type 146 sports cars 161 sqrt function 319 srand function 320 stack usage 62 standard library files 29 30 standard type qualifiers 101 start label 33 startup module 62 clearing bss 188 data copying 189 531 INDEX INDEX startup as 31 static variables 114 STDIO 152 storage class 110 strcat function 321 strchr function 322 strcmp function 324 strcpy function 326 strespn function 327 strichr function 322 stricmp function 324 string literals 94 224 concatenation 94 String packing 225 strings assembly 160 storage location 94 224 type of 94 stristr function 338 strlen function 328 strncat function 329 strncmp function 331 strncpy function 333 strnicmp function 331 strpbrk function 335 strrchr function 336 strrichr function 336 strspn function 337 strstr function 338 strtod function 339 strtok function 343 strtol function 341 struct psect 119 structures bit fields 99 qualifiers 100 SUBTITLE assembler control 179 SUMMARY option class 65 532 file 65 hex 65 mem 65
52. then the source may contain an error 945 checksum range h to h contained an indeterminate value Hexmate The range for this checksum calculation contained a value that could not be resolved This can happen if the checksum result was to be stored within the address range of the checksum calculation 948 checksum result width must be between 1 and 4 bytes Hexmate The requested checksum byte size is illegal Checksum results must be within to 4 bytes wide Check the parameters to the CKSUM option 949 start of checksum range must be less than end of range Hexmate The CKSUM option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 951 start of fill range must be less than end of range Hexmate The FILL option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 953 unknown HELP sub option Hexmate Invalid sub option passed to HELP Check the spelling of the sub option or use HELP with no sub option to list all options 956 SERIAL value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate The serial number being stored was out of range Ensure that the serial number can be stored in the number of bytes permissible by this option 469 Error and Warning Messages 958 too many input files specified file maximum Hexmate Too many file arguments have been used Tr
53. there is nothing to match the value of input 700 truncation of enumerated value Code Generator An enumerated value larger than the maximum value supported by this compiler was detected and has been truncated e g enum ZERO ONE BIG 0x99999999 test_case 701 unreasonable matching depth Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 702 regused bad arg to G Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 440 Error and Warning Messages 703 bad GN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details See Section 5 7 2 for more information 704 bad RET_MASK Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 705 bad which after I Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 706 bad which in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 707 bad SX Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 708 bad mod for how Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 709 metar
54. was this what you were intending int a endif 176 missing newline Preprocessor A new line is missing at the end of the line Each line including the last line must have a new line at the end This problem is normally introduced by editors 177 symbol in U option was never defined Preprocessor A macro name specified in a U option to the preprocessor was not initially defined and thus cannot be undefined 179 nested comments Preprocessor This warning is issued when nested comments are found A nested comment may indicate that a previous closing comment marker is missing or malformed e g output 0 a comment that was left unterminated flag TRUE next comment hey where did this line go 180 unterminated comment in included file Preprocessor Comments begun inside an included file must end inside the included file 372 Error and Warning Messages 181 non scalar types can t be converted to other types Parser You can t convert a structure union or array to another type e g struct TEST test struct TEST sp sp test oops did you mean sp amp test 182 illegal conversion between types Parser This expression implies a conversion between incompatible types e g a conversion of a structure type into an integer e g struct LAYOUT layout int iy layout i int cannot be converted to struct Note that even if a structure only contains an
55. 176 functions argument passing 117 getch 152 interrupt 126 interrupt qualifier 126 kbhit 152 putch 152 recursion 83 return values 119 returning from 126 signatures 150 written in assembler 131 getch function 152 270 522 GLOBAL directive 162 165 global optimization 57 global PSECT flag 167 global symbols 188 gmtime function 273 hardware initialization 33 header files htc h 96 problems in 64 HEX file format 221 HEX file map 222 hex files address alignment 62 address map 214 calculating check sums 214 converting to other Intel formats 214 data record 62 217 detecting instruction sequences 214 embedding serial numbers 215 extended address record 222 filling unused memory 53 214 find and replacing instructions 214 merging multiple 214 multiple 192 record length 62 214 221 hexadecimal constants assembly 160 hexmate application 25 214 hexmate option prefix 217 CK 218 FILL 218 222 FIND 220 FIND DELETE 221 INDEX INDEX FIND REPLACE 221 FORMAT 221 HELP 222 LOGFILE 222 MASK 223 O 223 SERIAL 63 223 SIZE 224 STRING 224 STRPACK 225 addressing 217 break 217 file specifications 215 hexmate options 215 HI TIDE 55 HI_TECH_C 140 high priority interrupts 126 htc h 96 HTC_ERR_FORMAT 38 HTC_MSG_FORMAT 38 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 38 T O console I O functions 152 serial 152 STDIO 152 ICD support 127 ID Locations 8
56. 199 5 9 2 2 Psect Information listed by Module 200 5 9 2 3 Psect Information listed by Class 201 DAIA A Ae otis BAAD EBS oe amp BAS 202 5 925 Unused Address Ranges 55 24 se eee ee ek oe eS 202 5 9 2 6 Symbollable cc crer eek ee eS eS 203 3 10 Librarian cc ee a ee Ce Re ae ee Oa ae Bae ae ew amp 204 5 10 17 The Library PORMAL oscar SG Ba RE AS BE a ap 204 S102 Usinpithe Libramam o o co eee g Bh bee oes 204 SOG AAA 205 CONTENTS CONTENTS 12 312 5 14 5 10 4 Supplying Arguments ovoce cearca ri tetes tekanne ws 206 SAO Listine Format o sar Beg alg e a a A 206 5 106 Ordene of Libraries 000 orke gorak a Se ede 206 S107 Eror Messages ong A RA 207 ODES AA 207 5 11 1 Checksum Specifications s oec ce bb bee eee ee ee us 207 CIEE e eh bb a Bl A Ret a E a e Ry i a o 209 Dida PPPOE o ea e Se a RN E a we a a Se ea a ae 209 5122 REGA oe aac 5 a ROR OR a ee A E ai 210 Dele Se 2 202 6 ba eh Bb eed oo be Sa SS Re ee ea S 210 BIZ 2OOUGHO era A RRA BG DE E A ee E 210 Dell BOTA Ds Rie ba A Sr Me ee a 210 DILO SHOME on ok ke oe ee rd dr Ge OS 210 SA27 1 ois oe eS a a Bae doh Ga eo eS ee OR SDE aes 210 Cromwell ooo ir Sona a a A wR A a ae 211 3 134 lt Pramelarchmt cuite ec ak a aaa a A Re e i 211 O Ae te a ate ee ae Bh ee ted hoe be ee SA SS Re ee ea 211 BIBS Sons kee ae A BO ee Boe Dae we Ae ee es 213 Dela ee Gh ss Riek bat Wy Be A Se e Be A 213 SIGS ER eee te ek ee be
57. 6 The pragma warning Directive 147 3 12 Linking Protams ooo iodo e eR RS ee E 149 3 12 1 Replacing Library Modules o a 150 3 12 2 BRA UI Necks ne cea Ss A E RNA 150 3 123 LmkerDefined Symbols s op 6505855 28 6 4G ER ERE RS 152 3 13 Standard VO Functions and Serial VO scc 266 ce A 152 CONTENTS CONTENTS 4 Macro Assembler 153 Al Assembler Usate o cocaina ee eR as RS ee a 153 AD ASSET OpUONe 2c oo sa Be ee ew eee Ph edd a he 154 43 HETECH C Assembly Language ooo lt lt lt wre dara e 157 4 3 1 Assembler Format Deviations ee 157 4 3 2 Pre defined Macros e 158 43 2 Statement Formats o sea apa a ee a e a dad e ea 158 AO Characteis cee soaa ia NS wale Goel Sew ay Baw GS aS 158 LIAI Deane 3 5 42 cao AS a RA RS Raa ee E 159 43542 Speca Characters 2 5 42 ype a ee de 159 Ao COIS gona EN eee ee A eee OR Re ee a RS 159 4331 Special Comment SMES o 2 e gee d a eA AE SLE He E ER 159 AO Constants 2 5 4 25 0 444 m5 55 5 ae be eee Ge eR ee OE 160 4301 Nume ric Constants ci coros SARA A OES 160 4 3 6 2 Character Constants and Strings 160 AST la A 3c ashe ae ye ae RAG aa Re A RAL Se ORS 160 4 3 7 1 Significance of Identifiers 2000084 161 4 3 7 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers 161 43 00 ecanomComirer s lt esea gyda wha LER De E es 161 4314 Register Symbols lt lt lt 5 6465 6 e
58. 9 Pragma directives Directive Meaning Example printf_check Enable printf style format string pragma checking printf_check printf const regsused Specify registers which are used by pragma regsused _func r4 a function switch Specify code generation for switch pragma switch direct statements inline Specify function is inline pragma inline _delay interrupt_level disable function at the specified pragma interrupt_level 1 level warning Control messaging parameters pragma warning disable 299 407 3 11 4 2 The pragma regsused Directive The pragma regsused directive allows the programmer to indicate register usage for functions that will not be seen by the code generator for example if they were written in assembly code It has no effect when used with functions defined in C code but in these cases the register usage of these functions can be accurately determined by the compiler and the pragma is not required The compiler will determine only those registers and objects which need to be saved for an interrupt function defined and use of this pragma allows the code generator to also determine register usage for routines written in assembly code The general form of the pragma is pragma regsused routineName registerList where rout ineName is the C equivalent name of the function or routine whose register usage is being defined and registerList is a space separated list of registers
59. APB and are placed in the compiled stack See Section 3 4 1 1 for detailed information on the compiled stack The parameter variables will be referenced as an offset from the symbol _function where function is the name of the function in which the parameter is defined i e the function that is to be called Unlike auto variables parameter variables are allocated memory strictly in the order in which they appear in the function s prototype This means that the parameters will always be placed in the same memory bank even if the other auto variables for that function have been allocated across multiple banks The parameters for functions that take a variable argument list defined using an ellipsis in the prototype are placed in the parameter memory along with named parameters Take for example the following ANSI style function void test char a int b The function test will receive the argument for b in its function auto parameter block and that for a in the W register A call to this function test xyz 8 would generate code similar to MOVLW 08h move literal 0x8 into MOVWF _test the auto parameter memory CLRF _test 1 locations for the 16 bit parameter MOVE _xyz w move xyz into the W register CALL _test In this example the parameter b is held in the memory locations _test Least Significant Byte and _test 1 Most Significant Byte which are on the compiled stack You may also see this same locat
60. Also void char buffe char sl strcpy buf sl buffer s2 strcat sl printf Length printf st r 256 2 T s2 strncpy strlen strcat strlen Return Value fer Start of line end of line sd n strlen buffer ring Ss n buffer The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned 326 Library Functions STRCSPN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strcspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strespn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists of characters NOT from the string pointed to by s2 Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void static char set xyz printf Sd n strcspn abcdevwxyz set printf Sd n strcspn xxxbcadefs set printf Sdin strcspn 1234567890 set See Also strspn Return Value Returns the length of the segment 327 Library Functions STRLEN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strlen const char s Description The strlen function returns the number of characters in the string s not including the null termina tor Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char xsi s2 strcpy buffer sl buffer s2 end strcat s1 s2 printf Length printf string
61. Category oes ke pe eR Ee a eS 71 Cd A eea A A ENE A 77 2822 REDOM is beak eee Poe A webb e eh ae 78 2 823 Runtime es se os be ee a ee Se dds 79 Dee CONS Se kg ew Bie See bea ie Ste ee aie amp Bie Be Dae 79 202 AQQIMOMA dene ao bw a ee RO E SR Oe G 79 3 C Language Features 83 Ol ANSI StandardIssues ocios aa RE a a a a 83 3 1 1 Divergence from the ANSIC Standard 83 3 1 2 Implementation defined behaviour 4 83 3 1 3 Non ANSI Operations lt e ae ga p e n eR A RS 84 3 14 Cl8 Compatibility sc ce ae ee ee eRe A 84 32 Processorelated Features 2 405 4 gr ces RRS ee EE Re Oe OE G 85 Stel Processor SUP PONE o ecir wie IAEA Rae a OS amp BR a Aaroh 85 3 2 2 Device Header Files 2 555 5 0845008 RA ERED Oe eG 86 Ded SOC fen be be Es Bled Bee Bh SS Bee oS AS es RR aa Ss 86 3 24 CONMEMTADON Fuses ei s 242 8 6256 oN eee A BS SS 86 S25 IDibocstions da Larra beeen Pb bd ee a ws 88 32 6 Bib Imsirichons secsi osani ioka a SS da e Bi ka 88 3 2 7 EEPROM and Flash Runtime Access o o 89 IA EEPROM ACCESS 45 ck oe a oe ERE SE ee Pe eS 89 Jale A es Go babe hh SER ESS 2 eS 90 3 2 8 Using SPRs From Code 2 44 5 64 64 ban bea A ee ee 91 32 81 Mull DpteSERS eo esca e e a A 92 3 3 Supported Data Types and Variables o o o 93 3 3 1 Radix Specifiers and Constants ss s es scra aspe eut b eee eS 93 3 32 Bit Data Types and Variables so
62. Description This function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The structure is defined in the Data Types section Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time clock tp gmtime amp clock printf It s d in London n tp gt tm_year 1900 See Also ctime asctime time localtime 273 Library Functions Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 274 Library Functions IDLOC_READO IDLOC_WRITE Synopsis tinclude lt htc h gt unsigned char idloc_read void void idloc_write unsigned char unsigned char Description These functions allow access to the user ID register which can be used to store small amounts of information such as serial numbers checksums etc idloc_read accepts a single parameter to determine which user ID register to read The value contained in the register is returned idloc_write doesn t return any value It accepts a second parameter which is a value to be written to the selected register Note that only the lower nibble is significant The upper nibble of the value written will always be OxF as per Microchip s documen
63. FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory This option allows specification of a hexadecimal opcode that can be used to fill all unused program memory locations with a known code sequence See the HEXMATE Section for details of the option format and features Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian byte order See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 53 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver Table 2 8 Supported Float Types Suboption Type double Size of float matches size of double type 24 Truncated IEEE754 24 bit float 32 TEEE754 32 bit float 2 6 34 FLOAT type Select kind of Float Types This option allows the kind of float types to be selected By default the compiler will choose the truncated IEEE754 24 bit implementation for float types With this option this can be changed to 32 bits See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 35 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options This option is used to retrieve the command line options which are used for named compiler appli cation The options are then saved into the given file This option is not required for most projects 2 6 36 HELP lt option gt Display Help The HELP option displays information on the PICC18 compiler options To find out more about a particular option use the option s name as a parameter For example PICC18 help warn This will display more deta
64. Messaging environment variables o 00000022 ee 38 Messaging placeholders occasion A A E 39 Compiler Responses to Memory Qualifiers o 49 Compatibility Modes o oe sagos ea de ds cda 51 Supported Double Types e or ca spone moka AA a a 52 Supported Float Types se semaca a a A ee e GE 54 Supported IDES oe 254 3644 2084 sra a A ee be 55 SUPportcd Ianguages ors a Ge aina a BLP oR ee i AA 55 Optimization Options lt sos s ce soa e RR ek e e 57 Output hile formate e e spea s nke ee a E E E E SA 58 Runtime environment suboptions a 62 Memory Summary Suboptions 6 ess cross ee bw ee ee 65 Basie datatypes e ce ogor eee ea AA Oe EEA wae ee eS 93 ACIS ORNS rr Be GG BH aw Ee dd e a Shed gos bee s 94 Floating point formats gt s sa secco eed ee E 98 Floating point format example IEEE 754 ouaaa 98 Integral Civision re A ea e ae SS aa 121 Registers Used by the Compiler eo 205 sero ew bea bee Sey ees 122 Preprocessor directiv s ca ma eS aR RE A A a 144 Plaga directives so Ye Se a Ee ee eee ge de 145 Valid ERICA 0 05 4 24 56 bake hte teat beak ear os ed 146 SWIHCH TYPES s aee a Sok AG a A a SoA AS RO A a 146 Supported standard VO funchons o es e es epp eua a ee eee oe Es 152 LIST OF TABLES LIST OF TABLES 18 4 1 4 2 4 3 44 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 Sel 5 1 32 5 3 5 4 3 3 30 ah 5 8 5 9 5 10 51 C 1 CA Cl Col Carl Cll Ci ASPIC18 command line options
65. SFR to the actual register itself Writing to an SFR register using either of these two methods will not flag the register as having changed and may lead to code failure 122 C Language Features Psects 3 8 Psects When the code generator outputs code and data objects it does so into a number of standard pro gram sections referred to as psects A psect is just a block of something a block of code a block of data etc By having everything inside a psect all these blocks can be easily recognized and sorted by the linker even though they have come from different modules One of the main jobs of the linker is to group all the psects from the entire project and place these into the available memory for the device A psect can be created in assembly code by using the PSECT assembler directive see Section 4 3 10 3 The code generator uses this directive to direct assembly code it produces into the appro priate psect 3 8 1 Compiler generated Psects The code generator places code and data into psects with standard names which are subsequent positioned by the default linker options The linker does not treat these compiler generated psects any differently to a psect that has been defined by yourself Some psects in particular the data memory psects use special naming conventions For example take the bss psect The name bss is historical It holds uninitialized variables However there may be some uninitialized variables that w
66. Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 54 ROM 10 hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any ROM specified in the chip configuration file which should be treated as available ROM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of memory that may be used by read only ROM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical ROM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically executable code and any data variables that are qualified as const When producing code that may be downloaded into a system via a bootloader the destination memory may indeed be some sort of volatile RAM To only use on chip ROM memory this option is not required For example to specify an additional range of memory to that on chip use ROM default 100 2ff for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use ROM 100 2ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chip configuration file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example ROM default 100 1ff will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 1ffh for allocation of ROM objects See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 61 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command
67. The command file is read by using the symbol which should be immediately followed i e no intermediate space character by the name of the file containing the command line arguments The file may contain blank lines which are simply skipped by the driver The command line arguments may be placed over several lines by using a space and backslash character for all non blank lines except for the last line The use of a command file means that compiler options and project filenames can be stored along with the project making them more easily accessible and permanently recorded for future use TUT RIAL USING COMMAND FILES A command file xyz cmd is constructed with your favorite text editor and contains both the options and file names that are required to compile your project as follows chip 18F242 m Y opt all g Main c isr c After it is saved the compiler may be invoked with the command PICC18 xyz cmd 23 The Compilation Sequence PICC18 Command line Driver Figure 2 1 Flow diagram of the initial compilation sequence e e e e CPP Mi pre A PS A 2 P1 PASSI pi cco IN ION 0 3 RIET generator y a st Soe AS Sm PTAA assembler gt Obj y HLINK 2 2 The Compilation Sequence PICC18 will check each file argument and perform appropriate actions on each file The entire compilation seq
68. The output file when this option is used is a valid assembly file that can be passed to the as sembler This differs to the assembly list file produced by the assembler when the L assembler option is used C Across reference file will be produced when this option is used This file called srcfile crf where srcfile is the base portion of the first source file name will contain raw cross refer ence information The cross reference utility CREF must then be run to produce the formatted cross reference listing See Section 4 7 for more information Cchipinfo Specify the chipinfo file to use The chipinfo file is called picc 18 ini and can be found in the DAT directory of the compiler distribution E fileldigit The default format for an error message is in the form filename line message where the error of type message occurred on line line ofthe file filename The E option with no argument will make the assembler use an alternate format for error and warning messages Use of the option in this form has a similar effect as the same option used with command line driver See Section 2 5 for more information Specifying a digit as argument has a similar effect only it allows selection of pre set message formats Specifying a filename as argument will force the assembler to direct error and warning messages to a file with the name specified Flength By default when an assembly list file is requested see assembler option L the listi
69. This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 465 undefined symbol in FNBREAK record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNBREAK record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 466 undefined symbol in FNINDIR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNINDIR record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 467 undefined symbol in FNADDR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNADDR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 421 Error and Warning Messages 468 undefined symbol in FNCALL record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNCALL record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 469 undefined symbol in FNROOT record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNROOT record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 470 undefined symbol in FNSIZE record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNS1ZE record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 471 recursive function calls Li
70. WARN option is used to set the compiler warning level Allowable warning levels range from 9 to 9 The warning level determines how pedantic the compiler is about dubious type conversions and constructs The higher the warning level the more important the warning message The default warning level is 0 and will allow all normal warning messages Use this option with care as some warning messages indicate code that is likely to fail during execution or compromise portability Warning message can be individually disabled with the MSGDISABLE option see 2 6 42 See also Section 2 5 for full information on the compiler s messaging system See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 65 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format This option sets the format of warning messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 5 4 for more information on this option For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 5 65 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver 2 7 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents When compiling under the MPLAB IDE it is still the compiler s command line driver that is being executed and compiling the program The HI TECH Universal Toolsuite plugin controls the MPLAB IDE build options dialog that is used to access the compiler options however these graphical controls ultimately adjust the command line options passed to the command line driver
71. __Hname If the psect has different load and link addresses the load start address is specified as___Bname 3 13 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O A number of the standard I O functions are provided specifically those functions intended to read and write formatted text on standard output and input A list of the available functions is in Table 3 12 More details of these functions can be found in Appendix A Before any characters can be written or read using these functions the putch for printf and getch for scanf functions must be written to define stdin and stdout respectively Other routines which may be required include getche and kbhit You will find samples of serial code which implements the putch and getch functions in the file serial c in the SAMPLES directory 152 Chapter 4 Macro Assembler The Macro Assembler included with HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs assembles source files for PIC18 MCUs This chapter describes the usage of the assembler and the directives assembler pseudo ops and controls accepted by the assembler in the source files The HI TECH C Macro Assembler package includes a linker librarian cross reference generator and an object code converter Athough the term assembler is almost universally used to decribe the tool which con verts human readable mnemonics into machine code both assembler and assembly are used to describe the source code which such a
72. a slighty more verbose form of the command is required to confirm the action required To specify an error message number in the MSGDISABLE command the number must be followed by off to ensure that it is actually disabled For example MSGDISABLE 195 o0ff will disable error number 195 Disabling error or warning messages in no way fixes any potential problems reported by the message Always use caution when exercising this option 2 5 5 2 Changing Message Types It is also possible to change the type of some messages This is only possible by the use of the warning pragma and only affects messages generated by the parser or code generator See Section 3 11 4 6 for more information on this pragma 2 6 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Most aspects of the compilation can be controlled using the command line driver PICC18 The driver will configure and execute all required applications such as the code generator assembler and linker PICC18 recognizes the compiler options listed in the table below and which are described in the sections that follow The case of the options is not important however command shells in UNIX based operating systems are case sensitive when it comes to names of files 2 6 1 Option Formats e6 99 All single letter options are identified by a leading dash character e g C Some single letter options specify an additional data field which follows the option name immediately and without any whitespace e
73. above to specify unsigned char as default is used 3 3 5 16 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports four 16 bit integer types short and int are 16 bit two s complement signed integer types representing integral values from 32 768 to 32 767 inclu 96 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables sive Unsigned short and unsigned int are 16 bit unsigned integer types representing integral values from 0 to 65 535 inclusive All 16 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short int and unsigned short int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short will contain a signed short int and a variable declared as unsigned short will contain an unsigned short int 3 3 6 24 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports two 24 bit integer types short long are 24 bit two s complement signed integer types representing integral values from 8 388 608 to 8 388 607 inclusive Unsigned short long are 24 bit unsigned integer types representing integral values from 0 to 16 777 215 inclusive All 24 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short lo
74. an incorrect length 1037 short read on Cromwell When reading the type of data indicated in this message it terminated before reaching its specified length 1038 string table length too short Cromwell The specified length of the COFF string table is less than the minimum 1039 inconsistent symbol count Cromwell The number of symbols in the symbol table has exceeded the number indicated in the COFF header 1040 bad checksum record 0x checksum 0x Cromwell A record of the type specified failed to match its own checksum value 477 Error and Warning Messages 1041 short record Cromwell While reading a file one of the file s records ended short of its specified length 1042 unknown record type 0x Cromwell The type indicator of this record did not match any valid types for this file format 1043 unknown optional header Cromwell When reading this Microchip COFF file the optional header within the file header was of an incor rect length 1044 end of file encountered Cromwell Linker The end of the file was found while more data was expected Has this input file been truncated 1045 short read on block of bytes Cromwell A while reading a block of byte data from a UBROF record the block ended before the expected length 1046 short string read Cromwell A while reading a string from a UBROF record the string ended before the specified length 1047 bad type
75. an internal compiler error The object code format of an object file is invalid Ensure it is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 402 bad argument to F Objtohex The F option for objtohex has been supplied an invalid argument If you are invoking this command line tool directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 403 bad E option Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 404 bad maximum length value to lt digits gt Objtohex The first value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 405 bad record size rounding value to lt digits gt Objtohex The second value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 406 bad argument to A Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 407 bad argument to U Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 413 Error and Warning Messages 408 bad argument to B Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly then see Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and yo
76. and containing the following text 197 Map Files Linker and Utilities Z OX OBJ MX MAP Ptext 0 data 0 bss nvram bss X OBJ Y OBJ Z OBJ C HT Z80 LIB Z80 SC LIB may be passed to the linker by one of the following hlink x 1nk hlink lt x 1nk 5 9 Map Files The map file contains information relating to the relocation of psects and the addresses assigned to symbols within those psects 5 9 1 Generation If compilation is being performed via MPLAB IDE a map file is generated by default without you having to adjust the compiler options If you are using the driver from the command line then you ll need to use the M option see Section 2 6 9 Map files are produced by the linker If the compilation process is stopped before the linker is executed then no map file is produced The linker will still produce a map file even if 1t encounters errors which will allow you to use this file to track down the cause of the errors However 1f the linker ultimately reports too many errors then it did not run to completion and the map file will be either not created or not complete You can use the ERRORS option on the command line or as an alternate MPLAB IDE setting to increase the number of errors before the compiler applications give up See Section 2 6 32 for more information on this option 5 9 2 Contents The sections in the map file in order of appearance are as follows e The compiler name and version number e A
77. and nvram c compile and link using the command PICC18 CHIP 18F242 CR main crf main c modulel c nvram c Thus this option can not be used when using any compilation process that compiles each source file separately using the C or PASS1 options Such is the case for most IDEs including MPLAB IDE and makefiles 51 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver Table 2 7 Supported Double Types Suboption Type 24 Truncated IEEE754 24 bit doubles 32 IEEE754 32 bit doubles 2 6 26 DEBUGGER type Select Debugger Type This option is intended for use for compatibility with debuggers PICC18supports the Microchip ICD2 debugger and using this option will configure the compiler to conform to the requirements of the ICD2 reserving memory addresses etc For example PICC18 CHIP 18F242 DEBUGGER icd2 main c Basic debugging with Microchip REALICE ICD3 PICKIT2 and PICKIT3 are also supported when debugger realice debugger icd3 debugger pickit2 or debugger pickit3 is used See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 27 DOUBLE type Select kind of Double Types This option allows the kind of double types to be selected By default the compiler will choose the truncated IEEE754 24 bit implementation for double types With this option this can be changed to 32 bits See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 28 ECHO Echo command line bef
78. and return the byte location at addr in the EEPROM memory void eeprom write unsigned int addr unsigned char value 89 Processor related Features C Language Features Write value to the EEPROM memory at the address addr The macros EEPROM_READ and EEPROM_WRITE are for legacy support but actually call the function versions of these routines So to write a value the following will call eeprom_write EEPROM_WRITE address value To read a byte of data from an address in EEPROM memory and store it in a variable variable EEPROM_READ address For convenience __EEPROMSIZE predefines the number of bytes of EEPROM available on chip 3 2 7 2 Flash Access Routines to access the flash memory are provided in the peripheral libraries See 2 6 55 for informa tion on how these can be specified when building The prototypes for the available functions are void EraseFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned long endaddr Erase flash memory from startadd to endaddr void ReadFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned int num_bytes unsigned char flash_array Read num_bytes bytes of flash memory starting from startadar storing them in the array specified by flash_array void WriteBytesFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned int num_bytes unsigned char flash_array Write num_bytes bytes of data from flash_array into flash memory starting at address start_addr void WriteWordFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned int data
79. any C source files but before code generation of these files the compiler assembles any assembly source files to relocatable object files These object files together with any object files specified on the command line are scanned by the compiler driver and certain information from these files are collated and passed to the code generator Several actions are taken based on this information See Section 3 10 4 The driver instructs the code generator to preserve any C variables which map to symbols which are used but not defined in the assembly object code This allows variables to be defined in code and only every referenced in assembly code Normally such C variables would be removed as the code generator would consider them to be used from the C perspective Specifically the C variables are automatically qualified as being volatile which is sufficient to prevent the code generator making this optimization The driver also takes note of any absolute psects viz use the abs and ovrld PSECT directive flags in the assembly object code The memory occupied by the psects is removed from the available memory ranges passes to the code generator and linker This information ensures that this memory 1s not allocated to any C resources 2 3 Runtime Files In addition to the input files specified on the command line by the user there are also compiler generated source files and pre compiled library files which might be compiled into the project
80. array 10 warning flagged here return array 0 369 signed bitfields not supported Parser Only unsigned bitfields are supported If a bitfield is declared to be type int the compiler still treats it as unsigned e g struct signed int sign 1 this must be unsigned signed int value 15 bi 370 illegal basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type couldn t not be recognised and the basic type was assumed to be int e g 409 Error and Warning Messages here ling is assumed to be int unsigned char bar unsigned ling a 371 missing basic type int assumed Parser This declaration does not include a basic type so int has been assumed This declaration is not illegal but it is preferable to include a basic type to make it clear what is intended e g char c de don t let the compiler make assumptions use int 1 func ditto use extern int func int 372 expected Parser A comma was expected here This could mean you have left out the comma between two identifiers in a declaration list It may also mean that the immediately preceding type name is misspelled and has thus been interpreted as an identifier e g unsigned char a thinks chat amp b are unsigned but where is the comma unsigned chat b 373 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser An unsigned type was expected where a signed
81. assembly 160 binary 93 C source 93 decimal 93 hexadecimal 93 octal 93 RAM access bit 157 rand function 308 rbss psect 62 read only variables 101 READTIMERx function 310 recursion 83 redirecting errors 43 reference 190 198 registers shadow 127 special function see special function regis ters regsused pragma directive 145 relative jump 161 RELOC 192 194 reloc PSECT flag 168 relocatable object files 187 relocation 187 INDEX INDEX relocation information preserving 193 194 REPT directive 174 reserving memory 60 61 reset code executed after 33 RESET macro 311 RETFIE instruction 126 128 157 RETLW instruction 126 RETURN instruction 126 return values 119 rotate operation 84 round function 312 runtime environment 63 RUNTIME option clear 62 clib 62 init 62 keep 62 no_startup 62 plib 62 runtime startup variable initialization 32 runtime startup code 31 runtime startup module 28 62 scale value 167 scanf function 313 search path header files 44 segment selector 192 segments see psects 192 199 serial I O 152 serial numbers 63 223 accessing 63 SET directive 158 169 setjmp function 315 sfr h 158 SFRs multibyte 92 shadow registers 127 shift operations result of 121 shifting code 51 short long data types 97 sign extension when shifting 121 SIGNAT directive 151 176 signature checking 150 signature values 131 signatures 176
82. at the bottom of the same file Symbol Table Fri Aug 12 13 17 37 2004 _foo 01FC _main O7FF In this example the instruction causing the problem takes an 8 bit offset into a bank of memory but clearly the address Ox1FC exceeds this size Maybe the instruction should have been written as movwf _foo amp 0ffh 424 Error and Warning Messages which masks out the top bits of the address containing the bank information If the assembler instruction that caused this error was generated by the compiler in the assem bler list file look back up the file from the instruction at fault to determine which C statement has generated this instruction You will then need to examine the C code for possible errors incorrectly qualified pointers are an common trigger 478 range check failed location 0x 0x value 0x gt limit 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 479 circular indirect definition of symbol Linker The specified symbol has been equated to an external symbol which in turn has been equated to the first symbol 480 function signatures do not match 0x 0x Linker The specified function has different signatures in different modules This means it has been declared differently e g it may have been prototyped in one module and not another Check what declarations for the function are visible in the two modules specified and make
83. at zero data linked at 8000h but loaded after text bss is linked and loaded at 8000h plus the size of data and nvram and heap are concatenated with bss Note here the use of two P options Multiple P options are processed in order If A options have been used to specify address ranges for a class then this class name may be used in place of a link or load address and space will be found in one of the address ranges For example ACODE 8000h BFFEh E000h FFFEh Pdata C000h CODE 195 Operation Linker and Utilities This will link data at COOOh but find space to load it in the address ranges associated with CODE If no sufficiently large space is available an error will result Note that in this case the data psect will still be assembled into one contiguous block whereas other psects in the class CODE will be distributed into the address ranges wherever they will fit This means that if there are two or more psects in class CODE they may be intermixed in the address ranges Any psects allocated by a P option will have their load address range subtracted from any address ranges specified with the A option This allows a range to be specified with the A option without knowing in advance how much of the lower part of the range for example will be required for other psects 5 7 21 Qprocessor This option allows a processor type to be specified This is purely for information placed in the map file The argument to this option is
84. bank1 bank2 etc are not currently affected by this option The suboptions are detailed in Table 2 5 See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 19 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files The ASMLIST option tells PICC18 to generate one or more assembler listing file for each C and assembly source module being compiled 49 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver In the case of code being assembled that was originally C source the list file shows both the original C code and the corresponding assembly code generated by the code generator For both C and assembly source code a line number the binary op codes and addresses are shown If the assembler optimizer is enabled default operation the list file may differ from the original assem bly source code The assembler optimizer may also simpify some expression and remove some assembler directives from the listing file for clarity although they are processed in the usual way Provided the link stage has successfully concluded the listing file will be updated by the linker so that it contains absolute addresses and symbol values Thus you may use the assembler listing file to determine the position of and exact op codes corresponding to instructions 2 6 20 CHECKSUM start end destination lt specs gt Calculate a checksum This option will perform a checksum over the address range specified and store the result at the destination addre
85. be read only Compare the following structure with the above struct const int number int const ptr record 0x55 amp i 3 3 10 Standard Type Qualifiers Type qualifiers provide information regarding how an object may be used in addition to its type which defines it storage size and format HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports both ANSI qualifiers and additional special qualifiers which are useful for embedded applications and which take advantage of the PIC18 architecture 3 3 10 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports the use of the ANSI type qualifiers const and volatile The const type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object is read only and will not be modified If any attempt is made to modify an object declared const the compiler will issue a warning User defined objects declared const are placed in a special psects in the program space Obviously a const object must be initialised when it is declared as it cannot be assigned a value at any point at runtime For example const int version 3 The volatile type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object cannot be guaranteed to retain its value between successive accesses This prevents the optimizer from eliminating apparently redundant references to objects declared volatile because it may alter the behaviour of the program to do so All Input Output ports and any variables which may be modified
86. bee ewe BRE Reds amp Bais 2c Theprintf ROWING pesson pesa p p GM E eRe eae ole ee G 24 Debugging Information 22 4 40 he ae e Se oe eee babe bene 25 Compiler Messaces 0 00 A ee RE EERO SE EEE Re eH ee ORY 17 19 19 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 1 Messaging OVEIVIEW gt o cose a a Dee e 36 2 3 2 Message Language ona aa a a 37 20 INIESSAES NV DE s foc ede be SA o i eS 37 ZO Message Format ecg 4 64 bee eR Ee SS A AP RO eS 38 2 5 5 Changing Message Behaviour e 40 23 31 Disabling Messages coco 55 344 o eee eS 40 2 5 5 2 Changing Message Types gt sa s eco oe ewute e e 41 26 PICCI8 Driver Option Descriptions lt lt csee sese e es 41 201 Option POTS aio a a a aa a S 41 202 E Compuesto Object Ple ocio ia SS Be ee eas 42 20 3 Dinaere Defne Mace scoe sacs ye A 42 2 6 4 Efile Redirect Compiler Errors to a File 43 2 6 5 Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File 43 206 Ipath Include Search Path 2 0 jo ee p ania as 44 267 Lidbrary Scan Library gt ecse doe sack a hee Poa Ee eS 44 2 6 8 L option Adjust Linker Options Directly 45 26 9 MP1 Le Generate Map File o egora s eeue mo Ges be dee btn 47 2610 Nsea ze Identiver Lenet o or ea ase a AR AR 47 20 11 lt DEL Specify OUIPut File s lt sorre a ee eho A 47 2 6 12 P Preprocess Assembly Files o c ce c bea ee A 48 26 13 O Quiet Mod io s oa a Be A 48 2 6 14
87. biased exponent 98 big endian format 218 binary constants assembly 160 518 C 93 bit clear instruction 88 Bit instructions 88 bit manipulation macros 88 bit PSECT flag 167 bit set instruction 88 bit types absolute 96 in assembly 167 bit addressable Registers 96 bit fields 99 initializing 100 unamed 100 blocks see psects bootloader 61 214 222 bootloaders 62 bsearch function 244 bss psect 125 188 clearing 188 byte addresses 217 C standard libraries 29 30 ceil function 246 cgets function 247 char types 96 character constants 94 assembly 160 checksum endianism 50 218 checksum psect 124 checksum specifications 207 checksums 50 214 218 algorithms 50 218 endianism 50 218 chipinfo files 155 cinit psect 124 class PSECT flag 167 classes 191 address ranges 191 boundary argument 196 INDEX INDEX upper address limit 196 clib suboption 29 clrwdt instruction 86 CLRWDT macro 249 COD file 58 code protection fuses 86 command files 23 command line driver 21 command lines HLINK long command lines 197 long 23 206 verbose option 49 common access 157 compiler errors format 38 compiler generated psects 123 compiler generate input files 28 compiling to assembly file 48 to object file 42 COND assembler control 176 conditional assembly 171 config psect 124 config_read function 250 config_write function 250 configuration word 124 conf
88. by the driver These are e Library files e The runtime startup module e The powerup routine and e The printf routine Strictly speaking the powerup routine is neither compiler generated source nor a library routine It is fully defined by the user however as it is very closely associated with the runtime startup module 1t is discussed with the other runtime files in the following sections 28 PICC18 Command line Driver Runtime Files By default libraries appropriate for the selected driver options are automatically passed to the code generator and linker Although individual library functions or routines will be linked in once referenced in C code the compiler still requires the inclusion of the appropriate header file for the library function that is being used See the appropriate library function section in Chapter A for the header file that should be used 2 3 1 Library Files By default PICC18 will search the L1B directory of the compiler distribution for p code library files which are then passed to the code generator These library files typically contain e The C standard library functions e Routines implicitly called by the code generator e Chip specific peripherals functions e Chip specific memory functions These library files are always scanned after scanning any user specified libraries passed to the driver on the command line thus allowing library routines to be easily replaced with user defined alterna
89. c c is in 0 9 or a z or A Z c is in A Z or a z c is a7 bit ascii character c is a control character c is a decimal digit c is in a z c is a printing char c is a non space printable character c is not alphanumeric c is a space tab or newline c is in A Z c is in 0 9 or a f or A F 277 Library Functions Example tinc tinc void main See Also lude lt ctype h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf 80 int i gets buf i 0 while isalnum buf i itt buf i 0 print s is the word n buf toupper tolower toasciiQ 278 Library Functions ISDIG Synopsis include lt ctype h gt int isdig int c Description The isdig function tests the input character c to see if is a decimal digit 0 9 and returns true is this is the case false otherwise Example include lt ctype h gt void main void char buf 1998a if isdig buf 0 printf valid type detected n See Also isdigit listed un isalnum Return Value Zero if the character is a decimal digit a non zero value otherwise 279 Library Functions ITOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char itoa char buf int val int base Description The function itoa converts the contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer whi
90. called default but it is not enclosed by a switch statement A default label is only legal inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this default label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement See example for Error Message case not in switch on page 384 246 case label not in switch Parser A case label has been encountered but there is no enclosing switch statement A case label may only appear inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this case label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement e g 384 Error and Warning Messages switch input case 0 count break case 1 if count gt MAX count 0 oops this shouldn t be here break case 2 error flagged here 247 duplicate label Parser The same name is used for a label more than once in this function Note that the scope of labels is the entire function not just the block that encloses a label e g start if a gt 256 goto end start error flagged here if a 0 goto start which start label do I jump to 248 inappropriate else Parser An else keyword has been encountered that cannot be associated with an if statement This may mean there is a missing brace or other syntactic e
91. code generator notes that the pointer ip only points to the access bank variable i so this pointer is made an 8 bit wide access bank pointer As the program is developed other near variables are defined and allocated space in the access bank A point is reach at which the variable i will no longer fit in the access bank and it is automatically moved to banked RAM When the program is next compiled the pointer ip will automatically become a 16 bit pointer to all of the data space and the code used to initialize and dereference the pointer will change accordingly One positive aspect of tracking pointer targets is less of a dependence on pointer qualifiers The standard qualifiers const and volatile must still be used in pointer definitions to indicate a read only or externally modifiable target object respectively However this is in strict accordance with the ANSI standard HI TECH specific qualifiers like near and far do not need to be used to indicate pointer targets and should be avoided The non use of these qualifiers will result in more portable and readable code and lessen the chance of extraneous warnings being issued by the compiler 3 3 12 3 Pointers to Const The const qualifier plays no direct part in specifying the pointer classification that the compiler will allocate to a pointer This qualifier should be used when the target or targets referenced by the pointer should be read only The addresses of const objects assigned to
92. defines Shown are all the psects under the Name column that were linked into the program from each object file and information regarding that psect The linker deals with two kinds of addresses link and load Generally speaking the link address of a psect is the address by which it will be accessed at run time The load address which is often the same as the link address is the address at which the psect will start within the output file HEX or binary file etc If a psect is used to hold bits the load 200 Linker and Utilities Map Files address is irrelevant and is instead used to hold the link address in bit units converted into a byte address The Length of the psect is shown in units suitable for that psect The Selector is less commonly used and is of no concern when compiling for PIC18 devices The Space field is important as it indicates the memory space in which the psect was placed For Harvard architecture machines with separate memory spaces such as PIC18 devices this field must be used in conjunction with the address to specify an exact storage location A space of 0 indicates the program memory and a space of indicates the data memory See 4 3 10 3 The Scale of a psect indicates the number of address units per byte this is left blank if the scale is 1 and typically this will show 8 for psects that hold bit objects The Load address of psects that hold bits is used to display the link address convert
93. detect when SFRs have changed as a result of assembly code that writes to them directly The list of registers used by the compiler and further information can be found in Section 3 7 137 Mixing C and Assembly Code C Language Features 3 10 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs incorporates several features designed to allow C code to obey requirements of user defined assembly code The command line driver ensures that all user defined assembly files have been processed first before compilation of C source files begin The driver is able to read and analyse certain information in the relocatable object files and pass this information to the code generator This information is used to ensure the code generator takes into account requirement of the assembly code 3 10 4 1 Absolute Psects Some of the information that is extracted from the relocatable objects by the driver relates to absolute psects specifically psects defined using the abs and ovrld PSECT flags see Section 4 3 10 3 for more information These are psects have been rarely required in general coding but do allow for data to be collated over multiple modules in a specific order HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs is able to determine the address bounds of absolute psects to enure that the output of C code does not consume specific resources required by the assem bly code The code generator will ensure that any memory used by these psect
94. following are guidelines that must be adhered to when writing a routine in assembly code that is callable from C code e select or define a suitable psect for the executable assembly code e select a name label for the routine so that its corresponding C identifier is valid e ensure that the routine s label is globally accessible i e from other modules select an appropriate equivalent C prototype for the routine on which argument passing can be modelled optionally use a signature value to enable type checking of parameters when the function is called e Limit arguments and return values to single byte sized objects Assembly routines may not define variables that reside in the compiled stack Use global variables for additional argu ments A mapping is performed on the names of all C functions and non static global variables See 3 10 3 for a description of mappings between C and assembly identifiers 131 Mixing C and Assembly Code C Language Features TUTORIAL C CALLABLE ASSEMBLY ROUTINES The following example goes through the steps of creating an assembly routine A mapping is performed on the names of all C functions and non static global variables See Section 3 10 4 for a complete description of mappings between C and assembly identifiers An assembly routine is required which can add an 8 bit quantity passed to the routine with the contents of PORTB and return this as an 8 bit quantity Most compiler generated ex
95. for the function This signature is output in the object code of any function referencing or defining the function At link time the linker will report any mismatch of signatures HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs is only likely to issue a mismatch error from the linker when the routine is either a pre compiled object file or an assembly routine Other function mismatches are reported by the code generator 150 C Language Features Linking Programs TUTORIAL It is sometimes necessary to write assembly language routines which are called from C using an extern declaration Such assembly language functions should include a signa ture which is compatible with the C prototype used to call them The simplest method of determining the correct signature for a function is to write a dummy C function with the same prototype and compile it to assembly language using the PICC18 S option For example suppose you have an assembly language routine called _widget which takes two int arguments and returns a char value The prototype used to call this function from C would be extern char widget int int Where a call to _widget is made in the C code the signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value would be generated In order to match the correct signature the source code for widget needs to contain an assembler SIGNAT pseudo op which defines the same signature value To determine the correct value you would write the fol
96. formats 194 American Automation HEX 58 Binary 58 Bytecraft COD 58 COFF 58 ELF 58 Intel HEX 58 library 58 Microchip COFF 58 Motorola S19 HEX 58 specifying 58 207 Tektronic 58 UBROF 58 output files 57 l obj 25 names of 23 overlaid memory areas 193 overlaid psects 168 ovrld PSECT flag 168 p code files 22 PAGE assembler control 179 parameter passing 117 passing parameters to assembly 131 persistent keyword 102 persistent qualifier 102 PIC18 MCU assembly language 157 PICC18 predefined macros 140 supported data types 93 PICC18 see driver PICC18 options EMI 52 SUMMARY type 149 C 149 INDEX INDEX S 149 format checking 143 PICC18 output formats printf function 28 299 American Automation Hex 35 printf_check pragma directive 143 Binary 35 PROCESSOR directive 156 Bytecraft 35 Intel Hex 35 Motorola Hex 35 Tektronix Hex 35 UBROF 35 PICC18 options CHAR type 96 pointer qualifiers 104 pointers 104 16bit 104 32 bit 104 combining with type modifiers 104 function 109 to functions 104 pow function 298 powerup psect 125 powerup routine 31 33 powerup as 33 pragma directives 143 predefined symbols preprocessor 140 preprocessing 48 assembler files 48 preprocessor macros 42 path 44 preprocessor directive asm 134 endasm 134 preprocessor directives 140 in assembly files 158 preprocessor symbols predefined 140 printf pro
97. g Ddebug 41 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver Multi letter or word options have two leading dash characters e g ASMLIST Because of the double dash you can determine that the option ASMLIST for example is not a A option followed by the argument SMLIST Some of these options define suboptions which typically appear as a comma separated list fol lowing an equal character e g OUTPUT hex cof The exact format of the options varies and are described in detail in the following sections Some commonly used suboptions include default which represent the default specification that would be used if this option was absent altogether a11 which indicates that all the available suboptions should be enabled as if they had each been listed and none which indicates that all suboptions should be disabled Some suboptions may be prefixed with a plus character to indicate that they are in addition to the other suboptions present or a minus character to indicate that they should be excluded In the following sections angle brackets lt gt are used to indicate optional parts of the command See the HELP option Section 2 6 36 for more information about options and suboptions 2 6 2 C Compile to Object File The C option is used to halt compilation after generating a relocatable object file This option is frequently used when compiling assembly source files using a make u
98. gt hens 345 TIME Se es eth ge does sk Fee Bae heed Bo GEE Bb tae Gh Se td Th Gee ac he Bd 346 IOLOWBER ocio id ee de ee dad dia 20 348 A E O SR AS ae de ee cee 349 UDIY o eh Be Bhs BR So A aes ds EO Boca tts Be St a de ia 350 WEIN ki pa be ee bebe eben wd bd PERSO EES EG BAe SL eS 351 UNGE REIT ny hee ee ee ek ee ee ee A Ree la es 352 UE Gea ites a ae wo de re a he om a fae net gb id an May E uae E Aa 353 VAUISTARY ciga strua e ba ew bee Be eee Ee bbe bes 354 WRITETIMER sul le Gh ah ween Soba a BU Soe hod le Beth at arched dk a BA 356 PE A Be Bp es es ate ae Se Bt Bp et oe we a irs 357 B Error and Warning Messages 359 Wes oe et eae Ges Peaks ee A et 359 ae ee os O ese ew 367 o A oe A Se a ye ee Pe ee i eee ee 373 O Bucky fad Bg hoa a es Eee OR ee Co Sc 381 O NR mE sig Bh ig ts Ty hee eee es i Sls 390 E 3 eo ee E Oe Ee ee ee Bee ee bes 396 Byes eo oe Be eet oe ee ges Ok Oe seg eee on On eee eee ees Be Be gees eco oes 404 CONTENTS CONTENTS SOS AA A BAS RE e a IN Pl a ea ed eS IDy a grado se Se Se ew e BOS Ei Be A we ae aye de A Tep sicret Bar ee MS ete eh we EA e G5 aa eR Ee ee ea a ee awe Olin 24 54 4 Hs 2b Lee ES BSA A TUS e AA IA A e A C Chip Information Index 16 List of Tables 248 22 23 2 4 23 2 6 21 28 2 9 2 10 211 2 12 2 13 2 14 gl a2 29 3 4 J3 3 6 3 7 39 3 10 3 11 Di2 PICC18 input file types on ok a a a a ae ee 22 SUPL ANUIES e ie k a A pa eee OS ae Shere e Bid 37
99. h gt void main void char buffer 256 chars si 27 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string s n buffer See Also strcpy stremp strncat strlen Return Value The value of s1 is returned 321 Library Functions STRCHR STRICHR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strchr const char s int c char strichr const char s int c Description The strehr function searches the string s for an occurrence of the character c If one is found a pointer to that character is returned otherwise NULL is returned The strichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt strings h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main void static char temp Here it is char c s if strchr temp c printf Character c was found in string n c else printf No character was found in string See Also strrchr strlen stremp Return Value A pointer to the first match found or NULL if the character does not exist in the string 322 Library Functions Note Although the function takes an integer argument for the character only the lower 8 bits of the value are used 323 Library Functions STRCMP STRICMP Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt int strcmp const char
100. i HI TECH C Tools for the oce PIC18 MCU Family c A Pt E R S by Microchip Technology HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs Microchip Technology Inc Copyright C 2011 Microchip Technology Inc All Rights Reserved Printed in Australia Produced on September 27 2011 Australian Design Centre 45 Colebard Street West Acacia Ridge QLD 4110 Australia web http www microchip com Contents Table of Contents List of Tables 1 Introduction 1 1 Typographic conventions s lt oce sspe ceki abk ee ee ee 2 PICC18 Command line Driver 2 1 Invoking the Compiler 2 i455 06644 bead ee Ba ee be 21 4 Long Command Limes cos ari d oroe 8 eee be wha deeb et ees 2 2 Ine ompriation Sequence csse sa Ene OE A Re e OR 224 Smele step Compilaton lt 2 22 4 6 Fee heeds HRM EES A ore amp eed 222 Generating Intermediate Files lt conos serie 2AA Special Processiig ssoi 6 keke bene DERE PEARS SAGES Beh Peal a 3 25 A Re eR ee ew Ges 2 2 3 2 Assembly Code Requirements Zod MUNI IPICS Lio EAR RES RE eS 23 4 Library Pues c e oh ba owe ee haa eed eee Bhawan hoe S 23 11 Standard Libraries coso meok m ep ee e a 2 342 Utility bibtaries lt o s soe ttn DA RG we eee ee 2313 Penpheral Labranies sia Qos ae a ae we eS 232 Runtime Startup Code lt 2 ea eA A eS 25 2 1 Initialization of Data psects cocos dean dee yd ees 2302 Clearing the Bss Psects c 624 6022 64 Rye eee a GeO 233 The Powemp Routine gt e s e bee
101. i e not a pointer definition with a string for example char ca two two different to the above produces an array in data space which is initialised at startup with the string two copied from program space whereas a constant string used in other contexts represents an unnamed const qualified array accessed directly in program space HI TECH C will use the same storage location and label for strings that have identical character sequences except where the strings are used to initialise an array residing in the data space as shown in the last statement in the previous example Two adjacent string constants i e two strings separated only by white space are concatenated by the compiler Thus const char cp hello world assigned the pointer with the string hello world 94 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables 3 3 2 Bit Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUssupports bit integral types which can hold the values 0 or 1 Single bit variables may be declared using the keyword bit bit objects declared within a function for example static bit init_flag will be allocated in the bit addressable psect rbit and will be visible only in that function When the following declaration is used outside any function bit init_flag init_flag will be globally visible but located within the same psect Bit variables cannot be auto or parameters to a function A function may
102. include lt math h gt double eval_poly double x const double d int n Description The eval_poly function evaluates a polynomial whose coefficients are contained in the array d at x for example y x x d2 x dl d0 The order of the polynomial is passed in n Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double x y double d 3 1 1 3 5 2 7 x 2 2 y eval_poly x d 2 printf The polynomial evaluated at f is f n x y Return Value A double value being the polynomial evaluated at x 263 Library Functions EXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double exp double f Description The exp routine returns the exponential function of its argument i e e to the power of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 0 0 f lt 5 f 1 0 printf e to 1 0f f n f exp f See Also logQ log100 powO 264 Library Functions FABS Synopsis include lt math h gt double fabs double f Description This routine returns the absolute value of its double argument Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf f n fabs 1 5 fabs 1 5 See Also abs labs 265 Library Functions FLASH Routines Synopsis include lt plib h gt vo vo vo VO VO unsigned char id Wr
103. is recommended be included into each source file you write The file is lt htc h gt and is a generic file that will include other device and chip specific header files when you build your project Inclusion of this file will allow access to SFRs via special variables as well as macros which allow special memory access or inclusion of special instructions like CLRWDT If you are writing assembly code there are different header files that define assembly symbols that represent the SFRs See 3 10 3 1 for more information on these files 3 2 3 Stack The hardware stack on PIC18 devices is limited in depth and cannot be manipulated directly It is only used for function return address and cannot be used for program data The compiler implements a compiled stack for local data objects see Section 3 4 1 1 for information on how this is achieved You must ensure that the maximum stack depth is not exceeded otherwise code may fail Call ing too many nested functions may overflow the stack and it is important to take into account interrupts which also use levels of the stack A call graph is provided by the code generator in the assembler list file This will indicate the stack levels at each function call and can be used as a guide to stack depth The code generator may also produce warnings if the maximum stack depth is exceeded see Section 2 6 55 Both of these are guides to stack usage Optimizations and the use of interrupts can change the
104. is that operations are not performed with char type operands but with int type operands However there are circumstances when the result of an operation is identical regardless of whether the operands are of type char or int In these cases HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs will not perform the integral promotion so as to increase the code efficiency Consider the following example 120 C Language Features Operators Table 3 5 Integral division Operand 1 Operand 2 Quotient Remainder 5 S a sad unsigned char a b c a b c Strictly speaking this statement requires that the values of b and c should be promoted to unsigned int the addition performed the result of the addition cast to the type of a and then the assignment can take place Even if the result of the unsigned int addition of the promoted values of b and c was different to the result of the unsigned char addition of these values without promotion after the unsigned int result was converted back to unsigned char the final result would be the same An 8 bit addition is more efficient than a 16 bit addition and so the compiler will encode the former If in the above example the type of a was unsigned int then integral promotion would have to be performed to comply with the ANSI standard 3 6 2 Shifts applied to integral types The ANSI standard states that the result of right shifting gt gt operato
105. limit is not permissible 1014 psect flag limit redefined Assembler The limit flag in a psect declaration has been redeclared with a differing It is not necessary to redeclare this flag 1015 missing specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear at least once but was not defined for this chip 1016 missing argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This value of this attribute is blank in the chip configuration file 1017 extraneous argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver There are too many attributes for the the listed specification in the chip configuration file 1018 illegal number of specification found expected in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear a certain number of times but it did not for this chip 1019 duplicate specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute can only be defined once but has been defined more than once for this chip 1020 unknown attribute in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains an attribute that is not understood by this version of the com piler Has the chip configuration file or the driver been replaced with an equivalent component from another version of this compiler 1021 syntax error reading value in chipinfo file at line Driv
106. line AS 1 The message environment variables in turn may be overridden by the driver options MSGFORMAT WARNFORMAT and ERRFORMAT see Sections 2 6 31 2 6 43 and 2 6 65 These options take a string as their argument The option strings are formatted and can use the same placeholders as their variable counterparts TUT RIAL CHANGING MESSAGE FORMATS A project is compiled but produces a warning from the parser and an error from the linker By default the following messages are displayed when compiling main c main 17 ip amp b 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal Notice that the format of the messages from the parser and linker differ since the parser is able to identify the particular line of offending source code The parser has indicated the name of the file indicated the function in which the warning is located reproduced the line of source code and highlighted the position at which the warning was first detected as well as show the actual warning message string The E option is now used and the compiler issues the same messages but in a new format as dictated by the E option Now environment variables are set and no other messaging driver options were specified so the default E format is used main c 12 362 redundant amp applied to array warning 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error
107. line Driver Table 2 13 Runtime environment suboptions Suboption Controls On implies init The code present in the startup mod The idata ibigdata and ule that copies the idata ibigdata and ifardata psects ROM image is ifardata psects ROM image to RAM copied into RAM clib The inclusion of library files into the output Library files are linked into the code by the linker output clear The code present in the startup module that The bss bigbss rbss and clears the bss bigbss rbss and farbss farbss psects are cleared psects config Program unspecified configuration words Unspecified configuration words with a default value will have a default value pro grammed download Conditioning of the Intel hex file for use with bootloaders Data records in the Intel hex file are padded out to 16 byte lengths and will align on 16 byte bound aries Startup code will not as sume reset values in certain reg isters keep Whether the start up module source file is The start up module is not deleted after compilation deleted no_startup Whether the startup module is linked in with user defined code The start up module is generated and linked into the program peripheral libraries Other than lt htc h gt no other header files need to be included to use the functions in these libraries By default this option is not set stackwarn The stack depth is monitored at Check
108. main line code Typically this would be achieved by disabling interrupts before calling the function It is not sufficient to disable the interrupts inside the function after it has been called if an interrupt occurs when executing the function the code may fail See Section 3 9 3 for more information on how interrupts may be enabled and disabled The pragma is 129 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features pragma interrupt_level 1 The pragma should be placed before the definition of the function that is not to be duplicated The pragma will only affect the first function whose definition follows For example if the function read is only ever called from main line code when the interrupts are disabled then duplication of the function can be prevented if it is also called from an interrupt function as follows pragma interrupt_level 1 int read char device In main line code this function would typically be called as follows di turn off interrupts read IN_CH1 ei re enable interrupts 3 9 5 Interrupt Registers It is up to the user how they want the interrupt source configured All the registers and bits associated with interrupts are defined in the specific header file which can be accessed by including lt htc h gt The following is an example of setting up the interrupts associated with the change on PORTB source Interrupt priorities are used and the interrupt source is made a low priority S
109. more than once 416 Error and Warning Messages n_n 437 missing in class spec Linker A class spec needs an sign e g Ctext ROM See Section 5 7 9 for more information 438 bad size in S option Linker The address given in a S specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g SCODE f000 Did you forget the radix SCODE f000h 439 bad D spec Linker The format of a D specification giving a delta value to a class is invalid e g DCODE What is the delta value for this class Maybe you meant something like DCODE 2 440 bad delta value in D spec Linker The delta value supplied to a D specification is invalid This value should an integer of base 8 10 or 16 441 bad A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 417 Error and Warning Messages 442 missing address in A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 443 bad low address in A spec Linker The low addr
110. most useful for hosted systems where an application program may not be located at the reset vector For example if start_label is defined at the reset vector END start_label 165 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 5 ASPIC18 assembler directives Directive Purpose GLOBAL Make symbols accessible to other modules or allow reference to other modules symbols END End assembly PSECT Declare or resume program section ORG Set location counter EQU Define symbol value SET Define or re define symbol value DB Define constant byte s DW Define constant word s DS Reserve storage DABS Define absolute storage IF Conditional assembly ELSIF Alternate conditional assembly ELSE Alternate conditional assembly ENDIF End conditional assembly FNCALL Inform the linker that one function calls another FNROOT Inform the linker that a function is the root of a call graph MACRO Macro definition ENDM End macro definition BANKSEL Selection bank of specified address LOCAL Define local tabs ALIGN Align output to the specified boundary PAGESEL Generate set reset instruction to set PCLATH for this page PROCESSOR Define the particular chip for which this file is to be assembled REPT Repeat a block of code n times IRP Repeat a block of code with a list IRPC Repeat a block of code with a character list SIGNAT Define
111. not recommended for removal of executable code 5 14 1 9 FIND REPLACE REPLACE Can only be used in conjunction with a FIND option Code sequences that matched the FIND criteria can be replaced or partially replaced with new codes The usage for this sub option is FIND REPLACE Code mMask where e Code is a little endian hexadecimal code to replace the sequences that match the FIND crite ria e Mask is an optional bit mask to specify which bits within Code will replace the code sequence that has been matched This may be useful if for example it is only necessary to modify 4 bits within a 16 bit instruction The remaining 12 bits can masked and be left unchanged 5 14 1 10 FORMAT The FORMAT option can be used to specify a particular variant of INHX format or adjust maximum record length The usage of this option is FORMAT Typel Length where e Type specifies a particular INHX format to generate e Length is optional and sets the maximum number of bytes per data record A valid length is between 1 and 128 with 16 being the default 221 Hexmate Linker and Utilities Table 5 11 INHX types used in FORMAT option Type Description INHX8M Cannot program addresses beyond 64K INHX32 Can program addresses beyond 64K with extended linear address records INHX032 INHX32 with initialization of upper address to zero TUTORIAL Consider this case A bootloader trying to download
112. of preprocessor macro arguments for instead of Preprocessor A macro has been invoked with the wrong number of arguments e g define ADD a b a b ADD 1 2 3 oops only two arguments required 172 formal parameter expected after Preprocessor The stringization operator not to be confused with the leading used for preprocessor control lines must be followed by a formal macro parameter e g define str x ty oops did you mean x instead of y If you need to stringize a token you will need to define a special macro to do it e g define __mkstr__ x x then use __mkstr__ token wherever you need to convert a token into a string 173 undefined symbol in if 0 used Preprocessor A symbol on a if expression was not a defined preprocessor macro For the purposes of this expression its value has been taken as zero This warning may be disabled with some compilers Example if FOO BAR e g FOO was never defined define GOOD Hendif 371 Error and Warning Messages 174 multi byte constant isn t portable Preprocessor Multi byte constants are not portable and in fact will be rejected by later passes of the compiler e g if CHAR ab define MULTI endif 175 division by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor Inside a if expression there is a division by zero which has been treated as yielding zero e g if foo 0 divide by 0
113. oops did you mean ip amp i If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast ip int i 405 Error and Warning Messages 358 illegal conversion of pointer to integer Parser A pointer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a integral type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the dereference operator e g int ip ane Le i s ip oops did you mean i ip If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int ip 359 illegal conversion between pointer types Parser A pointer of one type i e pointing to a particular kind of object has been converted into a pointer of a different type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed e g long input char cp cp amp input is this correct This is common way of accessing bytes within a multi byte variable To indicate that this is the intended operation of the program use a cast cp char amp input that s better This warning may also occur when converting between
114. other conditional construct where a constant is being assigned to a variable This may mean you have inadvertently used an assignment instead of a compare e g int a b this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 449 Error and Warning Messages will assign the value 4 to a then as the value of the assignment is always true the comparison can be omitted and the assignment to b always made Did you mean this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 which checks to see if a is equal to 4 759 expression generates no code Code Generator This expression generates no output code Check for things like leaving off the parentheses in a function call e g int fred fred this is valid but has no effect at all Some devices require that special function register need to be read to clear hardware flags To accommodate this in some instances the code generator does produce code for a statement which only consists of a variable ID This may happen for variables which are qualified as volatile Typically the output code will read the variable but not do anything with the value read 760 portion of expression has no effect Code Generator Part of this expression has no side effects and no effect on the value of the expression e g int a b c a b c b has no effect was that meant to be a comma 761 siz
115. pointers to objects which have the same type but which have different qualifiers e g char cp yes but what sort of characters cp I am a string of characters If the default type for string literals is const char then this warning is quite valid This should be written const char cp cp I am a string of characters that s better Omitting a qualifier from a pointer type is often disastrous but almost certainly not what you intend 406 Error and Warning Messages 360 array index out of bounds Parser An array is being indexed with a constant value that is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the array This warning will not be issued when accessing an array element via a pointer variable e g int i ip input 10 i input 2 oops this element doesn t exist ip amp input 5 i ip 21 this is okay 361 function declared implicit int Parser Where the compiler encounters a function call of a function whose name is presently undefined the compiler will automatically declare the function to be of type int with unspecified K amp R style parameters If a definition of the function is subsequently encountered it is possible that its type and arguments will be different from the earlier implicit declaration causing a compiler error The solution is to ensure that all functions are defined or at least declared before use
116. previous compiler message Please refer to the on line self help facilities such as the Frequently asked Questions or search the On line forums In the event of no details being found here contact HI TECH Software for further information 1211 Memory type is not valid for this device Driver A command line option attempted to add a type of memory to this device that is not supported by this device For example adding external RAM to a device that does not have an external memory interface 484 Error and Warning Messages 1212 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1213 duplicate ARCH for in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 1214 duplicate RAMSIZE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler More than one RAMSIZE entry was found in the chipinfo file for this particular chip 1215 can t open chipinfo file Assembler The chip configuration file was not able to be opened for reading Check that the file s pathname is correct 1216 empty chipinfo file Assembler The chip configuration file was able to be opened but was found to be empty This file may have been corrupted 1217 can t open command file Assembler The
117. registers of the program counter FSRx Indirect data memory address pointer TBLPTR Indirect program memory address pointer PROD Product result register BSR Bank select register 3 7 Register Usage The assembly generated from C source code by the compiler will use certain registers that are present on the PIC18 MCU device Most importantly the compiler assumes that nothing other than code it generates can alter the contents of these registers So if the assembly loads a register with a value and no subsequent code generation requires this register the compiler will assume that the contents of the register are still valid later in the output sequence The registers that are special and which are used by the compiler are listed in Table 3 6 Those register starred in the description are multi byte registers all components are used by the com piler The state of these register must never be changed directly by C code or by any assembly code in line with C code The following example shows a C statement and in line assembly that violates these rules and changes the ZERO bit in the STATUS register include lt htc h gt void getInput void ZERO 0x1 do not write using C code c read asm bef ZERO_bit do not write using in line assembly code endasm process c HI TECH C is unable to interpret the meaning of in line assembly code that is encountered in C code Nor does it associate a variable mapped over an
118. return a bit object by using the bit keyword in the functions prototype in the usual way The bit return value will be returning in the carry flag in the status register Bit variables behave in most respects like normal unsigned char variables but they may only contain the values O and 1 and therefore provide a convenient and efficient method of storing boolean flags without consuming large amounts of internal RAM It is however not possible to declared pointers to bit variables or statically initialise bit variables Operations on bit objects are performed using the single bit instructions bsf and bcf wherever possible thus the generated code to access bit objects is very efficient Note that when assigning a larger integral type to a bit variable only the least significant bit is used For example if the bit variable bitvar was assigned as in the following int data 0x54 bit bitvar bitvar data 1t will be cleared by the assignment since the least significant bit of data is zero If you want to set a bit variable to be 0 or 1 depending on whether the larger integral type is zero false or non zero true use the form bitvar data 0 The psects in which bit objects are allocated storage are declared using the bit PSECT directive flag Eight bit objects will take up one byte of storage space which is indicated by the psect s scale value of 8 in the map file The length given in the map file for bit psects is in units of
119. sets the column width of the listing output must be a positive decimal constant number e g LIST C a0h constant must be decimal and positive try LIST C 80 860 page width must be gt 49 Assembler The page width suboption to the LIST assembler directive must specify a with of at least 49 861 argument to N option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s N option which sets the page length for the listing output must be a positive constant number e g LIST N 3 page length must be positive 862 symbol is not external Assembler A symbol has been declared as EXTRN but is also defined in the current module 863 symbol can t be both extern and public Assembler If the symbol is declared as extern it is to be imported If it is declared as public it is to be exported from the current module It is not possible for a symbol to be both 461 Error and Warning Messages 864 argument to size psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s size option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE size 200 a negative size 865 psect flag size redefined Assembler The size flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM size 400 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM size 500 866 argument to
120. sl const char s2 int stricmp const char sl const char s2 Description The stremp function compares its two null terminated string arguments and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The stricmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example tinclude lt string h gt tinclude lt stdio h gt void main void int i if i strcmp ABC ABc lt 0 printf ABC is less than ABc n else if i gt 0 printf ABC is greater than ABc n else printf ABC is equal to ABc n See Also strlen strncmp strepyO strcat 324 Library Functions Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive 1 e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 325 Library Functions STRCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char strcpy Description char sl const char s2 This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main See
121. stack depth used by a program over that determined by the compiler 3 2 4 Configuration Fuses The PIC18 processor s have several locations which contain the configuration bits or fuses These bits may be set using the configuration pragma The pragma has the forms pragma config setting state or value pragma config register valu 86 C Language Features Processor related Features where setting is a configuration setting descriptor e g WDT and state is a textual description of the desired state e g OFF The value field is a numerical value that can be used in preference to a descriptor The value is assigned to the setting For example pragma config WDT ON turn on watchdog timer pragma config WDT 1 an alternate form of the above pragma config WDTPS 0x1A specify the watchdog timer postscale value One pragma can be used to program several settings by separating each setting value pair with a comma For example the above could be specified with one pragma as in the following pragma config WDT ON WDTPS 0x1A Rather than specify individual settings the entire register may be programmed with one numer ical value if you prefer e g pragma config CONFIGIL 0x8F The settings and values associated with each device can be determined from an HTML guide Open the file chipinfo html which is located in the DOCS directory of your compiler installation Click on your target device and it will sh
122. str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strrchr strt l s See Also strchr strlen strempQ strcpyQ streat Return Value A pointer to the character or NULL if none is found 336 Library Functions STRSPN Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt size_t strspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strspn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf Sd n strspn This is a string This printf Sd n strspn This is a string this See Also strespn Return Value The length of the segment 337 Library Functions STRSTR STRISTR Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strstr const char sl const char s2 char stristr const char sl const char s2 Description The strstr function locates the first occurrence of the sequence of characters in the string pointed to by s2 in the string pointed to by s1 The stristr routine is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf Sd n strstr This is a string str Return Value Pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string was not found 338
123. t return any value It accepts a second parameter which is a 16 Bit value to be written to the selected register Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int value value config_read 2 read register 2 value WDTEN modify value config_write 2 value update config register See Also device_id_read idloc_read idloc_write 250 Library Functions Return Value config_read returns the 16 Bit value contained in the nominated configuration register Note The functions config_read config _write are only applicable to such devices that support this feature 251 Library Functions COS Synopsis include lt math h gt double cos double f Description This function yields the cosine of its argument which is an angle in radians The cosine is calculated by expansion of a polynomial series approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f f cos f n i sin 1 C cos i C See Also sin tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value A double in the range 1 to 1 252 Library Functions COSH SINH TANH Synopsis include lt math h gt double cosh double f double sinh double f double tanh double f Description These functions are the implement hyperbolic equivalents of
124. the default or high priority interrupt service routine This psect is linked to interrupt vector at address 08H Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect See Section 2 6 24 if you want to move code when using a bootloader intcodelo Is the psect which contains the executable code for the low priority interrupt service rou tine This psect is linked to interrupt vector at address 018H Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect See Section 2 6 24 if you want to move code when using a bootloader mediumconst These psects hold objects that are declared const and string literals which are not modifiable Used when the total amount of const data in a program exceeds 255 bytes but does not exceed 64k This psect can be linked anywhere in the lower 64k of program memory provided it does not interfere with the requirements of other psects powerup This contains executable code for the standard or user supplied power up routine Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect smallconst These psects hold objects that are declared const and string literals which are not mod ifiable Used when the total amount of const data in a program is less than 255 bytes This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided it does not cross a 100h boundary or interfere with the requirements of other psects textn Is a global psect used for executable code and library functions n is a numbe
125. the error are given The use of in the error message is used to represent a string that the compiler will substitute that is specific to that particular error Note that one problem in your C or assembler source code may trigger more than one error message You should attempt to resolve errors or warnings in the order in which they are produced 1 too many errors all applications The executing compiler application has encountered too many errors and will exit immediately Other uncompiled source files will be processed but the compiler applications that would normally be executed in due course will not be run The number of errors that can be accepted can be con trolled using the ERRORS option See Section 2 6 32 2 error warning generated but no description available all applications The executing compiler application has emitted a message advisory warning error but there is no description available in the message description file MDF to print This may be because the MDF 1s out of date or the message issue has not been tranlated into the selected language 359 Error and Warning Messages 3 malformed error information on line in file all applications The compiler has attempted to load the messages for the selected language but the message descrip tion file MDF was corrupted and could not be read correctly 100 unterminated if n def block from line Preprocessor A if or similar bloc
126. the format of all displayed messages See Section 2 6 4 Using this option produces messages that are better suited to machine parsing and user friendly Typically each message is displayed on a single line The general form of messages produced with the E option in force is filename line_number message number message string message type The E option also has another effect If it is being used the driver first checks to see if special environment variables have been set If so the format dictated by these variables are used as a template for all messages produced by all compiler applications The names of these variables are given in Table 2 3 The value of these environment variables are strings that are used as templates for the message format Printf like placeholders can be placed within the string to allow the message format to be customised The placeholders and what they represent are indicated in Table 2 4 If these options are used in a DOS batch file two percent characters will need to be used to specify the placeholders as DOS interprets a single percent character as an argument and will not pass this on to the compiler For example 38 PICC18 Command line Driver Compiler Messages Table 2 4 Messaging placeholders Placeholder Replacement Sa application name SC column number filename 1 line number n message number s message string from MDF ERRFORMAT file f
127. the function which called setjmp must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data The val argument to longjmp will be the value apparently returned from the setjmp This should normally be non zero to distinguish it from the genuine setjmp call Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void int i 287 Library Functions if i setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setjmp returned 0 good n printf calling inner n inner printf inner returned bad n See Also setjmpO Return Value The longjmp routine never returns Note The function which called setjmp must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data 288 Library Functions LTOA Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt char ltoa char buf long val int base Description The function Itoa converts the contents of val into a string which is stored into buf The conversion is performed according to the radix specified in base buf is assumed to reference a buffer which has sufficent space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void ma
128. the scope of the function declaration to the function body This means that if the compiler encounters another declaration use or definition of the extern object later in the same file it will no longer have the earlier declaration and thus will be unable to check that the declarations are consistent This can lead to strange behaviour of your program or signature errors at link time It will also hide any previous declarations of the same thing again subverting the compiler s type checking As a general rule always declare extern variables and functions outside any other functions For example int process int a this would be better outside the function extern int away return away a 348 auto variable should not be qualified Parser An auto variable should not have qualifiers such as near or far associated with it Its storage class is implicitly defined by the stack organization An auto variable may be qualified with static but it is then no longer auto 349 non prototyped function declaration for Parser A function has been declared using old style K amp R arguments It is preferable to use prototype declarations for all functions e g int process input int input warning flagged here This would be better written 403 Error and Warning Messages int process int input 350 unused from line Parser The indicated object was never used in the functi
129. the trigonometric functions cos sinQ and tan Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n cosh 1 5 printf Sf n sinh 1 5 printf Sf n tanh 1 5 Return Value The function cosh returns the hyperbolic cosine value The function sinh returns the hyperbolic sine value The function tanh returns the hyperbolic tangent value 253 Library Functions CPUTS Synopsis include lt conio h gt void cputs const char s Description The cputs function writes its argument string to the console outputting carriage returns before each newline in the string It calls putch repeatedly On a hosted system cputs differs from puts in that it writes to the console directly rather than using file I O In an embedded system cputs and puts are equivalent Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also cputs puts puteh 254 Library Functions CTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt char ctime time _t t Description The ctime function converts the time in seconds pointed to by its argument to a string of the same form as described for asctime Thus the example program prints the current time and date Example include lt stdio h gt
130. then the routine will replace the routine in the library file with the same name This method works due to the way the linker scans source and library file When trying to resolve a symbol in this instance a function name the linker first scans all source modules for the definition Only if it cannot resolve the symbol in these files does it then search the library files Even though the symbol may be defined in a source file and a library file the linker will not search the libraries and no multiply defined symbol error will result This is not true if a symbol is defined twice in source files For example if you wished to make changes to the library function max which resides in the file max c in the SOURCES directory you could make a copy of this source file make the appropriate changes and then compile and use it as follows PICC18 chip 18F242 main c init c max c The code for max in max c will be linked into the program rather than the max function con tained in the standard libraries Note that if you replace an assembler module you may need the P option to preprocess assembler files as the library assembler files often contain C preprocessor directives 3 12 2 Signature Checking The compiler automatically produces signatures for all functions A signature is a 16 bit value computed from a combination of the function s return data type the number of its parameters and other information affecting the calling sequence
131. there was no previous matching asm e g void cleardog void clrwdt endasm in line assembler ends here only where did it begin 106 nested asm directives Preprocessor It is not legal to nest asm directives Check for a missing or misspelt endasm directive e g tasm move r0 0aah asm previous asm must be closed before opening another sleep endasm 107 illegal directive Preprocessor Parser The compiler does not understand the directive It is probably a misspelling of a pre processor directive e g indef DEBUG oops that should be undef DEBUG 361 Error and Warning Messages 108 if n def without an argument Preprocessor The preprocessor directives if ifdef and ifndef must have an argument The argument to if should be an expression while the argument to ifdef or ifndef should be a single name e g if oops no argument to check output 10 else output 20 endif 109 include syntax error Preprocessor The syntax of the filename argument to include is invalid The argument to include must be a valid file name either enclosed in double quotes or angle brackets lt gt Spaces should not be included and the closing quote or bracket must be present There should be nothing else on the line other than comments e g include stdio h oops should be include lt stdio h gt 110 too many file arguments usage cpp i
132. type was given and was implicitly cast to unsigned e g unsigned int foo 1 the above initialization is implicitly treated as unsigned int foo unsigned 1 374 missing basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type was missing and assumed to be int e g int i signed 2 signed assumed to be signed int 375 unknown FNREC type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 410 Error and Warning Messages 376 bad non zero node in call graph Linker The linker has encountered a top level node in the call graph that is referenced from lower down in the call graph This probably means the program has indirect recursion which is not allowed when using a compiled stack 378 can t create file Hexmate This type of file could not be created Is the file or a file by this name already in use 379 bad record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Ensure the object file is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 380 unknown record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 381 record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 382 incomplete record type length D
133. use of void expression Parser A void expression has no value and therefore you can t use it anywhere an expression with a value is required e g as an operand to an arithmetic operator 207 simple type required for Parser A simple type i e not an array or structure is required as an operand to this operator 208 operands of not same type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer e g int ip char cp cp27 cp flag ip cp2 result of will be int or char Maybe you meant something like cp flag char ip cp2 209 type conflict Parser The operands of this operator are of incompatible types 210 bad size list Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 211 taking sizeof bit is illegal Parser It is illegal to use the sizeof operator with the HI TECH C bit type When used against a type the sizeof operator gives the number of bytes required to store an object that type Therefore its usage with the bit type make no sense and is an illegal operation 378 Error and Warning Messages 212 missing number after pragma pack Parser The pragma pack requires a decimal number as argument This specifies the alignment of each member within the structure Use this with caution as some processors enforce alignment and will not operate correctly if word fetches are made on odd boundar
134. without overflow The suffix 1 or L may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned either a signed long or unsigned long type and the suffix u or U may be used with the constant to 93 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Table 3 2 Radix formats Radix Format Example binary Obnumber or 0Bnumber 0b10011010 octal Onumber 0763 decimal number 129 hexadecimal Oxnumber or 0OXnumber 0x2F indicate that it must be assigned an unsigned type and both 1 or L and u or U may be used to indicate unsigned long int type Floating point constants have double type unless suffixed by f or F in which case it is a float constant The suffixes 1 or L specify a long double type which is considered an identical type to double by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs Character constants are enclosed by single quote characters for example a A character constant has char type Multi byte character constants are not supported String constants or string literals are enclosed by double quote characters for example hello world The type of string constants is const char and the strings are stored in the program memory Assigning a string constant to a non const char pointer will generate a warning from the compiler For example char cp one one in ROM produces warning const char ccp two two in ROM correct Defining and initializing a non const array
135. 00 18F2480 4000 300 18F24J10 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F24J11 3FF8 ECO 18F24J50 3FF8 ECO 18F24K20 4000 300 18F24K22 4000 300 18F2510 8000 600 18F2515 C000 F80 18F252 8000 600 18F2520 8000 600 18F2523 8000 600 18F2525 C000 F80 18F2539 6000 580 18F2550 8000 800 18F2553 8000 800 18F258 8000 600 18F2580 8000 600 18F2585 C000 DOO 18F25J10 TFF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F25J11 TFF8 ECO 18F25J50 TFF8 ECO 18F25K20 8000 600 18F25K22 8000 600 18F25K80 8000 E41 18F2610 10000 F80 18F2620 10000 F80 18F2680 10000 D00 18F2682 14000 DOO 18F2685 18000 DOO 18F26J11 FFF8 ECO 18F26J13 FFF8 EBO 18F26J50 FFF8 ECO 18F26J53 FFF8 EBO 18F26K20 10000 F60 18F26K22 10000 F38 continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18F26K80 10000 E41 18F27J13 1FFF8 EBO 18F27J53 1FFF8 EBO 18F4220 1000 200 18F4221 1000 200 18F4320 2000 200 18F4321 2000 200 18F4331 2000 300 18F43K20 2000 200 18F43K22 2000 200 18F4410 4000 300 18F442 4000 300 18F4420 4000 300 18F4423 4000 300 18F4431 4000 300 18F4439 3000 280 18F4450 4000 300 18F4455 6000 800 18F4458 6000 800 18F448 4000 300 18F4480 4000 300 18F44J10 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F44J11 3FF8 ECO 18F44J50 3FF8 ECO 18F44K20 4000 300 18F44K22 4000 300 18F4510 8000 600 18F4515 C000 F80 18F452 8000 600 18F4520 8000 600 18F4523 8000 600 18F4525 C000 F80 18F4539 6000 580 18F4550 80
136. 00 800 18F4553 8000 800 18F458 8000 600 18F4580 8000 600 18F4585 C000 DOO 18F45J10 7FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F45J11 TFF8 ECO 18F45J50 TFF8 ECO 18F45K20 8000 600 18F45K22 8000 600 18F45K80 8000 E41 18F4610 10000 F80 continued 509 Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18F4620 10000 F80 18F4680 10000 D00 18F4682 14000 DOO 18F4685 18000 DOO 18F46J11 FFF8 ECO 18F46J13 FFF8 EBO 18F46J50 FFF8 ECO 18F46J53 FFF8 EBO 18F46K20 10000 F60 18F46K22 10000 F38 18F46K80 10000 E41 18F47J13 1FFF8 EBO 18F47J53 1FFF8 EBO 18F6310 2000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F6390 2000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F6393 2000 300 2000 1FFFFF 18F63J11 1FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F63J90 1FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F6410 4000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F6490 4000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F6493 4000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F64J11 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F64J90 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F6520 8000 800 18F6525 C000 F00 18F6527 C000 F60 18F6585 C000 D00 18F65J10 7FF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F65J11 7FF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F65J15 BFF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F65J50 7FF8 F40 8000 1FFFFF 18F65J90 7FF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F65K22 8000 800 18F65K80 8000 E41 18F65K90 8000 800 18F6620 10000 FOO 18F6621 10000 FOO 18F6622 10000 F60 18F6627 18000 F60 18F6628 18000 F60 18F6680 10000 D00 18F66J10 FFF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66J11 FFF8 F40 10000 1 FFFFF 18F6
137. 00 FOO 10000 1 FFFFF 18F8621 10000 F00 10000 1 FFFFF 18F8622 10000 F60 10000 1 FFFFF 18F8627 18000 F60 18000 1 FFFFF continued 511 Chip Information 512 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18F8628 18000 F60 18000 1FFFFF 18F8680 10000 D00 10000 1 FFFFF 18F86J10 FFF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J11 FFF8 F40 10000 1 FFFFF 18F86J15 17FF8 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J16 17FF8 F40 18000 1FFFFF 18F86J50 FFF8 F40 10000 1 FFFFF 18F86J55 17FF8 F40 18000 1FFFFF 18F86J60 FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J65 17FF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J72 FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J90 FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86J93 FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F86K22 10000 F16 18F86K90 10000 EF4 18F8720 20000 F00 20000 1 FFFFF 18F8722 20000 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F8723 20000 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J10 1FFF8 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J11 1FFF8 F40 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J50 1FFF8 F40 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J60 1FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J72 1FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J90 1FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87J93 1FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F87K22 20000 F16 18F87K90 20000 EF4 18F96J60 FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F96J65 17FF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F97J60 1FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18LF13K22 2000 100 18LF13K50 2000 200 18LF14K22 4000 200 18LF14K50 4000 300 18LF23K22 2000 200 18LF24J10 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18LF24J11 3FF8 ECO 18LF24J50 3FF8 ECO 18LF24K22 4000 300
138. 1 and ob3 remain after compilation has completed but all other transitional files are deleted unless you use the NODEL option which preserves all generated files Note some generated files may be in a temporary directory not associated with your project and use a pseudo randomly 25 The Compilation Sequence PICC18 Command line Driver generated filename TUTORIAL SINGLE STEP COMPILATION The files main c io c mdef as sprt obJ a_sb lib and c_sb lpp are to be compiled To perform this in a single step the following com mand line can be used as a starting point for the project development PICC18 chip 18F242 main c io c mdef as sprt obj a_sb lib c_sb lpp This will run the C pre processor then the parser with main c as input and then again for io c producing two p code files These two files in addition to the library file c_sb lpp are passed to the code generator producing a single temporary assembler file output The assembler is then executed and is passed the output of the code generator It is run again with mdef as producing two relocatable object files The linker is then executed passing in the assembler output files in addition to sprt obj and the library file a_sb 1ib The output is a single absolute object file 1 obj This is then passed to the appropriate post link utility applications to generate the specified output file format and debugging files All temporary files including 1 obj are then deleted The in
139. 16 signed integer unsigned short 16 unsigned integer int 16 signed integer unsigned int 16 unsigned integer long 32 signed integer unsigned long 32 unsigned integer float 24 real double 24 or 32 real Macros are also provided to perform common operations like reading and writing the timer registers and which read the registers in the correct order See the macros READTIMERx and WRITETIMERx in Chapter A 3 3 Supported Data Types and Variables The HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs compiler supports basic data types with 1 2 3 and 4 byte sizes All multi byte types follow least significant byte first format also known as little endian Word size values thus have the least significant byte at the lower address and double word size values have the least significant byte and least significant word at the lowest address Table 3 1 shows the data types and their corresponding size and arithmetic type 3 3 1 Radix Specifiers and Constants The format of integral constants specifies their radix HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs sup ports the ANSI standard radix specifiers as well as ones which enables binary constants to specified in C code The format used to specify the radices are given in Table 3 2 The letters used to specify binary or hexadecimal radices are case insensitive as are the letters used to specify the hexadecimal digits Any integral constant will have a type which is the smallest type that can hold the value
140. 17 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver An chip architecture family that is unknown was encountered when reading the chip INI file 456 Error and Warning Messages 818 duplicate BANKS for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple BANKS values Only one BANKS value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 819 duplicate ZEROREG for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ZEROREG values Only one ZEROREG value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 820 duplicate SPAREBIT for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple SPAREBIT values Only one SPAREBIT value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 822 duplicate ROMSIZE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ROMSIZE values Only one ROMSIZE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 823 duplicate START for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple START values Only one START value is allowed If you have not ma
141. 217 message language 37 message description files 36 messages disabling 56 warning 56 Microchip COF file 58 Microchip Compatible Peripheral Libraries 30 62 mixing C and assembly 131 mktime function 293 modf function 295 module 22 modules in library 204 list format 206 order in library 206 used in executable 194 MOVFF instruction 136 moving code 51 MPLAB 55 build options 45 66 73 ICD support 127 plugin 66 multi character constants assembly 160 multiple hex files 192 near keyword 102 103 NOCOND assembler control 178 NOEXPAND assembler control 178 527 INDEX INDEX NOLIST assembler control 179 non volatile memory 102 non volatile RAM 102 NOP macro 296 NOXREF assembler control 179 numbers C source 93 in linker options 190 nv psect 126 nvbit psect 102 nvram 102 nvram psect 102 nvrram psect 102 object code version number 194 object files 42 absolute 193 relocatable 187 specifying name of 156 suppressing local symbols 156 symbol only 192 OBJTOHEX 207 command line arguments 207 objtohex application 25 offsetting code 51 operators assembly 164 Optimizations assembler 57 code generator 57 debugging 57 global 57 optimizations assembler see assembler optimizer optimizing assembly code 155 options assembler 154 ORG directive 169 os_tsleep function 297 528 output specifying name of 47 output directory 57 output file 47 output file
142. 24 Seed oS 127 See Comet Reial 5 5 694 ee ee E 128 393 Enabling IO os ista ke Pe SO bai eS 128 394 Function Duplication es ecese resi ee Re eo 128 3 9 4 1 Disabling Duplication o o 129 39 3 InterupE Registers ocios ess e a AA ee ee 130 3 10 Mixing C and Assembly Code o 225 64a cs cae eee ae Ge we Ea 131 3 10 1 External Assembly Language Functions 131 3 10 2 asm endasm andasm 2 2 ee ee es 134 3 10 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code 135 3 10 3 1 Accessing special function register names from assembler 136 3 10 4 Interaction between Assembly and C Code 138 DICAT Absolte Psects lt icre cb ee eee et ba amp CA eS ee ed 138 3 10 4 2 Undefined Symbols 20 139 SAD Preprocessing os ue wee eee ea ade bale wae ee ale Raw Re eae ee 139 3 11 1 CLanpuape Comments 22 4 4 2445 6 by eke ee bb ee ees 140 311 2 Preprocessor Oiechves x peacanna oe RR ER Ee EH A RO OOS 140 3 10 3 Predefined Macros 2 222 Pack bod eS E wR oP Re RS 140 3114 Praga Directives 5 ok e EER Soe A Bes 143 3 11 4 1 The pragma printf_check Directive 143 3 11 4 2 The pragma regsused Directive 145 3 11 4 3 The pragma switch Directive so co eo oro 146 3 11 4 4 The pragma inline Directive o 147 3 11 4 5 The pragma interrupt_level Directive 147 3 11 4
143. 3 PUTS lt lt ce cee ER E Ae eee oe Me ee Ee E 305 OSORE zogi Bo vicina Mis E teed Ge both terete es Mian ap Gules Set date at B38 de 306 RAND surreal da gk bee Lie e 308 READTIMER 00200 ge eee ee ERAS RAS eh a eS be Ee eed 310 RESET 4 644 hh 5404 ee te a SOG ae Oe ae ORES ees e 311 ROUND a ei ke hed a RD e a Rl ee ae eds Se eA BS a A Be S 312 SETIMP i 6 42 Oba Dawa eee Phebe ee eR ed ee Bh eed 315 SIN oy eeue ee Se a ER eS Me eh ee ee 317 CONTENTS CONTENTS A A a a oe eS ee 318 BORE oros tah pha eae yt be eee aa be es 319 SINE dc oe De ae ek SG a ee hs a es 320 STREAT arial eB Ae e Re be a we A se eS 321 SIRCHR 5 355k 4a aR OR eR BA OG Boh me Se eA Be we eS 322 SUROME a oe ee a BA ok BE eS eS EADS SESS RES 324 SURO 6 ne es cob RR ee es 326 SURCSP oona So a Ri A ks Ge BDAC eth Beh GR a RS BO RE BP hs 327 STRLEN ooo Soba ew eee bee baw bee ee eh ae Had ee 328 BCD ea ce ope ate eats Soe ee eye eee eos de e Sees ee Ge SOS 329 SURNCMP son Oe bet a hae Be eH A oe eS ee tee BAS 331 SIRNCPY 35 666 ra A ee Oe REE A HOS We bE oS SS 333 SURE ad e o Ge ent ects Ges le apc lb hs Gee cds dip Se Gens bch ES hs 335 SICA oe a Aston O Seats em at Bice atte Bodice Si tenes aoe da ib taa ia fag 336 BSP os os da Bae oe ba ey Be we ee eR Ee a eS 337 AI A tt ob A 338 STREGI sorretti E oe Bee eS ia 339 SPROG oop Sdn ad ar a oe ae 341 SURTOR f4 4 225254854 54 025 a beds 24454624656 da gt 343 TAN cca Ce kee wees See hehe de due hued eo wedded
144. 39 Compiler Messages PICC18 Command line Driver Notice that now all message follow a more uniform format and are displayed on a single line The user now sets the environment variable HTC_WARN_FORMAT to be the following string Under Windows this can be performed via the Control Panel s System panel oe a en sl Sf s and the project recompiled The following output will be displayed parser 362 12 main c redundant amp applied to array 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal error Notice that the format of the warning was changed but that of the error message was not The warning format now follows the specification of the environment variable The application name parser was substituted for the Sa placeholder the message number 362 substituted the n placeholder etc The option ERRFORMAT a n 1 f s is then added to the driver command line and the following output is observed parser 362 12 main c redundant amp applied to array linker 492 attempt to position absolute psect text is illegal Note that now the warning and error formats have changed to that requested For the case of the linker error there is no line number information so the replacement for this placeholder is left blank 2 5 5 Changing Message Behaviour Both the attributes of individual messages and general settings for messaging system can be modified during compilation There are both driver command line optio
145. 4 1FFF This will sum the bytes in 5 through 1FFFH inclusive then add 1FFFH to the sum The 16 bit checksum will be placed in locations 3 and 4 low byte in 3 The checksum is initialised with 1FFFH to provide protection against an all zero ROM or a ROM misplaced in memory A run time check of this checksum would add the last address of the ROM being checksummed into the checksum For the ROM in question this should be 1FFFH The initialization value may however be used in any desired fashion 5 12 Cref The cross reference list utility CREF is used to format raw cross reference information produced by the compiler or the assembler into a sorted listing A raw cross reference file is produced with the CR option to the compiler The assembler will generate a raw cross reference file with a C option most assemblers or by using an OPT CRE directive 6800 series assemblers or a XREF control line PIC assembler The general form of the CREF command is cref options files where opt ions is zero or more options as described below and files is one or more raw cross reference files CREF takes the options listed in Table 5 5 Each option is described in more detail in the following paragraphs 5 12 1 Fprefix It is often desired to exclude from the cross reference listing any symbols defined in a system header file e g lt stdio h gt The F option allows specification of a path name prefix that will be used to 209 Cref Linker and
146. 448 Error and Warning Messages int a b a 5 this can never be false always perform the true statement if a 4 b 6 will produce code that sets a to 5 then immediately sets b to 6 No code will be produced for the comparison if a 4 If a was a global variable it may be that other functions particularly interrupt functions may modify it and so tracking the variable cannot be performed This warning may indicate more than an optimization made by the compiler It may indicate an expression with missing or badly placed parentheses causing the evaluation to yield a value different to what you expected This warning may also be issued because you have written something like while 1 To produce an infinite loop use for A similar situation arises with for loops e g int a b this loop must iterate at least once for a 0 a 10 a b func a In this case the code generator can again pick up that a is assigned the value 0 then immediately checked to see if it is equal to 10 Because a is modified during the for loop the comparison code cannot be removed but the code generator will adjust the code so that the comparison is not performed on the first pass of the loop only on the subsequent passes This may not reduce code size but it will speed program execution 758 constant conditional branch possible use of instead of Code Generator There is an expression inside an if or
147. 58 labels assembly 131 158 162 local 173 labs function 281 language support 37 Idexp function 282 Idiv function 283 LFSR instruction 136 158 LIBR 204 command line arguments 204 error messages 207 listing format 206 long command lines 206 module order 206 librarian 204 command files 206 command line arguments 204 206 524 error messages 207 listing format 206 long command lines 206 module order 206 libraries adding files to 205 creating 205 deleting files from 205 EEPROM 30 excluding 62 flash 30 flash and eeprom library naming convention 30 format of 204 linking 196 listing modules in 205 Microchip Compatible Peripheral Libraries 30 62 module order 206 scanning additional 44 used in executable 194 library difference between object file 204 manager 204 library function __ CONFIG 228 __EEPROM_DATA 229 __IDLOC 230 abs 233 acos 234 asctime 235 asin 237 assert 238 atan 239 atan2 240 atof 241 atoi 242 atol 243 bsearch 244 INDEX INDEX ceil 246 cgets 247 config_read 250 config_write 250 cos 252 cosh 253 cputs 254 ctime 255 device_id_read 231 232 256 div 260 eeprom_read 261 eeprom_write 261 eval_poly 263 exp 264 fabs 265 floor 268 fmod 267 frexp 269 getch 270 getchar 271 getche 270 gets 272 gmtime 273 idloc_read 275 idloc_write 275 isalnum 277 isa
148. 6J15 17FF8 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66J16 17FF8 F40 18000 1FFFFF continued 510 Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18F66J50 FFF8 F40 10000 1FFFFF 18F66J55 17FF8 F40 18000 1FFFFF 18F66J60 FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66J65 17FF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66J90 FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66J93 FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F66K22 10000 F16 18F66K80 10000 E41 18F66K90 10000 EF4 18F6720 20000 F00 18F6722 20000 F60 18F6723 20000 F60 18F67J10 1FFF8 F60 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67J11 1FFF8 F40 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67J50 1FFF8 F40 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67J60 1FFF8 EEO 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67590 1FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67593 1FFF8 F54 20000 1 FFFFF 18F67K22 20000 F16 18F67K90 20000 EF4 18F8310 2000 300 1000 1 FFFFF 18F8390 2000 300 2000 1FFFFF 18F8393 2000 300 2000 1FFFFF 18F83J11 1FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F83J90 1FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F8410 4000 300 2000 1FFFFF 18F8490 4000 300 2000 1FFFFF 18F8493 4000 300 2000 1 FFFFF 18F84J11 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F84J90 3FF8 400 20000 1 FFFFF 18F8520 8000 800 8000 1 FFFFF 18F8525 C000 FOO C000 1FFFFF 18F8527 C000 F60 C000 1FFFFF 18F8585 C000 D00 C000 1FFFFF 18F85J10 7FF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F85J11 7FF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F85J15 BFF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F85J50 7FF8 F40 8000 1FFFFF 18F85J90 TFF8 800 20000 1 FFFFF 18F85K22 8000 800 18F85K90 8000 800 18F8620 100
149. 8 ID locations 124 idata psect 62 124 identifiers assembly 160 IDLOC 88 idloc psect 124 idloc_read function 275 idloc_write function 275 IEEE floating point format 98 IF directive 171 Implementation defined behaviour 83 division and modulus 121 shifts 121 in line assembly 127 136 INCLUDE assembler control 178 include files assembly 178 incremental builds 26 INHX32 214 222 INHX8M 214 222 init psect 125 initialization of variables 32 inline pragma directive 147 input files 22 int data types 96 intcode psect 125 intcodelo psect 125 integer suffix long 93 unsigned 93 integral constants 93 integral promotion 120 Intermediate files 58 intermediate files 22 26 57 interrupt functions 126 calling functions from 127 context retrieval 128 context saving 127 returning from 126 interrupt keyword 126 interrupt priority 126 interrupt service routines 126 interrupts configuring priorities 130 fast 127 handling in C 126 priority of 126 use of shadow registers 127 Interrupts fast 127 IRP directive 174 523 INDEX INDEX IRPC directive 174 isalnum function 277 isalpha function 277 isatty function 279 isdigit function 277 islower function 277 itoa function 280 kbhit function 152 keyword auto 110 bankx 102 far 103 interrupt 126 low_priority 126 near 102 103 persistent 102 keywords disabling non ANSI 64 l obj output file 25 label field 1
150. ADTIMER3 Description The macros READTIMERO READTIMER10 and READTIMER3Q will return the 16 Bit value presently held in the device s corresponding TMRxL and TMRxH register pair Use of this macro ensures that the registers are read in the correct order Timer 2 is an 8 bit timer and does Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int timerlvalue timerlvalue READTIMER1 See Also WRITETIMER x Return Value An unsigned integer which is the value held in a 16 Bit timer 310 Library Functions RESET Synopsis include lt htc h gt RESET Description Execute RESET instruction here Example include lt htc h gt void test_result unsigned int error_count if error_count 0 printf An error has been detected Rebooting In RESET Perform software reset 311 Library Functions ROUND Synopsis include lt math h gt double round double x Description The round function round the argument to the nearest integer value but in floating point format Values midway between integer values are rounded up Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded round input See Also trunc 312 Library Functions SCANF VSCANF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int scanf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int v
151. ANKO means that the variables was located in the bank 0 memory space and that it appears at an offset of 42 bytes into the compiled stack component in this space see Section 3 4 1 1 Whenever pointer variables are shown these are often accompanied by the targets the pointer can reference after the arrow gt see Section 4 4 3 The auto and parameter section of this information is especially useful as the size of pointers is dynamic see 3 3 12 This information shows the actual number of bytes assigned to each pointer variable The tracked objects is generally not used It indicates the known state of the currently selected RAM bank on entry to the function and at its exit points It also indicates the bank selection bits that did or did not change throughout the function The hardware stack information shows how many stack levels were taken up by this function alone and the total levels used by this function and any functions it calls Functions which use a non reentrant model are those which allocate auto and parameter vari ables to a compiled stack and which are hence not reentrant 4 4 3 Pointer Reference Graph Other important information contained in the assembly list file is the pointer reference graph look for pointer list with targets in the list file This is a list of each and every pointer contained in the program and each target the pointer can reference through the program The size and type of each target is indicated as we
152. Assembly Code C Language Features include lt picl8 inc gt GLOBAL _add make _add globally accessible SIGNAT _add 4217 tell the linker how it should be called everything following will be placed into the mytext psect PSECT mytext local class CODE delta 2 our routine to add WREG to PORTB and return the result W is loaded by the calling function _add BANKSEL PORTB select the bank of this object ADDWF BANKMASK PORTB w add parameter to port the result is already in the required location W so we can just return immediately RETURN TUT RIAL To compile this the assembly file must be preprocessed as we have used the C prepro cessor include directive See Section 2 6 12 To call an assembly routine from C code a declaration for the routine must be pro vided This ensures that the compiler knows how to encode the function call in terms of parameters and return values Here is a C code snippet that declares the operation of the assembler routine then calls the routine declare the assembly routine so it can be correctly called extern unsigned char add unsigned char a void main void volatile unsigned char result a read_port result add 5 call the assembly routine 3 10 2 asm endasm and asm PIC18 instructions may also be directly embedded in line into C code using the directives asm endasm or the statement asm The asm and endasm directives are used to start and e
153. CH Software technical support with details 1098 conflicting declarations for variable Parser Code Generator Differing type information has been detected in the declarations for a variable or between a declaratin and the definition of a variable e g extern long int test int test oops which is right int or long int 1104 unqualified error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1118 bad string in getexpr J Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 480 Error and Warning Messages 119 bad string in getexpr LRN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1121 expression error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1137 match error Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1157 W register must be W9 Assembler The working register required here has to be W9 but an other working register was selected 1159 W register must be W11 Assembler The working register required here has to be W11 but an other working register was selected 1178 the option has been removed and has no effect Driver This option no longe
154. F2 and F3 are all placed on top of each other and the same base value in the compiled stack however the memory taken up by the APBs for F1 and F4 are unique and do not overlap Our example also has an interrupt function isr and its call graph is used to assemble the 113 Storage Class and Object Placement C Language Features APBs for any interrupt code in the same way Being the root of a graph isr will always be allocated unique memory and the APBs for interrupt functions will be allocated memory following The end result is a block of memory which forms the compiled stack This block can then be placed into the device s memory by the linker For devices with more than one bank of data memory the compiled stack may be built up into components each located in a different memory bank The compiler will try to allocate the com piled stack in one bank but if this fills it will consider other banks The process of building these components of the stack is the same but each function may have more than one APB and these will be allocated to one of the stack components based on the remaining memory in the component s destination bank Human readable symbols are defined by the code generator which can be used to access auto and parameter variables in the compiled stack from assembly code if required See Section 3 10 4 for full information between C domain and assembly domain symbols 3 4 1 2 Static Variables All s
155. Failure to do this may result in fixup errors issued by the linker If in doubt as to writing assembler which access C objects write code in C which performs a similar task to what you intend to do and study the assembler listing file produced by the compiler C identifiers are assigned different symbols in the output assembly code so that an as sembly identifier cannot conflict with an identifier defined in C code If assembly pro grammers choose identifier names that do not begin with an underscore these identifiers will never conflict with C identifiers Importantly this implies that the assembly identi fier i and the C identifier i relate to different objects at different memory locations 3 10 3 1 Accessing special function register names from assembler If writing separate assembly modules SFR definitions will not automatically be accessible The assembly header file lt pic18 inc gt can be used to gain access to these register definitions from separate assembly modules Do not use this header for assembly in line with C code as it will clash with definitions in lt htc h gt Include the file using the assembler s INCLUDE directive see Section 4 3 11 4 or use the C preprocessor s include directive see Section 3 11 2 If you are using the latter method make sure you compile with the P driver option to preprocess assembly files see Section 2 6 12 136 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembly Code The symbols in t
156. G_FORMAT 38 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 38 EQU directive 158 162 169 equating assembly symbols 169 errata workarounds 30 53 error files creating 192 LIBR 207 eval_poly function 263 exceptions 126 exp function 264 EXPAND assembler control 176 exponent 98 expressions assemby 162 relocatable 164 External memory interface 52 external program space 103 external variables 103 fabs function 265 far keyword 103 far variables 103 fast interrupt save restore 127 fast interrupts 127 file extensions 22 file formats assembler listing 49 Avocet symbol 197 command 206 creating with cromwell 211 cross reference 155 209 cross reference listings 51 dependency 63 DOS executable 194 enhanced symbol 193 library 204 205 link 197 object 42 194 205 preprocessor 58 prototype 59 specifying 58 symbol 193 TOS executable 194 521 INDEX INDEX files getchar function 271 intermediate 56 58 getche function 270 output 57 gets function 272 temporary 56 57 fill memory 214 filling unused memory 53 218 Flash and EEPROM Libraries 30 floating point data types 98 biased exponent 98 exponent 98 format 98 mantissa 98 floating suffix 94 floor function 268 fmod function 267 FNCALL directive 171 FNROOT directive 171 frexp function 269 function return values 119 structures 119 function pointers 109 function prototypes 151 176 function return values 119 function signatures
157. Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 723 function definitions nested too deep Code Generator This error is unlikely to happen with C code since C cannot have nested functions Contact HI TECH Support with details 724 bad op in revlog Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 726 bad op in uconval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 727 bad op in bconfloat Code Generator This is an internal code generator error Contact HI TECH technical support with details 728 bad op in confloat Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 729 bad op in conval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 730 bad op Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 731 expression error with reserved word Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 443 Error and Warning Messages 732 initialization of bit types is illegal Code Generator Variables of type bit cannot be initialised e g bit bl 1 oops
158. IRP and IRPC The IRP and IRPC directives operate similarly to REPT however instead of repeating the block a fixed number of times it is repeated once for each member of an argument list In the case of IRP the list is a conventional macro argument list in the case or IRPC it is each character in one argument For each repetition the argument is substituted for one formal parameter For example PSECT idata_0 IRP number 4865h 6C6Ch 6F00h DW number ENDM PSECT text0 would expand to PSECT idata_0 DW 4865h DW 6C6Ch DW 6F00h PSECT text0 174 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Note that you can use local labels and angle brackets in the same manner as with conventional macros The IRPC directive is similar except it substitutes one character at a time from a string of non space characters For example PSECT romdata class CODE delta 2 IRPC char ABC DB char ENDM PSECT text will expand to PSECT romdata class CODE delta 2 DB A DB B DB C PSECT text 4 3 10 19 BANKSEL This directive can be used to generate code to select the bank of the operand The operand should be the symbol or literal address of an object that resides in the data memory The generated code will use a MOVLB instruction For example MOVLW 20 BANKSEL _foobar select bank for next file instruction MOVWE BANKMASK _foobar write data and mask address 4 3 10 20 PROCESSOR The output of the assemble
159. LAB IDE If no filename is given the symbol file will have the same base name as 43 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver the project name see Section 2 1 and an extension of sym For example the option Gtest sym generates a symbol file called test sym Symbol files generated using the G option include source level information for use with source level debuggers Note that all source files for which source level debugging is required should be compiled with the G option The option is also required at the link stage if this is performed separately For example PICC18 CHIP 18F242 G PASS1 test c modulesl c PICC18 CHIP 18F242 Gtest sym test pl modulel pl The IDE option see Section 2 6 38 will typically enable the G option 2 6 6 Ipath Include Search Path Use I to specify an additional directory to use when searching for header files which have been included using the include directive The I option can be used more than once if multiple directories are to be searched The default include directory containing all standard header files is always searched even if no I option is present The default search path is searched after any user specified directories have been searched For example PICC18 CHIP 18F242 C Ic include Id myapp include test c will search the directories c include and d myapp include for any header files included into the source code then search the defaul
160. LOGFILE option saves hex file statistics to the named file For example LOGFILE output log 222 Linker and Utilities Hexmate will analyse the hex file that hexmate is generating and save a report to a file named output log 5 14 1 13 MASK Use this option to logically AND a memory range with a particular bitmask This is used to ensure that the unimplemented bits in program words if any are left blank The usage of this option is as follows MASK hexcodelt start end Where hexcode is a hexadecimal value that will be ANDed with data within the start end address range Multibyte mask values can be entered in little endian byte order 5 14 1 14 Ofile The generated Intel hex output will be created in this file For example Oprogram hex will save the resultant output to program hex The output file can take the same name as one of its input files but by doing so it will replace the input file entirely 5 14 1 15 SERIAL This option will store a particular hex value at a fixed address The usage of this option is SERIAL Code Increment Address Interval rRepetitions where e Code is a hexadecimal value to store and is entered in little endian byte order e Increment is optional and allows the value of Code to change by this value with each repetition if requested e Address is the location to store this code or the first repetition thereof e Interval is optional and specifies the address shift per repetiti
161. Map Files Linker and Utilities TOTAL Name Link Load Length Under this are the class names followed by those psects which belong to this class see 4 3 10 3 These psects are the same as those listed by module in the above section there is no new information contained in this section 5 9 2 4 Segment Listing The class listing in the map file is followed by a listing of segments A segment is conceptual grouping of contiguous psects and are used by the linker as an aid in psect placement There is no segment assembler directive and segments cannot be controlled in any way This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings SEGMENTS Name Load Length Top Selector Space Class The name of a segment is derived from the psect in the contiguous group with the lowest link address This can lead to confusion with the psect with the same name Do not read psect information from this section of the map file Typically this section of the map file can be ignored by the user 5 9 2 5 Unused Address Ranges The last of the memory summaries Just before the symbol table in the map file is a list of memory which was not allocated by the linker This memory is thus unused The linker is aware of any memory allocated by the code generator for absolute variables and so this free space is accurate This section follows the heading UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES and is followed by a list of classes and the memory still available in each class
162. O MALE 29 35 BRAD 5 HE 5 2 ICA HI 86 755 82543411 83167411 83283911 61357155 88845951 DAMA 86 755 82543511 HK ABE enroo enroo com 2 44 http www enroo com _ http www enroo tech com BUE MICROCHIP 24 PARTNER RAMEEZ MICROCHIP ABLAR E REO EK BATTEN Zl Ay SR HE EAR SCE HE EF AZ Da BAENA SR HE es BE m HE EM EB RECOGNIZED THIRD MICROCHIP PARTY TOOL PROVIDER AUTHORIZED y DESIGN MICROCHIP PARTNER Add AMIA E ARA BR SEL IL AA 27 E 2701 http www Enroo com Tel 86 0755 82543411 Fax 86 0755 82543511 http www Enroo tech com
163. PIC12 Microchip base line PIC chips PIC14 Microchip mid range PIC chips PIC16 Microchip high end 17Cxxx PIC chips PIC18 Microchip PIC 18 chips PIC24 Microchip PIC24F and PIC24H chips PIC30 Microchip dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 chips Linker and Utilities Cromwell list For example in the DSPIC C compiler these classes are typically CODE and NEARCODE i e NCODE NEARCODE 5 133 D The D option is used to display to the screen details about the named input file in a readable format The input file can be one of the file types as shown in Table 5 6 5 13 4 C This option will attempt to identify if the specified input files are one of the formats as shown in Table 5 6 If the file is recognised a confirmation of its type will be displayed 5 13 5 F When generating a COD file this option can be used to force all local symbols to be represented as global symbols The may be useful where an emulator cannot read local symbol information from the COD file 5 13 6 Okey This option specifies the format of the output file The key can be any of the types listed in Table 5 6 5 13 7 Ikey This option can be used to specify the default input file format The key can be any of the types listed in Table 5 6 5 138 L Use this option to show what file format types are supported A list similar to that given in Table 5 6 will be shown 5 13 9 E Use this option to tell CROMWELL to ignore any filename extensions th
164. PIC18 MCUs supports both signed char and unsigned char 8 bit integral types If the signed or unsigned keyword is absent from the variable s definition the default type is unsigned char unless the PICC18 CHAR signed option is used in which case the default type is signed char The signed char type is an 8 bit two s complement signed integer type representing integral values from 128 to 127 inclusive The unsigned char is an 8 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 255 inclusive It is a common misconception that the C char types are intended purely for ASCII character manipulation This is not true indeed the C language makes no guarantee that the default character representation is even ASCII The char types are simply the smallest of up to four possible integer sizes and behave in all respects like integers The reason for the name char is historical and does not mean that char can only be used to represent characters It is possible to freely mix char values with short int and long values in C expressions With HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs the char types will commonly be used for a number of purposes as 8 bit integers as storage for ASCII characters and for access to I O locations Variables may be declared using the signed char and unsigned char keywords respectively to hold values of these types Where only char is used in the declaration the type will be signed char unless the option mentioned
165. PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions If you wish to see the preprocessed source for the printf family of functions do not use this option The source for this function is customised by the compiler but only after the code generator has scanned the project for printf usage Thus as the PRE option stops compilation after the preprocessor stage the code generator will not execute and no printf code will be processed If this option is omitted the preprocessed source for printf will be retained in the file doprnt pre If you wish to see the preprocessed source for the printf family of functions do not use this option The source for this function is customised by the compiler but only after the code generator has scanned the project for printf usage Thus as the PRE option stops compilation after the preprocessor stage the code generator will not execute and no printf code will be processed If this option is omitted the preprocessed source for printf will be retained in the file doprnt pre 2 6 52 PROTO Generate Prototypes The PROTO option is used to generate pro files containing both ANSI and K amp R style function declarations for all functions within the specified source files Each pro file produced will have the same base name as the corresponding source file Prototype files contain both ANSI C style prototypes and old style C function declarations within conditional compilation blocks The extern declarations from each pr
166. Project astest mcp ES 1 Outpt ectory Figure 2 3 The Directories dialog 67 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver Build Options For Project demo mcp ax Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global gt Define macros PO Remove PO Add f Undetine macros PO Remove PO Add ert IV Preprocess assembler Identifier length 31 3 T Optimization settings y Messages IV Global la I Verbose t Assembler I Speed Waring level g lt T Debug Operation mode ero M Address qualifiers ignore I BankO I Banki I Bank2 D Bank3 Eeprom Figure 2 4 The Compiler dialog 68 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 3 Preprocess assembly This checkbox controls whether assembly source files are scanned by the preprocessor See Section 2 6 12 4 Optimization settings These controls are used to adjust the different optimizations the compiler employs See Sec tion 2 6 47 5 Identifier length This selector is currently not implemented See Section 2 6 10 6 Verbose This checkbox controls whether the full command lines for the compiler applications are dis played when building See Section 2 6 16 7 Warning level This selector allows the warning level print threshold to be set See Section 2 6 64 8 Ope
167. TS CONTENTS STA Apse clasg 2s ae EERE Ee Pe ee 191 Dl DEMIS SCP ss oe IIA 191 IEG SSVI 95 2 Boh ee Be 2 he eS Bh he 4 AS 191 IRL BOGE eo eae oe A OR Re AE Re ee eA Re Bee oe BS 192 Dike SE ea cds a eg As hee bee heats 6 ells 192 SAS HSBC ce eee bbas ee be bbeaae ei ebb base Gad bows 192 5 740 SNIE opt rr AS a a EAE a SAO Be 193 Sid SESE ee ee a eR al Se ee el eae Pw a ee es 193 AZ VETE eps a a Se BL hh SS BAG RAS eh RR AL te a ORS 193 MPA Re 6 0 6 ie Re Ba a E ee Be a ae 4 eS 193 SIMS eh cope a ee Se A OR RO AE Re ee ee A Re Bok ee Ss 193 teh lee Sie ep rts a eB Sik Bi Oy Stes Mice WS aerate A 193 MG LM edo be Soe Sw e Pe be Bw eS ee Ge ak ee aes 194 5 747 Mmaphle ss NG ee eA EE ERED BS 194 SAS A eR a ee a a a a eS 194 DTD AAA AI BA a Bo AG 194 Duhon Pape ss os Ss Boe BAG 2 he eS Bi he ae 4 RS 194 Meith POCET o o eo Re a Re Ow SE EA Re Boke 8 eS 196 Ie irs eh ates Boe ee ce we Bitch Give BP Av Orgs Mice A ee Ve ba os E pi 196 Jhs SOLAS UR pound sois Swe ee Dew eG ome Me a Ge ws 196 5 724 SUSVMBOL oj be a EAS RAE eS RRA e e 196 ST o ae ee a eR ae ee Ca a a ee E 197 DO EN e a A BAG RACE OR A ee eS 197 S eee od ba oh Se Re E 197 Dt Oe RA 197 Oe Unvor mie Us et 2 2 6 ae ke Gk As es BEES Hoe E 197 39 Map Piles sec caos BS doe bw ee o door Gal ee aS 198 S91 CEDSCADION uo 4 ha ee PAG So A EE ES RAE BO 198 SOD COMIEMS cos sr owed Ree ete Ee ae Bw a ee es 198 5 9 2 1 General Information lt c o se c 454 sak Go eke ae eS
168. The compiler can only make assumptions regarding the stack usage when interrupts are involved and these lead to a worst case estimate of stack usage Confirm the function call nesting if this warning is issued 1394 attempting to create memory range larger than page size Driver The compiler driver has detected that the memory settings include a program memory page that is larger than the page size for the device This would mostly likely be the case if the ROM option is used to change the default memory settings Consult you device data sheet to determine the page size of the device you are using and ensure that any contiguous memory range you specify using the ROM option has a boundary that corresponds to the device page boundaries ROM 100 1fff 502 Error and Warning Messages The above may need to be paged If the page size is 800h the above could specified as ROM 100 7ff 800 fff 1000 17ff 1800 1fff 1395 notable code sequence candidate suitable for compiler validation suite detected Code Generator The compiler has in built checks that can determine if combinations of internal code templates have been encountered Where unique combinations are uncovered when compiling code this message 1s issued This message is not an error or warning and its presence does not indicate possible code failure but if you are willing to participate the code you are compiling can be sent to Support to assis
169. Utilities exclude any symbols defined in a file whose path name begins with that prefix For example F will exclude any symbols from all files with a path name starting with 5 12 2 Hheading The H option takes a string as an argument which will be used as a header in the listing The default heading is the name of the first raw cross ref information file specified 5 12 3 Llen Specify the length of the paper on which the listing is to be produced e g if the listing is to be printed on 55 line paper you would use a L55 option The default is 66 lines 5 12 4 Ooutfile Allows specification of the output file name By default the listing will be written to the standard output and may be redirected in the usual manner Alternatively out file may be specified as the output file name 512 5 Pwidth This option allows the specification of the width to which the listing is to be formatted e g P132 will format the listing for a 132 column printer The default is 80 columns 5 12 6 Sstoplist The S option should have as its argument the name of a file containing a list of symbols not to be listed in the cross reference Multiple stoplists may be supplied with multiple S options 5 12 7 Xprefix The X option allows the exclusion of symbols from the listing based on a prefix given as argument to X For example if it was desired to exclude all symbols starting with the character sequence xyz then the option Xxyz would
170. a oops where is the semicolon error is flagged here Note Omitting a semicolon from statements not preceding a close brace or keyword typically results in some other error being issued for the following code which the parser assumes to be part of the original statement 315 expected Parser An opening brace was expected here This error may be the result of a function definition missing the opening brace e g oops no opening brace after the prototype void process char c return max c 10 2 error flagged here 316 expected Parser A closing brace was expected here This error may be the result of a initialized array missing the closing brace e g char carray 4 1 2 3 4 oops no closing brace 317 expected Parser An opening parenthesis was expected here This must be the first token after a while for if do or asm keyword e g if a b should be if a b b 0 318 string expected Parser The operand to an asm statement must be a string enclosed in parentheses e g asm nop that should be asm nop 397 Error and Warning Messages 319 while expected Parser The keyword while is expected at the end of a do statement e g do func 1 do the block while what condition is true if i gt 5 error flagged here end 320 expected Parser A colon is missing after a case label o
171. a this data is placed into a psect called smallconst for larger const data amounts up to 64 kbytes the psect is called mediumconst The size of pointers that can access const data indicates the storage size of the address However PIC18 devices use a 3 byte table pointer SFR to access data in the program space and all 3 bytes of this register must be loaded and valid to access program space data To avoid having to load all 3 bytes of this register with each program space access the code generator also keeps track of the number of table pointer registers that are modified during the program These active table pointer registers will be re loaded with each program space access The non active registers are assumed to retain the value assigned to them in the runtime startup code Any hand written assembler code or C code that writes to the table pointer SFRs di rectly must ensure that the contents of any non active table registers are preserved Saving both TBLPTRH and TBLPTRU will ensure that this requirement is met 3 3 12 4 Pointers to Both Memory Spaces When a pointer is assigned the address of one or more objects allocated memory in the data space and also assigned the address of one or more const objects the pointer will be classified such that 108 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables it can dereference both memory spaces and the address will be encoded so that the target memory space can be determined at run
172. a Specify a class delta value Dsymfile Produce old style symbol file Eerrfile Write error messages to errfile F Produce obj file with only symbol records Gspec Specify calculation for segment selectors Hsymfile Generate symbol file H symfile Generate enhanced symbol file I Ignore undefined symbols Jnum Set maximum number of errors before aborting K Prevent overlaying function parameter and auto areas L Preserve relocation items in obj file IM Preserve segment relocation items in obj file Sort symbol table in map file by address order Nc Sort symbol table in map file by class address order Ns Sort symbol table in map file by space address order Mmapfile Generate a link map in the named file Oout file Specify name of output file Pspec Specify psect addresses and ordering Qprocessor Specify the processor type for cosmetic reasons only S Inhibit listing of symbols in symbol file Sclass limit bound Specify address limit and start boundary for a class of psects Usymbol Pre enter defined or undefined symbol in table Vavmap Use file avmap to generate an Avocet format symbol file Wwarnlev Set warning level 9 to 9 Wwidth Set map file width gt 10 X Remove any local symbols from the symbol file Z Remove trivial local symbols from the symbol file 5 7 1 Numbers in linker options Several linker options require memory addresses or sizes to be specified The syntax for all these is similar By def
173. a pointer will result in that pointer having a classification capable of accessing the program space The exact classification will also depend on other factors The code generator tracks the total size of const qualified variables that are defined It uses this information to determine how large any pointers that can access const objects must be Such pointers may be either 1 2 or 3 bytes wide TUTORIAL POINTERS AND CONST DATA Assume a program contains of the following 107 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features void main void const char in_table 20 values char cp cp amp in_table If the array above is the only const data in the program then there are 20 bytes of const data used in the program In this instance the code generator will make the pointer cp a one byte wide pointer to objects in the program space Later the program is changed and another const array is added to the code const char out_table 200 values As the total size of const data for this program now exceeds 255 bytes the size of any pointer that can access const objects will be made 2 bytes long Even if the pointer cp is not assigned the address of this new array out_table its size will increase For pointer that are accessing const objects the address contained within the pointer is an offset into the psect used to store the const data For programs defining less than 256 bytes of const dat
174. a string describing the processor 5 7 22 S This option prevents symbol information relating from being included in the symbol file produced by the linker Segment information is still included 5 7 23 Sclass limit bound A class of psects may have an upper address limit associated with it The following example places a limit on the maximum address of the CODE class of psects to one less than 400h SCODE 400h Note that to set an upper limit to a psect this must be set in assembler code with a limit flag on a PSECT directive If the bound boundary argument is used the class of psects will start on a multiple of the bound address This example places the FARCODE class of psects at a multiple of 1000h but with an upper address limit of 6000h SFARCODE 6000h 1000h 5 7 24 Usymbol This option will enter the specified symbol into the linker s symbol table The symbol may either be defined or undefined Symbols may be defined to be equal to another symbol or a numerical value e g 196 Linker and Utilities Invoking the Linker U_myUndefinedSymbol U_myDefinedSymbol 0x55 U_equatedSymbol _foobar 5 7 25 Vavmap To produce an Avocet format symbol file the linker needs to be given a map file to allow it to map psect names to Avocet memory identifiers The avmap file will normally be supplied with the compiler or created automatically by the compiler driver as required 5 7 26 Wnum The W option can be use
175. activation request Driver The compiler has not been correctly activated 1188 network error Activation The compiler activation software was unable to connect to the HI TECH activation server via the network 1190 FAE license only not for use in commercial applications Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an FAE licence This licence does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1191 licensed for educational use only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an education licence The educational licence is only available to educational facilities and does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1192 licensed for evaluation purposes only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an evaluation licence 482 Error and Warning Messages 1193 this licence will expire on Driver The compiler has been installed as a time limited trial This trial will end on the date specified 1195 invalid syntax for option Driver A command line option that accepts additional parameters was given inappropriate data or insuffi cient data For example an option may expect two parameters with both being integers Passing a string as one of these parameters or supplying only one parameter could result in this error 1198 too many specifications maximum Hexmate This opt
176. added by the code generator Such comments contain either the original source code which corresponds to the generated assembly or is a comment inserted by the code generator to explain some action taken Before the output for each function there is detailed information regarding that function summa rized by the code generator This information relates to register usage local variable information functions called and the calling function 180 Macro Assembler Assembly List Files 768 sp2_inpADC c 119 void ADC_start unsigned char chan 769 sp2_inpADC c 120 770 0243 ADC_start a Al Regs used in _ADC_start reg reg3 O line number 772 0243 00A3 instruction operands 73 sp2_inpADC c 121 chan amp 0x07 O address 774 10244 3007 instruction operands 775 10245 Q5A3 instruction operands 3 op code 776 _inpADC c 128 F 777 0252 W008 instruction 4 source comment 778 function ADC start ends O assembly Figure 4 1 General Form of Assembly Listing File 4 4 2 Function Information For each C function printed before the function s assembly label search for the function s name immediately followed by a colon is general information relating to the resources used by that function A typical print out is shown in Figure 4 2 Most of the information is self explanatory but special comments follow The locations shown use the format offset space For example a location of 42 B
177. adix AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FFh 447 bad load address in A spec Linker The load address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 0h 3fffh a000 Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h 3fffh a000h 448 bad repeat count in A spec Linker The repeat count given in a A specification is invalid e g AENTRY 0 0FFhxf Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 0FFhxfh 449 syntax error in A spec Linker The A spec is invalid A valid A spec should be something like AROM 1000h 1FFFh 419 Error and Warning Messages 450 psect was never defined Linker Optimiser This psect has been listed in a P option but is not defined in any module within the program 451 bad psect origin format in P option Linker The origin format in a p option is not a validly formed decimal octal or hex number nor is it the name of an existing psect A hex number must have a trailing H e g pbss f000 Did you forget the radix pbss f000h 452 bad minimum address format in P option Linker The minimum address specification in the linker s p option is badly formatted e g pbss data f000 Did you forget the radix pbss data f000h 453 missing number a
178. age is referenced by a unique number which is passed to the alert system by the compiler application that needs to convey the information The message string corresponding to this number is obtained from Message Description Files MDF which are stored in the DAT directory of the compiler distribution When a message is requested by a compiler application its number is looked up in the MDF which corresponds to the currently selected language The language of messages can be altered as discussed in Section 2 5 2 Once found the alert system determines the message type that should be used to display the message There are several different message types which are described in Section 2 5 3 The default type is stored in the MDF however this can be overridden by the user as described in Section 2 5 3 The user is also able to set a threshold for warning message importance so that only those which the user considers significant will be displayed In addition messages with a particular number can be disabled Both of these methods are explained in Section 2 5 5 1 Provided the message is enabled and it is not a warning messages that is below the warning threshold the message string will be displayed In addition to the actual message string there are several other pieces of information that may be displayed such as the message number the name of the file for which the message is applicable the file s line number and the application that requested
179. ailure HI TECH C has a feature which will duplicate the output associated with any function called from more than one call tree in the program s call graph There will be one call tree associated with main line code and one tree for the interrupt function if defined 128 C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C Main line code will call the original function s output and the interrupt will call the duplicated function s output The duplication takes place only in the called function s output there is no du plication of the C source code itself The duplicated code and data uses different symbols and are allocated different memory so are fully independent This is similar to the process you would need to undertake if this feature was not implemented in the compiler the C function could be duplicated by hand given different names and one called from main line code the other from the interrupt function However you would have to maintain both functions and the code would need to be reverted if it was ported to a compiler which did support reentrancy The compiler generated duplicate will have unique identifiers for the assembly symbols used within it The identifiers consists of the same name used in the original output prefixed with the symbol 11 The output of the function called from main line code will not use any prefixes and the assembly names will be those normally used To illustrate in a program the function main
180. al in the cases where the compiler or IDE assumes that foobar c will produce an intermediate file foobar p1 and all intermediate files are output in the same directory regardless of the source directory Consider renaming one of these files 1297 option not available in Lite mode Driver Although fully functional compilers in Lite mode have certain driver options disabled These op tions are those such as as setoption and getoption which would allow users to circumvent the restrictions on optimisations 1298 use of outside macros is illegal Assembler Some assembler directives e g EXITM can only be used inside macro definitions 1299 non standard modifier use instead Parser A printf placeholder modifier has been used which is non standard Use the indicated modifier instead For example the standard hh modifier should be used in preference to b to indicate that the value should be printed as a char type 1301 invalid ELF section header Skipping Cromwell Cromwell found an invalid section in an ELF section header This section will be skipped 1302 could not find valid ELF output extension for this device Cromwell The extension could not be for the target device family 1303 invalid variable location detected Cromwell A symbol location could not be determined from the SDB file 494 Error and Warning Messages 1304 unknown register name Cromwell The locat
181. al to qualify a type as both far and near e g far near int spooky oops choose far or near not both 387 Error and Warning Messages 260 undefined enum tag Parser This enum tag has not been defined e g enum WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen 261 struct union member redefined Parser This name of this member of the struct or union has already been used in this struct or union e g struct int a int b int a oops a different name is required here input 262 struct union redefined Parser A structure or union has been defined more than once e g struct int a ms struct int a ms was this meant to be the same name as above 263 members can t be functions Parser A member of a structure or a union may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function e g struct int a int get int should be a pointer int get int object 264 bad bitfield type Parser A bitfield may only have a type of int signed or unsigned e g 388 Error and Warning Messages struct FREG char b0 1 these must be part of an int not char char 6 char b7 1 freg 265 integer constant expected Parser A colon appearing after a member name in a structure declaration indicates that the member is a bitfield An integral constant must appear after the colon to define the number of bits in the bi
182. alents PICC18 Command line Driver Categories General picc v9 82 y o Conf defauk Option categories Messages gt Simulator w HI TECH PICC Verbose 2 Compiler 2 Linker Warning level 9 0Q Additional options Figure 2 7 The Messages category The following dialogs and descriptions identify the mapping between the MPLAB X IDE dialog controls and command line options As the plugin is universal across all HI TECH compilers not all options are applicable for HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs If you are using MPLAB IDE v8 see Section 2 7 2 8 1 Compiler Category The panels in this category control aspects of compilation of C source 2 8 1 1 Messages These options relate to messages produced by the compiler see Section 2 5 for more information See Figure 2 7 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 1 Verbose This checkbox controls whether the full command lines for the compiler applications are dis played when building See Section 2 6 16 2 Warning level This selector allows the warning level print threshold to be set See Section 2 6 64 2 8 1 2 Address Qualifiers This option illustrated in Figure 2 8 relates to how the compiler responds to some qualifiers 74 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Categories gt General picc v9 82 Y Conf default Option categories Address Qu
183. alifiers Sd Simulator v HI TECH PICC i Action Ignore gt Compiler gt B Linker Additional options Figure 2 8 The Address Qualifiers category Categories ice v9 82 gt General Poe hate v 2 Conf default Option categories Operation Simulator v HI TECH PICC Operation mode PRO Compiler O P 9 Linker Additional options Figure 2 9 The Operation Category 1 Address Qualifier This selector allows the user to select the behavior of the address qualifiers See Section 2 6 18 2 8 1 3 Operation This option illustrated in Figure 2 9 relates to the operating mode of the compiler 1 Operation Mode This selector allows the user to force another available operating mode e g Lite or PRO other than the default See Section 2 6 41 2 8 1 4 Preprocessor These options shown in Figure 2 10 relate to preprocessor operation 75 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver Project Properties options Categories gt Genaral picc v9 82 v Conf default Option categories Preprocessor Simulator v HI TECH PICC Define macros Undefine macros A Preprocess assembler O Identifier length 31 _Q 2 Linker Include directories Additional options Figure 2 10 The Preprocessor Category 1 Define macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to define preprocessor macros See Secti
184. alue of the symbol The Ns and Nc options work similarly except that the symbols are grouped by either their space value or class 5 7 19 Ooutfile This option allows specification of an output file name for the linker The default output file name is 1 0b3 Use of this option will override the default 5 7 20 Pspec Psects are linked together and assigned addresses based on information supplied to the linker via P options The argument to the P option consists basically of comma separated sequences thus Ppsect 1nkaddr min ldaddr min psect 1nkaddr ldaddr There are several variations but essentially each psect is listed with its desired link and load ad dresses and a minimum value All values may be omitted in which case a default will apply depending on previous values The minimum value min is preceded by a sign if present It sets a minimum value for the link or load address The address will be calculated as described below but if it is less than the minimum then it will be set equal to the minimum The link and load addresses are either numbers as described above or the names of other psects or classes or special tokens If the link address is a negative number the psect is linked in reverse 194 Linker and Utilities Operation order with the top of the psect appearing at the specified address minus one Psects following a negative address will be placed before the first psect in memory If a link address is
185. an INHX32 file fails because it cannot process the extended address records which are part of the INHX32 standard You know that this bootloader can only program data addressed within the range 0 to 64k and that any data in the hex file outside of this range can be safely disregarded In this case by generating the hex file in INHX8M format the operation might succeed The hexmate option to do this would be FORMAT INHX8M Now consider this What if the same bootloader also required every data record to contain eight bytes of data no more no less This is possible by combining FORMAT with FILL Appropriate use of FILL can ensure that there are no gaps in the data for the address range being programmed This will satisfy the minimum data length requirement To set the maximum length of data records to eight bytes just modify the previous option to become FORMAT INHX8M 8 The possible types that are supported by this option are listed in Table 5 11 Note that INHX032 is not an actual INHX format Selection of this type generates an INHX32 file but will also initialize the upper address information to zero This is a requirement of some device programmers 5 14 1 11 HELP Using HELP will list all hexmate options By entering another hexmate option as a parameter of HELP will show a detailed help message for the given option For example HELP string will show additional help for the STRING hexmate option 5 14 1 12 LOGFILE The
186. and line Driver 2 3 2 1 Initialization of Data psects One job of the runtime startup code is ensure that any initialized variables contain their initial value before the program begins execution Initialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are assigned an initial value in their definition for example input in the following example int input 88 void main void Such initialized objects have two components their initial value stored in a psect destined for non volatile memory i e placed in the HEX file and space for the variable in RAM psect where the variable will reside and be accessed during program execution The psects used for storing these components are described in 3 8 1 The runtime startup code will copy all the blocks of initial values from program memory to RAM so the variables will contain the correct values before main is executed This action can be omitted by disabling the init suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIME default init With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of initialized variables will be unpre dictable when the program begins execution Code relying on variables containing their initial value will fail Since auto objects are dynamically created they require code to be positioned in the function in which they are defined to perform their initialization It is also possible that their initial value changes on each instance of the funct
187. and the internal applications perform during compilation PICC18 has the following basic command format PICC18 options files libraries It is conventional to supply opt ions identified by a leading dash or double dash before the filenames although this is not mandatory The formats of the options are discussed below in Section 2 6 and a detailed description of each option follows The files may be any mixture of C and assembler source files and precompiled intermediate files such as relocatable object ob3 files or p code p1 files The order of the files is not important except that it may affect the order in which code or data appears in memory and may affect the name of some of the output files Libraries is a list of either object code or p code library files that will be searched by the linker The L option see Section 2 6 7 can also be used to specify library files to search PICC18 distinguishes source files intermediate files and library files solely by the file type or extension Recognized file types are listed in Table 2 1 This means for example that an assembler file must always have a as extension Alphabetic case of the extension is not important from the compiler s point of view MODULES AND SOURCE FILES A C source file is a file on disk that contains all or part of a program C source files are initially passed to the preprocessor by the driver A module is the output of the preprocess
188. and transcode options to the HI TECH equivalent This allows command line options batch files linker scripts or MPLAB IDE projects setup for MPLAB C18 to use the HI TECH compiler with virtually no modification Legacy projects need only be associated with and call the replacement MPLAB C18 driver to build using the HI TECH compiler in compatibility mode This manual only describes the operation of the compiler in HI TECH compatibility mode For the meaning of language extensions and compiler operation in C18 compatibility mode refer to the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs compiler manual When you run the installer for this compiler you have the option of converting your existing MPLAB IDE projects configured to use the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs to the HI TECH compiler Once converted these projects will use the HI TECH compiler in compatibility mode and the HI TECH replacement compiler driver mcc18 will be called At any time you may re run the compiler s activation program from the Windows Start menu to convert projects if you did not perform this action when installing If you convert your C18 projects this will mean that they will not use the installed MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs unless you revert the Location paths of the exe cutables in the Select Language Toolsuite dialog in the MPLAB IDE v8 or the Built Tool settings in the Embedded tab of the MPLAB X IDE Preferences dialog It is recommended that for new projects th
189. are indicated in the table 4 3 11 1 ASMOPT_OFF and ASMOPT_ON The ASMOPT_OFF control disables optimization of the subsequent assembly code up to the next ASMOPT_ON control These controls only have an effect if the assembler optimizer is enabled see 2 6 47 4 3 11 2 COND Any conditional code will be included in the listing output See also the NOCOND control in Section 4 3 11 6 4 3 11 3 EXPAND When EXPAND is in effect the code generated by macro expansions will appear in the listing output See also the NOEXPAND control in Section 4 3 11 7 176 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 7 PIC18 assembler controls Control Meaning Format ASMOPT_ON Optimizer the following code if the PT ASMOPT_ON assembler optimizer is enabled ASMOPT_OFF Do not optimize the following code PT ASMOPT_OFF COND CO Include conditional code in the PT COND listing EXPAND Expand macros in the listing output PT EXPAND INCLUDE IC Textually include another source PT INCLUDE lt pathname gt file LIST LI Define options for listing output OPT LIST lt listopt gt listopt gt OCOND NOCO Leave conditional code out of the OPT NOCOND listing OEXPAND Disable macro expansion PT NOEXPAND OLISTINOLI Disable listing output PT NOLIST PAGE Start a new page in the listing PT PAGE output STACK Specify the stack depth available PT STACK 10 for a routine SUBTITLE Specify the subtitle of
190. ared This can occur because of two incompatible declarations or because an implicit declaration is followed by an incompatible declaration e g int a char a oops what is the correct type 985 qualifiers redeclared Parser This function or variable has different qualifiers in different declarations 986 enum member redeclared Parser A member of an enumeration is defined twice or more with differing values Does the member appear twice in the same list or does the name of the member appear in more than one enum list 987 arguments redeclared Parser The data types of the parameters passed to this function do not match its prototype 988 number of arguments redeclared Parser The number of arguments in this function declaration does not agree with a previous declaration of the same function 989 module has code below file base of h Linker This module has code below the address given but the C option has been used to specify that a binary output file is to be created that is mapped to this address This would mean code from this module would have to be placed before the beginning of the file Check for missing psect directives in assembler files 473 Error and Warning Messages 990 modulus by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor A modulus operation in a if expression has a zero divisor The result has been assumed to be zero e g define ZERO 0 if FOOSZERO this will ha
191. aries also contain C routines that are implicitly called by the compiler and which typically perform tasks such as floating point operations or type conversions The standard library name format is stdlib compat_mode option 1pp where compat_mode is the compatibility mode htc or c18 and option is any option that was used when building the library for example d32 for 32 bit doubles 2 3 1 2 Utility Libraries In addition to the C standard libraries PICC18 automatically passes to the code generator a set of p code libraries which contain functions that are device dependent Such routines may for example access the EEPROM or flash memory of the device The general form of the utility library names is picfamily xp lpp The meaning of each field is described by e The family name may be the same as a specific device name or be generic e g pic18 4550 or pic18fxx31 e The configuration digit x relates to errata information each bit has the meaning bit 0 is true for devices implementing EEDATA errata workaround for EEPROM reads bit 1 is true for devices that implement additional NOPs when reading beyond program space at 40C e The library type p is for flash libraries and e for eeprom libraries The library extension is always lpp 2 3 1 3 Peripheral Libraries HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs has support for the MPLAB C18 peripheral library API A native HI TECH library is linked when the compatibility mode is t
192. ary Functions UDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int udiv unsigned num unsigned demon Description The udiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denon storing the results into a udiv_t structure which is returned Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void udiv_t result unsigned num 1234 den 7 result udiv num den See Also uldiv div IdivO Return Value Returns the the quotient and remainder as a udiv_t structure 350 Library Functions ULDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int uldiv unsigned long num unsigned long demon Description The uldiv function calculate the quotient and remainder of the division of number and denon storing the results into a uldiv_t structure which is returned Example include lt stdlib h gt void main void uldiv_t result unsigned long num 1234 den result uldiv num den See Also IdivO udivO div Return Value 7 Returns the the quotient and remainder as a uldiv_t structure 351 Library Functions UNGETCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void ungetch char c Description The ungetch function will push back the character e onto the console stream such that a subse quent getch operation will return the character At most one level of push back will be allowed See Also getch getche 352 Library Functions UTOA
193. as caused overflow of the compiler s internal stack and should be re arranged or split into two expressions 296 out of memory Objtohex This could be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 394 Error and Warning Messages 297 bad argument to tysize Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 298 end of file in asm Preprocessor An end of file has been encountered inside a asm block This probably means the endasm is missing or misspelt e g asm mov r0 55 mov rl r0 oops where is the endasm 300 unexpected end of file Parser An end of file in a C module was encountered unexpectedly e g void main void init run is that it What about the close brace 301 end of file on string file Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 302 can t reopen Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 303 can t allocate bytes of memory line Parser The parser was unable to allocate memory for the longest string encountered as it attempts to sort and merge strings Try reducing the number or length of strings in this module 306 can t allocate bytes of memory for Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Conta
194. at is a parameter to a function is assigned a new object address every time the function is called The definition of the pointer must be valid for every target address assigned Care must be taken when describing pointers Is a const pointer a pointer that points to const objects or a pointer that is const itself You can talk about pointers to const and const pointers to help clarify the definition but such terms may not be universally understood 105 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 3 12 2 Data Pointers HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs monitors and records all assignments of addresses to each data pointer the program defines The size and format of the address held by each pointer is based on this information When more than one address is assigned to a pointer at different places in the code a set of all possible targets the pointer can address is maintained This information is specific to each pointer defined in the program thus two pointers with the same type may hold addresses of different sizes and formats due to the different nature of objects they address in the program The following pointer classifications are currently implemented e An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing the access bank Address is an offset into the access bank e A 16 bit pointer capable of accessing the entire data memory space e An 8 bit pointer capable of accessing up to 256 bytes of program space data
195. at operator Preprocessor The evaluation of a if expression found mismatched parentheses Check the expression for correct parenthesisation e g if A B oops a missing I think define ADDED endif 123 misplaced or previous operator is Preprocessor A colon operator has been encountered in a if expression that does not match up with a corre sponding operator e g if XXX YYY did you mean if COND XXX YYY 124 illegal character in if Preprocessor There is a character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if YYY what are these characters doing here int m endif 364 Error and Warning Messages 125 illegal character decimal in if Preprocessor There is a non printable character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid char acters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g Hif SYYY what is this control characters doing here int m endif 126 strings can t be used in if Preprocessor The preprocessor does not allow the use of strings in if expressions e g no string operations allowed by the preprocessor if MESSAGE gt hello define DEBUG endif 127 bad syntax for defined in el if Preprocessor The defined pseudo function in a p
196. at values will be entered as byte addresses In some device architectures the native addressing format may be something other than byte addressing In these cases it would be much simpler to be able to enter address components in the device s native format To facilitate this the ADDRESSING option is used This option takes exactly one parameter which configures the number of bytes contained per address location If for example a device s program memory naturally used a 16 bit 2 byte word addressing format the option ADDRESSING 2 will configure hexmate to interpret all command line address fields as word addresses The affect of this setting is global and all hexmate options will now interpret addresses according to this setting This option will allow specification of addressing modes from one byte per address to four bytes per address 5 14 14 BREAK This option takes a comma separated list of addresses If any of these addresses are encountered in the hex file the current data record will conclude and a new data record will recommence from the nominated address This can be useful to use new data records to force a distinction between functionally different areas of program space Some hex file readers depend on this 217 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 14 1 5 CK The CK option is for calculating a checksum The usage of this option is CK start end destination offset wWidth tCode gAlgorithm where Start and E
197. at were given The default extension will be used instead 213 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 13 10 B In formats that support different endian types use this option to specify big endian byte ordering 5 13 11 M When generating COD files this option will remove the preceding underscore character from sym bols 5 13 12 V Turns on verbose mode which will display information about operations CROMWELL is performing 5 14 Hexmate The Hexmate utility is a program designed to manipulate Intel HEX files Hexmate is a post link stage utility that provides the facility to e Calculate and store variable length checksum values e Fill unused memory locations with known data sequences e Merge multiple Intel hex files into one output file Convert INHX32 files to other INHX formats e g INHX8M Detect specific or partial opcode sequences within a hex file Find replace specific or partial opcode sequences e Provide a map of addresses used in a hex file e Change or fix the length of data records in a hex file e Validate checksums within Intel hex files Typical applications for hexmate might include e Merging a bootloader or debug module into a main application at build time e Calculating a checksum over a range of program memory and storing its value in program memory or EEPROM 214 Linker and Utilities Hexmate Filling unused memory locations with an instruction to send the PC to a known location if it get
198. ated it too large to fit in the corresponding bitfield width struct unsigned flag 1 unsigned mode 3 foobar 1 100 oops 100 is too large for a 3 bit wide object 501 Error and Warning Messages 1377 no suitable strategy for this switch Code Generator The compiler was unable to determine the switch strategy to use to encode a C switch statement based on the code and your selection using the pragma switch directive You may need to choose a different strategy 1387 inline delay argument must be constant Code Generator The _ delay inline function can only take a constant expression as its argument int delay_val 99 __delay delay_val oops argument must be a constant expression 1390 identifier specifies insignificant characters beyond maximum identifier length Parser An identifier has been used that is so long that it exceeds the set identifier length This may mean that long identifiers may not be correctly identified and the code will fail The maximum identifier length can be adjusted using the N option int theValueOfThePortAfterTheModeBitsHaveBeenSet oops make your symbol shorter or increase the maximum identifier length 1393 possible hardware stack overflow detected estimated stack depth Code Generator The compiler has detected that the call graph for a program may be using more stack space that allocated on the target device If this is the case the code may fail
199. ath of the file specified on the command line 619 VO error reading symbol table Cromwell The COD file has an invalid format in the specified record 620 filename index out of range in line number record Cromwell The COD file has an invalid value in the specified record 621 error writing ELF DWARF section on Cromwell An error occurred writing the indicated section to the given file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 622 too many type entries Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 435 Error and Warning Messages 623 bad class in type hashing Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 624 bad class in type compare Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 625 too many files in COFF file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 626 string lookup failed in COFF get_string Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 627 missing in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 629 bad storage class in SDB file line column Cromwe
200. ator Purpose Example 7 Multiplication movlw 4 33 Addition bra 1 Subtraction DB 5 2 Division movlw 100 4 or eg Equality IF inp eq 66 gt or gt Signed greater than IF inp gt 40 gt or ge Signed greater than or equal to IF inp ge 66 lt orlt Signed less than IF inp lt 40 lt or le Signed less than or equal to IF inp le 66 lt gt or ne Signed not equal to IF inp lt gt 40 low Low byte of operand ovlw low inp high High byte of operand ovlw high 1008h highword High 16 bits of operand DW highword inp mod Modulus ovlw 77 mod 4 amp Bitwise AND clrf inps0ffh A Bitwise XOR exclusive or ovlw inp 80 Bitwise OR ovlw inp 1 not Bitwise complement ovlw not 055h lt lt orshl Shift left DB inp gt gt 8 gt gt orshr Shift right ovlw inp shr 2 rol Rotate left DB inp rol 1 ror Rotate right DB inp ror 1 float24 24 bit version of real operand DW float24 3 3 nul Tests if macro argument is null 163 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Operators can be unary one operand e g not or binary two operands e g The operators allowable in expressions are listed in Table 4 4 The usual rules governing the syntax of expressions apply The operators listed may all be freely combined in both constant and relocatable expressions The HI TECH linker permits relocation of complex expressions so the results of expressions involving relocatable identifiers may not be resolved until lin
201. ault Option categories Additional options Simulator ye HI TECH PICC Que Linker Options 2 Compiler i gt Linker Fill A Q on Checksum Y O Qo N A Callgraph N A Trace type N A _ Qe address 0 in HEX file E Additional options Figure 2 16 The Additional Category 2 Fill This field allows a fill value to be specified for unused memory locations See Section 2 6 33 3 Codeoffset This field allows an offset for the program to be specified See Section 2 6 24 4 Checksum This field allows the checksum specification to be specified See Section 2 6 20 5 Errata This allows customization of the errata workarounds applied by the compiler See Sec tion 2 6 30 6 Trace type Not yet implemented 7 Extend address O in HEX file This option specifies that the intel HEX file should have initialization to zero of the upper address See Section 2 6 49 81 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver 82 Chapter 3 C Language Features HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports a number of special features and extensions to the C language which are designed to ease the task of producing ROM based applications This chapter documents the compiler options and special language features which are specific to the Microchip PIC 18 family of processors 3 1 ANSI Standard Issues 3 1 1 Divergence from the ANSI C Standard HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs diverges from the ANSI C standard in
202. ault the number will be interpreted as a decimal value To force interpretation as a hex number a trailing H should be added e g 765FH will be treated as a hex number 190 Linker and Utilities Operation 5 7 2 Aclass low high Normally psects are linked according to the information given to a P option see below but some times it is desired to have a class of psects linked into more than one non contiguous address range This option allows a number of address ranges to be specified for a class For example ACODE 1020h 7FFEh 8000h BFFEh specifies that the class CODE is to be linked into the given address ranges Note that a contribution to a psect from one module cannot be split but the linker will attempt to pack each block from each module into the address ranges starting with the first specified Where there are a number of identical contiguous address ranges they may be specified with a repeat count e g ACODE 0 FFFFhx16 specifies that there are 16 contiguous ranges each 64k bytes in size starting from zero Even though the ranges are contiguous no code will straddle a 64k boundary The repeat count is specified as the character x or after a range followed by a count 5 7 3 Cx This option is now obsolete 5 7 4 Cpsect class This option will allow a psect to be associated with a specific class Normally this is not required on the command line since classes are specified in object files 5 7 5
203. aximal length sequence of non white space characters The pointer argument must be a pointer to char The field width will limit the number of characters copied The resultant string will be null terminated c Copy the next character from the input The pointer argument is assumed to be a pointer to char If a 313 Library Functions field width is specified then copy that many characters This differs from the s format in that white space does not terminate the character sequence The conversion characters 0 x u and d may be preceded by an 1l to indicate that the correspond ing pointer argument is a pointer to long as appropriate A preceding h will indicate that the pointer argument is a pointer to short rather than int Example scanf Sd Ss ta c with input 12s will assign 12 to a and s to s See Also fscanf sscanf printf va_argO Return Value The scanf function returns the number of successful conversions EOF is returned if end of file was seen before any conversions were performed 314 Library Functions SETJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt int setjmp jmp_buf buf Description The setjmp function is used with longjmpQ for non local goto s See longjmp for further infor mation Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void int i if i
204. be used If a digit appears in the character sequence then this will match any digit in the symbol e g XX0 would exclude any symbols starting with the letter X followed by a digit CREF will accept wildcard filenames and I O redirection Long command lines may be supplied by invoking CREF with no arguments and typing the command line in response to the cref gt prompt A backslash at the end of the line will be interpreted to mean that more command lines follow 210 Linker and Utilities Cromwell Table 5 6 CROMWELL format types Key Format cod Bytecraft COD file coff COFF file format elf ELF DWARF file eomf51 Extended OMF 51 format hitech HI TECH Software format icoff ICOFF file format ihex Intel HEX file format mcoff Microchip COFF file format omf51 OMF 51 file format pe P amp E file format s19 Motorola HEX file format 5 13 Cromwell The CROMWELL utility converts code and symbol files into different formats The formats available are shown in Table 5 6 The general form of the CROMWELL command is CROMWELL options input_files okey output_file where options can be any of the options shown in Table 5 7 Output_file optional is the name of the output file The input_files are typically the HEX and SYM file CROMWELL automatically searches for the SDB files and reads those if they are found The options are further described in the following paragraphs 5 13 1 Pnam
205. been terminated This probably means the closing parenthesis has been omitted from a macro invocation The line number given is the line where the macro argument started e g define FUNC a b func a b FUNC 5 6 oops where is the closing bracket 117 misplaced constant in if Preprocessor A constant in a if expression should only occur in syntactically correct places This error is most probably caused by omission of an operator e g if FOO BAR oops did you mean if FOO BAR 118 stack overflow processing if expression Preprocessor The preprocessor filled up its expression evaluation stack in a if expression Simplify the expres sion it probably contains too many parenthesized subexpressions 119 invalid expression in if line Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 363 Error and Warning Messages 120 operator in incorrect context Preprocessor An operator has been encountered in a if expression that is incorrectly placed e g two binary operators are not separated by a value e g if FOO BAR what is 2 define BIG tendif 121 expression stack overflow at operator Preprocessor Expressions in if lines are evaluated using a stack with a size of 128 It is possible for very complex expressions to overflow this Simplify the expression 122 unbalanced parenthesis
206. bits not bytes All addresses specified for bit objects are also bit addresses The bit psects are cleared on startup but are not initialised To create a bit object which has a non zero initial value explicitly initialise it at the beginning of your code If the PICC18 flag STRICT is used the bit keyword becomes unavailable 95 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 3 3 Using Bit Addressable Registers The bit variable facility may be combined with absolute variable declarations see Section 3 4 2 to access bits at specific addresses Absolute bit objects are numbered from 0 the least significant bit of the first byte up Therefore bit number 3 the fourth bit in the byte since numbering starts with 0 in byte number 5 is actually absolute bit number 43 that is 8bits byte 5 bytes 3 bits For example to access the power down detection flag bit in the RCON register declare RCON to be a C object at absolute address 03h then declare a bit variable at absolute bit address 27 static unsigned char RCON 0xFDO static near bit PD unsigned amp RCON 8 2 Note that all standard registers and bits within these registers are defined in the header files provided The only header file you need to include to have access to the PIC18 registers is lt htc h gt At compile time this will include the appropriate header for the selected chip 3 3 4 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for
207. bject Placement C Language Features Call graph main F1 F4 F2 7 7 F3 isr F5 F6 code generator Analysis of program Figure 3 1 Formation of Call Graph return 55 the function F4 will always appear in the call graph even though it is conditionally executed in the actual source code Thus the call graph indicates all functions even those that might be called In the diagram there is also an interrupt function isr and it too has a separate graph gener ated The term main line code is often used and refers to any code that is executed as a result of the main function being executed In the above figure F1 F2 F3 and F4 are only ever called by main line code The term interrupt code refers to any code that is executed as a result of an interrupt being generated in the above figure F5 and F6 are called by interrupt code Figure 3 2 graphically shows an example of how the compiled stack is formed Each function in the program is allocated a block of memory for its parameter auto and tem porary variables Each block is referred to as an auto parameter block APB The figure shows the APB being formed for function F2 which has two parameters a and b and one auto variable c 112 C Language Features Storage Class and Object Placement o Formation of auto parameter block APB for function F2 lt a F2 int a int b J b F2 chale p mr
208. ble effect See Section 2 6 64 143 Preprocessing C Language Features Table 3 7 Preprocessor directives Directive Meaning Example preprocessor null directive do nothing assert generate error if condition false assert SIZE gt 10 asm signifies the beginning of in line asm assembly ov r0 rlh endasm define define preprocessor macro define SIZE 5 define FLAG define add a b a b elif short for telse if see ifdef else conditionally include source lines see if endasm terminate in line assembly see asm endif terminate conditional source see if inclusion error generate an error message error Size too big if include source lines if constant if SIZE lt 10 expression true c process 10 else skip endif ifdef include source lines if preprocessor ifdef FLAG symbol defined do_loop elif SIZE skip_loop endif ifndef include source lines if preprocessor ifndef FLAG symbol not defined jump endif include include text file into source include lt stdio h gt include project h line specify line number and filename line 3 final for listing nn where nn is a number short for 20 line nn pragma compiler specific options Selle undef undefines preprocessor symbol undef FLAG warning generate a warning message warning Length not set 144 C Language Features Preprocessing Table 3
209. ble as almost all applications are critical to the success of the build process Disabling a critical application will result in catastrophic failure However it is permissible to skip a non critical application such as clist or hexmate if the final results are not reliant on their function 2 6 59 SHROUD Obfuscate p code Files This option should be used in situations where either p code files or p code libraries are to be dis tributed and are built from confidential source code C comments which are normally included into these files as well as line numbers and variable name will be removed or obfuscated so that the original source code cannot be reconstructed from distributed files 2 6 60 STRICT Strict ANSI Conformance The STRICT option is used to enable strict ANSI conformance of all special keywords HI TECH C supports various special keywords for example the persistent type qualifier If the STRICT option is used these keywords are changed to include two underscore characters at the beginning of the keyword e g __persistent so as to strictly conform to the ANSI stan dard Be warned that use of this option may cause problems with some standard header files e g lt intrpt h gt 2 6 61 SUMMARY type Select Memory Summary Output Type Use this option to select the type of memory summary that is displayed after compilation By default or if the mem suboption is selected a memory summary is shown This sh
210. bles that are placed at the addresses of the registers Variables that are placed at specific addresses are called absolute variables and are described in Section 3 4 2 These variables can be accessed like any ordinary C variable so no special syntax is required to access SFRs Bit variables as well as structures with bit fields can also be made absolute and so either can be used to represent bits within the register The SFR variables are predefined in header files and will be accessible once the lt htc h gt header file see Section 3 2 2 has been included into your source code Both bit variables and structures with bit fields are defined by the inclusion of this header file so you may use either in your source code The names given to the C variables which map over the registers and bit variables or bit fields within the registers are based on the names specified in the device data sheet However as there can be duplication of some bit names within registers there may be differences in the nomenclature The names of the structures that hold the bit fields will typically be those of the corresponding register followed by bits For example the following shows code that includes the generic header file clears PORTA as a whole sets bit 0 of PORTA using a bit variable and sets bit 2 of PORTA using the structure bit field definitions include lt htc h gt void main void PORTA 0x00 RAO 1 91 Processor related Features C Lan
211. body escape it by using amp amp instead In a macro argument list the angle brackets lt and gt are used to quote macro arguments 4 3 5 Comments An assembly comment is initiated with a semicolon that is not part of a string or character constant If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 6 12 then it may also contain C or C style comments using the standard and syntax 4 3 5 1 Special Comment Strings Several comment strings are appended to assembler instructions by the code generator These are typically used by the assembler optimizer The comment string volatile is used to indicate that the memory location being accessed in the commented instruction is associated with a variable that was declared as volatile in the C source code Accesses to this location which appear to be redundant will not be removed by the assembler optimizer if this string is present This comment string may also be used in assembler source to achieve the same effect for loca tions defined and accessed in assembly code The comment string wreg free is placed on some CALL instructions The string indicates that the WREG was not loaded with a function parameter i e it is not in use If this string is present optimizations may be made to assembler instructions before the function call which load the WREG redundantly 159 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 3 ASPIC18 numbers and bas
212. body thus returning without a value Either insert a return statement with a value or if the function is not to return a value declare it void e g int mydiv double a int b if b 0 return a b what about when b is 0 warning flagged here 344 non void function returns no value Parser A function that is declared as returning a value has a return statement that does not specify a return value e g int get_value void if flag return val return what is the return value in this instance 345 unreachable code Parser This section of code will never be executed because there is no execution path by which it could be reached e g while 1 how does this loop finish process flag FINISHED how do we get here 346 declaration of hides outer declaration Parser An object has been declared that has the same name as an outer declaration i e one outside and preceding the current function or block This is legal but can lead to accidental use of one variable when the outer one was intended e g 402 Error and Warning Messages int input input has filescope void process int a int input local blockscope input a input this will use the local variable Is this right 347 external declaration inside function Parser A function contains an extern declaration This is legal but is invariably not desirable as it restricts
213. by interrupt routines should be declared volatile for example volatile static near unsigned char PORTA 0xF80 101 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Volatile objects may be accessed using different generated code to non volatile objects For ex ample when assigning a non volatile object the value 1 the object may be cleared and then incre mented but the same operation performed on a volatile object will load the W register with 1 and then store this to the appropriate address 3 3 11 Special Type Qualifiers HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports special type qualifiers persistent near and far to allow the user to control placement of static and extern class variables into particular address spaces If the PICC18 option STRICT is used these type qualifiers are changed to __persistent __ near and _ far respectively These type qualifiers may also be applied to pointers These type qualifiers may not be used on variables of class auto if used on variables local to a function they must be combined with the static keyword For example you may not write void test void persistent int intvar WRONG other code because intvar is of class auto To declare intvar as a persistent variable local to function test write static persistent int intvar HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs also supports the keywords bank1 bank2 and bank3 These keywords have been included to allow c
214. byte for UBROF file Cromwell This UBROF file did not begin with the correct record 1048 bad time date stamp Cromwell This UBROF file has a bad time date stamp 1049 wrong CRC on 0x bytes should be Cromwell An end record has a mismatching CRC value in this UBROF file 1050 bad date in 0x52 record Cromwell A debug record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 478 Error and Warning Messages 1051 bad date in 0x01 record Cromwell A start of program record or segment record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 1052 unknown record type Cromwell A record type could not be determined when reading this UBROF file 1058 assertion Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1059 rewrite loop Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1081 static initialization of persistent variable Parser Code Generator A persistent variable has been assigned an initial value This is somewhat contradictory as the initial value will be assigned to the variable during execution of the compiler s startup code however the persistent qualifier requests that this variable shall be unchanged by the compiler s startup code 1082 size of initialized array element is zero Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical suppo
215. calls a function called input This function is also called by an interrupt function Examination of the assembly list file will show assembly code for both the original and dupli cate function outputs The output corresponding to the C function input will use the assembly label _input The corresponding label used by the duplicate function will be il_input If the original function makes reference to a temporary variable the generated output will use the symbol _input compared to i1_input for the duplicate output Even local labels within the function output will be duplicated in the same way The call graph in the assembly list file will show the calls made to both of these functions as if they were independently written These symbols will also be seen in the map file symbol table This feature allows the programmer to use the same source code with compilers that use either reentrant or non reentrant models It does not handle cases where functions are called recursively Code associated with library functions are duplicated in the same way This also applies to implicitly called library routines such as those that perform division or floating point operations associated with C operators 3 9 4 1 Disabling Duplication The automatic duplication of the function may be inhibited by the use of a special pragma This should only be done if the source code guarantees that an interrupt cannot occur while the function is being called from any
216. ce code in the current module but no additional modules will be compiled and the compilation process will then conclude The requested output files will not be produced 37 Compiler Messages PICC18 Command line Driver Table 2 3 Messaging environment variables Variable Effect HTC_MSG_FORMAT All advisory messages HTC_WARN_FORMAT All warning messages HTC_ERR_FORMAT All error and fatal error messages Fatal Error Messages indicate a situation that cannot allow compilation to proceed and which re quired the the compilation process to stop immediately The requested output files will not be produced 2 5 4 Message Format By default messages are printed in the most useful human readable format as possible This format can vary from one compiler application to another since each application reports information about different file formats Some applications for example the parser are typically able to pinpoint the area of interest down to a position on a particular line of C source code whereas other applications such as the linker can at best only indicate a module name and record number which is less directly associated with any particular line of code Some messages relate to driver options which are in no way associated with any source code There are several ways of changing the format in which message are displayed which are dis cussed below The driver option E with or without a filename alters
217. ceptions PIC18 devices have two separate interrupt vectors and a priority scheme to dictate how the interrupt code is called 3 9 1 Interrupt Functions The function qualifier interrupt may be applied to at most two functions to allow them to be called directly from the hardware interrupts The compiler will process the interrupt function differently to any other functions generating code to save and restore any registers used and exit using the ret fie instruction instead of a ret lw or return instructions at the end of the function If the PICC18 option STRICT is used the interrupt keyword becomes __ interrupt Wher ever this manual refers to the interrupt keyword assume __interrupt if you are using STRICT The PIC18 devices have two interrupts each with their own vector location These have different priorities and are known as low priority and high priority interrupts If the PIC18 is placed in com patibility mode only one interrupt is available and this defaults to being the high priority interrupt An interrupt function must be declared as type interrupt voidand may not have parameters In addition the keyword low_priority may be used to indicate that the interrupt function is to be linked with the low priority vector when not in compatibility mode Interrupt functions may not be called directly from C code but they may call other functions itself subject to certain limitations Once defined the corresponding interrupt vector is l
218. cero oe bo Se e e a 95 3 3 3 Using Bit Addressable Registers a 96 3 3 4 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables 96 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 4 33 3 6 3353 16 Bit Integer Data Types 22 5 464 254 ee benti ekra duasi 96 3 3 6 24 Bit Integer Data Types on eh a a RE Ra a 97 3 3 7 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables ooa 97 3 3 8 Floating Point Types and Variables 0 46 5 855 5b ue eee eS 98 S39 Situcturesand UMIONS eros eae Sed pe eed Dabs gee 99 3 3 9 1 Bitehelds im Structures ooo ee edrw 99 3 3 9 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers 08 100 33 10 Standard Type Qualifiers co we we tree 101 3 3 10 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers 101 Soll Special Type Qualifies 2 2 bo kha ie Se Pe ee a SS 102 S211 Persistent Type Qualifief se cane ke Ee Be OS ES 102 Si Near Type Qualifier cs gore is y A DEA E wR 103 DIAS Far lype Qualifier lt lt del eS as 103 33 12 Pomter Types o s iento eh Re aA Ee ai 104 3 3 12 1 Combining Type Qualifiers and Pointers 104 33 122 Data Pointers css sis ae aol RR Al gs Be it 106 33123 Pointers to Constr is Se eb o Se Se EES 107 3 3 12 4 Pointers to Both Memory Spaces 108 SS Funcion POTES se lors SHAD EMR He SEAS 109 Storage Class and Object Placement o e 110 34 1 Local Variables occ ae spears a A Re a 110 S411 Auto Variables oe se ooe sra a ee ee 110
219. cessarily those areas of memory which contain physical RAM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically variables that a program defines Some chips have an area of RAM that can be remapped in terms of its location in the memory space This along with any fixed RAM memory defined in the chipinfo file are grouped an made available for RAM based objects For example to specify an additional range of memory to that present on chip use RAM default 100 1ff for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use RAM 0 ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chipinfo file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example RAM default 100 103 will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 103h for allocation of RAM objects 60 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions This option is also used to specify RAM for far objects on PIC18 devices These objects are stored in the PIC18 extended memory Any additional memory specified with this option whose address is above the on chip program memory is assumed to be extended memory implemented as RAM For example to indicate that RAM has been implemented in the extended memory space at addresses 0x20000 to Ox20fff use the following option RAM default 20000 20fff See
220. cessor ID data 88 processor selection 50 175 196 program entry point 33 165 program sections 164 project name 23 prototypes for assembly code 131 psect bss 125 188 checksum 124 cinit 124 config 124 const 124 125 cstack 126 data 126 188 eeprom_data 124 end_init 124 idata 62 124 idloc 124 init 125 intcode 125 intcodelo 125 nv 126 nvbit 102 nvram 102 nvrram 102 powerup 125 rbss 62 text 125 PSECT directive 164 167 PSECT directive flag limit 196 PSECT directive flags 167 abs 167 bit 167 529 INDEX INDEX class 167 auto 110 delta 167 bankx 102 global 167 far 103 limit 168 near 102 local 168 persistent 102 ovrid 168 volatile 159 pure 168 qualifiers 101 102 reloc 168 and auto variables 110 size 168 const 101 space 168 pointer 104 with 168 volatile 101 psects 123 164 188 absolute 167 168 aligning within 173 alignment of 168 basic kinds 188 class 191 196 compiler generated 123 default 165 delta value of 191 differentiating ROM and RAM 168 for assembly code 131 linking 187 listing 64 local 188 maximum size of 168 page boundaries and 168 specifying address ranges 195 specifying addresses 191 194 struct 119 pseudo ops assembler 165 pure PSECT flag 168 putch function 152 302 putchar function 303 puts function 305 gsort function 306 qualifier 530 quiet mode 48 radix specifiers
221. ch has sufficent space allocated to it Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 10 itoa buf 1234 16 printf The buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol utoa ltoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 280 Library Functions LABS Synopsis tinclude lt stdlib h gt int labs long int j Description The labs function returns the absolute value of long value j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void long int a 5 printf The absolute value of ld is ld n a labs a See Also abs Return Value The absolute value of j 281 Library Functions LDEXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double ldexp double f int i Description The Idexp function performs the inverse of frexp operation the integer i is added to the exponent of the floating point f and the resultant returned Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f f ldexp 1 0 10 printf 1 0 2 10 f n See Also frexpQ Return Value The return value is the integer i added to the exponent of the floating point value f 282 Library Functions LDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt ldiv_t ldiv long number long denom Description The IdivQ routine divide
222. char short int or bitfield types to either signed int or unsigned int If the result of the conversion can be represented by an signed int then that is the destination type otherwise the conversion is to unsigned int Consider the following example unsigned char count a 0 b 50 if a b lt 10 count The unsigned char result of a b is 206 which is not less than 10 but both a and b are con verted to signed int via integral promotion before the subtraction takes place The result of the subtraction with these data types is 50 which is less than 10 and hence the body of the 1f state ment is executed If the result of the subtraction is to be an unsigned quantity then apply a cast For example if unsigned int a b lt 10 count The comparison is then done using unsigned int in this case and the body of the if would not be executed Another problem that frequently occurs is with the bitwise compliment operator This operator toggles each bit within a value Consider the following code unsigned char count c c 0x55 1f c OxAA count If c contains the value 55h it often assumed that c will produce AAh however the result is FFAAh and so the comparison above would fail The compiler may be able to issue a mismatched compari son error to this effect in some circumstances Again a cast could be used to change this behaviour The consequence of integral promotion as illustrated above
223. clude files 178 initializing bytes 170 words 170 labels 131 158 162 line numbers 156 location counter 161 multi character constants 160 operators 164 psects for 131 radix specifiers 160 relative jumps 161 relocatable expression 164 repeating macros 174 reserving memory 170 special characters 159 special comment strings 159 statement format 158 strings 160 volatile locations 159 assembly labels 131 158 162 character 160 character 160 _chacrter 160 making globally accessable 165 scope 162 165 assembly listings blank lines 179 disabling macro expansion 178 enabling 178 excluding conditional code 178 expanding macros 155 176 generating 156 517 INDEX INDEX hexadecimal constants 155 including conditional code 176 new page 179 page length 155 page width 156 radix specification 155 subtitles 179 titles 179 assembly macros 172 character 172 character 172 amp symbol 172 concatenation of arguments 172 quoting characters 172 suppressing comments 172 assert function 238 atan function 239 atan2 function 240 atof function 241 atoi function 242 atol function 243 auto switch type 146 auto variable area 117 auto variables 110 Avocet symbol file 197 banked access 157 BANKMASK macro 133 158 banks RAM banks 103 BANKSEL directive 133 175 bankx qualifier 102 base specifier see radix specifier bases C source 93
224. code it must take into consideration program memory paging and or data memory banking as well as any applicable errata issues for the device you are using See Section 2 6 30 for more information on errata issues The program s entry point is already defined by the runtime startup code so this should not be specified in the powerup routine at the END directive if used See Section 4 3 10 2 for more information on this assembler directive 33 Runtime Files PICC18 Command line Driver 2 3 4 The printf Routine The code associated with the printf function is not found in the library files The printf function is generated from a special C source file that is customized after analysis of the user s C code See Appendix 359 for more information on the printf library function This template file is found in the LIB directory of the compiler distribution and is called doprnt c It contains a minimal implementation of the printf function but with the more advanced features included as conditional code which can be utilized via preprocessor macros that are defined when it is compiled The parser and code generator analyze the C source code searching for calls to the printf func tion For all calls the placeholders that were specified in the printf format strings are collated to produce a list of the desired functionality of the final function The doprnt c file is then prepro cessed with the those macros specified by the preliminary analysis t
225. code to address CR file Generate cross reference listing DEBUGGER t ype Select the debugger that will be used DOUBLE size Selects size of double type ECHO Echo command line EMI t ype Select mode of the external memory interface ERRATA t ype Add or remove specific software workarounds for sil icon errata issues ERRFORMAT lt format gt Format error message strings to the given style ERRORS number Sets the maximun number of errors displayed HA E E Specify fill value for unused program memory FLOAT size Selects size of float type continued PICC18 Command line Options Option Meaning GETOPTION app file Get the command line options for the named applica tion ELP lt option gt Display the compiler s command line options HTML Generate HTML debug files IDE ide Configure the compiler for use by the named IDE LANG 1anguage Specify language for compiler messages MEMMAP f 1 le Display memory summary information for the map file MODE mode Choose compiler operating mode SGDISABLE messagelist Disable Warning Messages SGFORMAT lt format gt Format general message strings to the given style ODEL Do not remove temporary files generated by the com piler NOEXEC Go through the motions of compiling without actually compiling OBJDIR path Specify intermediate fi
226. comes OxDEAD 0xBEEF 0xDEAD 0xBEEF e The options following 111_expr result in the following behaviour unused or nothing fill all unused memory with fill_expr i e i11 0xBEEF unused fills all unused memory with OxBEEF This option can only be used with the PICC18 command line option FILL see 2 6 33 The driver will expand this to the appropriate ranges and pass these to HEXMATE address fill a specific address with fill_expri e i11 0xBEEF 0x1000 puts OxBEEF at address 1000h 219 Hexmate Linker and Utilities address end_address fill a range of memory with fill_expr i e fill 0xBEEF 0 0xFF puts OXBEEF in unused addresses between 0 and 255 All constants can be expressed in unsigned binary octal decimal or hexadecimal as per normal C syntax so for example 1234 is a decimal value OXFFOO is hexadecimal and FFO0 is illegal 5 14 1 7 FIND This option is used to detect and log occurrences of an opcode or partial code sequence The usage of this option is FIND Findcode mMask Start End Align w t Title where e Findcode is the hexadecimal code sequence to search for and is entered in little endian byte order e Mask is optional It allows a bit mask over the Findcode value and is entered in little endian byte order e Start and End limit the address range to search through e Align is optional It specifies that a code sequence can only match if it begins on an address which is a mu
227. compiler has failed to find any activation information and cannot proceed to execute The com piler may have been installed incorrectly or incompletely The error code quoted can help diagnose the reason for this failure You may be asked for this failure code if contacting HI TECH Software for assistance with this problem 1030 HEXMATE Intel hex editing utility Build 1 i Hexmate Indicating the version number of the Hexmate being executed 1031 USAGE inputl hex input2 hex inputN hex options Hexmate The suggested usage of Hexmate 476 Error and Warning Messages 1032 use HELP lt option gt for usage of these command line options Hexmate More detailed information is available for a specific option by passing that option to the HELP option 1033 available command line options Hexmate This is a simple heading that appears before the list of available options for this application 1034 type for available options Hexmate It looks like you need help This advisory suggests how to get more information about the options available to this application or the usage of these options 1035 bad argument count Parser The number of arguments to a function is unreasonable This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1036 bad optional header length 0x expected Cromwell The length of the optional header in this COFF file was of
228. contradictory paths for the output directory via any of the 0 or OUTDIR options e g outdir o main hex 1256 undefined symbol treated as hex constant Assembler A token which could either be interpreted as a symbol or a hexadecimal value does not match any previously defined symbol and so will be interpreted as the latter Use a leading zero to avoid the ambiguity or use an alternate radix sepcifier such as 0x For example mov a F h is this the symbol F7h or the hex number 0xF7 1257 local variable is used but never given a value Code Generator An auto variable has been defined and used in an expression but it has not been assigned a value in the C code before its first use Auto variables are not cleared on startup and their initial value is undefined For example void main void double src out out sin src oops what value was in src 1258 possible stack overflow when calling function Code Generator The call tree analysis by the code generator indicates that the hardware stack may overflow This should be treated as a guide only Interrupts the assembler optimizer and the program structure may affect the stack usage The stack usuage is based on the C program and does not include any call tree derived from assembly code 1259 can t optimize for both speed and space Driver The driver has been given contradictory options of compile for speed and compile for space
229. copy of the command line used to invoke the linker e The version number of the object code in the first file linked e The machine type e A psect summary sorted by the psect s parent object file 198 Linker and Utilities Map Files e A psect summary sorted by the psect s CLASS e A segment summary e Unused address ranges summary and e The symbol table Portions of an example map file along with explanatory text are shown in the following sections 5 9 2 1 General Information At the top of the map file is general information relating to the execution of the linker When analysing a program always confirm the compiler version number shown in the map file if you have more than one compiler version installed to ensure the desired compiler is being executed The chip selected with the CHIP option should appear after the Machine type entry The Object code version relates to the file format used by relocatable object files produced by the assembler Unless either the assembler or linker have been updated independently this should not be of concern A typical map file may begin something like the following This example is valid for the refer enced device but might differ to the default options used by another device HI TECH Software PICC 18 Compiler PRO Edition V9 80 Linker command line edf C Program files HI TECH Software picc 18 9 80 dat en_msgs txt cs htstructret sym z Q18F452 ol obj Mstructret map
230. ct HI TECH Software technical support with details 395 Error and Warning Messages 307 too many qualifier names Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 308 too many case labels in switch Code Generator There are too many case labels in this switch statement The maximum allowable number of case labels in any one switch statement is 511 309 too many symbols Assembler There are too many symbols for the assembler s symbol table Reduce the number of symbols in your program 310 expected Parser A closing square bracket was expected in an array declaration or an expression using an array index e g process carray idx oops should be process carray idx 311 closing quote expected Parser A closing quote was expected for the indicated string 312 expected Parser The indicated token was expected by the parser 313 function body expected Parser Where a function declaration is encountered with K amp R style arguments i e argument names but no types inside the parentheses a function body is expected to follow e g the function block must follow not a semicolon int get_value a b 396 Error and Warning Messages 314 expected Parser A semicolon is missing from a statement A close brace or keyword was found following a statement with no terminating semicolon e g while a b
231. ction parameter variables which behave like auto variables as well as temporary variables defined by the compiler The auto short for automatic variables are the default type of local variable Unless explicitly declared to be static a local variable will be made auto The auto keyword may be used if desired The auto variables as their name suggests automatically come into existence when a function is executed then disappear once the function returns Since they are not in existence for the entire duration of the program there is the possibility to reclaim memory they use when the variables are not in existence and allocate it to other variables in the program Typically such variables are stored on some sort of a data stack which can easily allocate then deallocate memory as required by each function All devices targeted by the compiler do not have a data stack that can easily be operated in this fashion As a result an alternative stack construct is implemented by the compiler The stack mechanism employed is known as a compiled stack and is fully described in Section 3 4 1 1 Once auto variables have been allocated a relative position in the compiled stack the stack itself is then allocated memory in the data space This is done is a similar fashion to the way non auto 110 C Language Features Storage Class and Object Placement variables are assigned memory a psect is used to hold the stack and this psect is placed into the ava
232. d See Section 2 6 34 4 Use strict calls Not applicable 5 RAM ranges This field allows the default RAM data space memory used to be adjusted See Section 2003 6 Code pointer size Not applicable 7 External memory This selector allows the type of external memory access to be specified See Section 2 6 29 8 Instruction set Not applicable 9 Printf Not applicable 10 ROM ranges This field allows the default ROM program space memory used to be adjusted See Section 2 6 54 11 Additional Command line options These widgets allow options which have no direct widget in the Build Options dialog to be specified The options entered here are only used during the second phase of compilation the code generation and link steps and will not affect the preprocessing or parsing compilation steps These options must be compiler driver options as described by Section 2 6 2 8 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents When compiling under the MPLAB X IDE it is still the compiler s command line driver that is being executed and compiling the program The HI TECH compiler plugins controls the MPLAB X IDE Properties dialog that is used to access the compiler options however these graphical controls ultimately adjust the command line options passed to the command line driver when compiling You can see the command line options being used when building in MPLAB X IDE in the Output window 73 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equiv
233. d in the standard runtime files if necessary This error may im ply that the correct run time startup module was not linked Ensure you have used the FNCONF directive if the runtime startup module is hand written 475 conflicting FNCONF records Linker The linker has seen two conflicting FNCONF directives This directive should only be specified once and is included in the standard runtime startup code which is normally linked into every program 476 fixup overflow referencing location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker The linker was asked to relocate fixup an item that would not fit back into the space after relocation See the following error message 477 for more information 477 fixup overflow in expression location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to variables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program 423 Error and Warning Messages sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit within the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted int
234. d indicate more than one section of code contributing to the same address 1346 can t find 0x words for psect in segment largest unused contiguous range Ox IX Linker See also message 491 The new form of message also indicates the largest free block that the linker could find Unless there is a single space large enough to accommodate the psect the linker will issue this message Often when there is banking or paging involved the largest free space is much smaller than the total amount of space remaining 1347 can t find 0x words 0x withtotal for psect in segment largest unused contiguous range 0x 1X Linker See also message 593 The new form of message also indicates the largest free block that the linker could find Unless there is a single space large enough to accommodate the psect the linker will issue this message Often when there is banking or paging involved the largest free space is much smaller than the total amount of space remaining 1348 enum tag redefined from Parser More than one enum tag with the same name has been defined The previous definition is indicated in the message enum VALS ONE 1 TWO THREE enum VALS NINE 9 TEN oops is INPUT the right tag name un 1350 pointer operands to must reference the same array Code Generator If two addresses are subtracted the addresses must be of the same object to be ANSI compliant int ip
235. d line option is issued see Section 2 6 12 139 Preprocessing C Language Features 3 11 1 C Language Comments HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs accepts both block and in line C99 standard C source comments as shown in the following examples In line comments are normally termined by the newline character however they can span multiple lines when the line is terminated with a backslash character I am a block comment that can run over more than one line of source I am an in line comment I am an in line comment that spans two lines Both these comment styles can be used in addition to the standard assembly comment see Section 4 3 5 in assembly source code if the P command line option is issued see Section 2 6 12 All comments are removed by the C preprocessor before being passed to the parser application 3 11 2 Preprocessor Directives HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs accepts several specialised preprocessor directives in addi tion to the standard directives All of these are listed in Table 3 7 Macro expansion using arguments can use the character to convert an argument to a string and the sequence to concatenate tokens 3 11 3 Predefined Macros The compiler drivers define certain symbols to the preprocessor CPP allowing conditional com pilation based on chip type etc The symbols listed in Table 3 8 show the more common symbols defined by the drivers Each symbol if defined is equated t
236. d to set the warning level in the range 9 to 9 or the width of the map file for values of num gt 10 W9 will suppress all warning messages W0 is the default Setting the warning level to 9 W 9 will give the most comprehensive warning messages 5 7 27 X Local symbols can be suppressed from a symbol file with this option Global symbols will always appear in the symbol file 5 7 28 Z Some local symbols are compiler generated and not of interest in debugging This option will suppress from the symbol file all local symbols that have the form of a single alphabetic character followed by a digit string The set of letters that can start a trivial symbol is currently k1f LSu The Z option will strip any local symbols starting with one of these letters and followed by a digit string 5 8 Invoking the Linker The linker is called HLINK and normally resides in the BIN subdirectory of the compiler installation directory It may be invoked with no arguments in which case it will prompt for input from standard input If the standard input is a file no prompts will be printed This manner of invocation is generally useful if the number of arguments to HLINK is large Even if the list of files is too long to fit on one line continuation lines may be included by leaving a backslash at the end of the preceding line In this fashion HLINK commands of almost unlimited length may be issued For example a link command file called x 1nk
237. day hi void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp localtime amp clock printf Today is s n wday tp gt tm_wday 284 Library Functions See Also ctime asctime time Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 285 Library Functions LOG LOG10 Synopsis include lt math h gt double log double f double log10 double f Description The log function returns the natural logarithm of f The function log10 returns the logarithm to base 10 of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 lt 10 0 1 0 printf log 1 0f f n f log f See Also exp pow Return Value Zero if the argument is negative 286 Library Functions LONGJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt void longjmp jmp_buf buf int val Description The longjmpQ function in conjunction with setjmp provides a mechanism for non local goto s To use this facility setimp should be called with a jmp_buf argument in some outer level function The call from setjmpQ will return 0 To return to this level of execution longjmp may be called with the same jmp_buf argument from an inner level of execution Note however that
238. ddress spaces specified with the PSECT assembler directive is currently 16 526 psect not specified in P option first appears in Linker This psect was not specified in a P or A option to the linker It has been linked at the end of the program which is probably not where you wanted it 528 no start record entry point defaults to zero Linker None of the object files passed to the linker contained a start record The start address of the program has been set to zero This may be harmless but it is recommended that you define a start address in your startup module by using the END directive 432 Error and Warning Messages 529 usage objtohex Ssymfile object file hex file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool objtohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 593 can t find 0x words 0x withtotal for psect in segment Linker See error 491 on Page 427 594 undefined symbol Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 595 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 596 segment
239. de is placed into a separate assembly startup file The code generator handles initialization of the C environment such as clearing uninitialized C variables and copying initialized C variables This code is output along with the rest of the C program The runtime startup code is generated automatically on every compilation If required the as sembler file which contains some of the runtime startup code can be deleted after compilation by using the driver option RUNTIME default keep If the startup module is kept it will be called startup as and will be located in the current working directory If you are using an IDE to perform the compilation the destination directory is dictated by the IDE itself however you may use the OUTDIR option to specify an explicit output directory to the compiler The code produced by the code generator will be shown in the assembly list file associated with the project This is an automatic process which does not require any user interaction however some aspects of the runtime code can be controlled if required using the RUNTIME option Section 2 6 55 describes the use of this option and the following sections describes the functional aspects of the code contained in this module and its effect on program operation If you require any special initialization to be performed immediately after reset you should use the powerup routine feature described later in Section 2 3 3 31 Runtime Files PICC18 Comm
240. de the filename The list of specifications will then be separated from the filename by a comma A range restriction can be applied with the specification rStart End A range restriction will cause only the address data falling within this range to be used For example r100 1FF myfile hex will use myfile hex as input but only process data which is addressed within the range 00h 1FFh inclusive to be read from myfile hex An address shift can be applied with the specification sOffset If an address shift is used data read from this hex file will be shifted by the Offset to a new address when generating the output The offset can be either positive or negative For example 215 Hexmate Linker and Utilities Table 5 9 Hexmate command line options Option Effect ADDRESSING Set address fields in all hexmate options to use word addressing or other BREAK Break continuous data so that a new record begins at a set address CK Calculate and store a checksum value FILL Program unused locations with a known value FIND Search and notify if a particular code sequence is detected FIND DELETE Remove the code sequence if it is detected use with caution FIND REPLACE Replace the code sequence with a new code sequence FORMAT Specify maximum data record length or select INHX variant HELP Show all options or display help message for specific option LOGFILE Sa
241. defined in the program The appropriate const psect is placed at an address above the upper limit of RAM since RAM and const pointers use this address to determine if an access to ROM or RAM is required See Section 3 3 12 3 4 4 Dynamic Memory Allocation Dynamic memory allocation heap based allocation using malloc etc is not supported with HI TECH C This is due to the limited amount of data memory and the fact that this memory is banked The wasteful nature of dynamic memory allocation does not suit itself to the 8 bit PIC18 device architectures 3 4 5 Memory Models HI TECH C does not use fixed memory models to alter allocation of variables to memory Memory allocation is fully automatic and there are no memory model controls 3 5 Functions In some situations the code associated with a function is output more than once See Section 3 9 4 from more information 3 5 1 Absolute Functions The generated code associated with a function can be placed at an absolute address This can be accomplished by using an address construct in a similar fashion to that used with absolute vari ables The following example of an absolute function which will place the function label and first assembly instruction corresponding to the function at address 400h int mach_status int mode 0x400 function body 116 C Language Features Functions Using this construct with interrupt functions will not alter the position of the i
242. dependency checking 26 destination register 157 device selection 50 device_id_read function 231 232 256 DI macro 258 520 directives asm C 134 assembler 165 EQU 162 div function 260 divide by zero result of 121 doprnt c source file 34 doprnt pre 35 double type 52 54 driver command file 23 command format 22 input files 22 long command lines 23 options 22 single step compilation 25 driver option CODEOFFSET 51 DOUBLE type 52 54 ERRATA type 53 ERRFORMAT format 53 ERRORS number 53 LANG language 55 MSGFORMAT format 53 NODEL 25 OUTPUT type 58 PASS1 24 27 PRE 27 RUNTIME 29 RUNTIME type 31 33 63 WARN level 65 WARNFORMAT format 53 C 27 42 Efile 43 G 43 I 44 L 44 45 M 47 INDEX INDEX 0 35 error messages 43 S 48 formatting 38 driver options WARNFORMAT format 65 DS directive 170 DW directive 170 EEPROM Data 89 EEPROM data 124 eeprom memory initializing 89 reading 90 writing 90 eeprom qualifier 89 eeprom variables 89 eeprom_data psect 124 EEPROM_READ 90 eeprom_read function 261 EEPROM_WRITE 90 eeprom_write function 261 El macro 258 ELSE directive 171 ELSIF directive 171 embedding serial numbers 223 END directive 33 165 end_init psect 124 endasm directive 134 ENDIF directive 171 ENDM directive 172 enhanced symbol files 193 environment variable HTC_ERR_FORMAT 38 HTC_MS
243. e cific extensions to the C language In addition the compiler can be placed into a special mode that will allow it to accept language extensions used in the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs former called and referenced here as MPLAB C18 or just C18 and so can be used as a replacement for this compiler This mode which is called C18 compatibility mode allows HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs to compile legacy projects that were designed for the MPLAB compiler When not in this mode the compiler will only accept ANSI C or the HI TECH C language extensions Support for compatibility in version 9 80 of HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs is beta only Not all syntax may be supported and compliance with the C18 operation is not guaranteed In C18 compatibility mode the compiler will accept most C language extensions offered by MPLAB C18 and many of the directives and instruction formats accepts by the internal C18 assembler Sep arate assembly modules that would normally be passed to MPASM and the directives and syntax that these files can contain are not supported To provide further compatibility of legacy projects a replacement MPLAB C18 driver mcc18 is provided HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs that mimics the operation of the MPLAB C18 84 C Language Features Processor related Features compiler executable When executed this replacement driver will automatically invoke the HI TECH compiler in the compatibility mode
244. e include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 ints 14 gets buf 1 atoi buf printf Read s converted to d n buf i See Also xtoi atof atolQ Return Value A signed integer If no number is found in the string 0 will be returned 242 Library Functions ATOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt long atol const char s Description The atol function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to a long integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 long i gets buf i atol buf printf Read s converted to ld n buf i See Also atoi atof Return Value A long integer If no number is found in the string O will be returned 243 Library Functions BSEARCH Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void bsearch const void key void base size_t n_memb size_t size int compar const void const void Description The bsearch function searches a sorted array for an element matching a particular key It uses a binary search algorithm calling the function pointed to by compar to compare elements in the array Example 244 include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt struct value char name 40 int value
245. e s object file This may be what was intended or it may mean that part of the code was inadvertently removed or commented 505 Error and Warning Messages 0 replace what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for replacement when using the r key e g libr r lcd lib This command needs the name of a module obj file after the library name 506 Appendix C Chip Information The following table lists all devices currently supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18C242 4000 200 18C252 8000 600 18C442 4000 200 18C452 8000 600 18C601 0 600 0 1 FFFFF 18C658 8000 600 18C801 0 600 0 1 FFFFF 18C858 8000 600 18F1220 1000 100 18F1230 1000 100 18F1320 2000 100 18F1330 2000 100 18F13K22 2000 100 18F13K50 2000 200 18F14K22 4000 200 18F14K22LIN 4000 200 18F14K50 4000 300 18F2220 1000 200 18F2221 1000 200 18F2320 2000 200 18F2321 2000 200 18F2331 2000 300 18F23K20 2000 200 18F23K22 2000 200 continued 507 Chip Information 508 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DEVICE ROMSIZE RAMSIZE EEPROMSIZE EXTMEM 18F2410 4000 300 18F242 4000 300 18F2420 4000 300 18F2423 4000 300 18F2431 4000 300 18F2439 3000 280 18F2450 4000 300 18F2455 6000 800 18F2458 6000 800 18F248 4000 3
246. e architecture The P options takes a string which is the name of the processor used CROMWELL may use this in the generation of the output format selected Note that to produce output in COFF format an additional argument to this option which also specifies the processor architecture is required Hence for this format the usage of this option must take the form Pname architecture Table 5 8 enumerates the architectures supported for producing COFF files 5 13 2 N To produce some output file formats e g COFF Cromwell requires that the names of the program memory space psect classes be provided The names of the classes are given as a comma separated 211 Cromwell Linker and Utilities 212 Table 5 7 CROMWELL command line options Option Description Pname architecture Processor name and architecture Identify code classes D Dump input file C Identify input files only F Fake local symbols as global Okey Set the output format Ikey Set the input format L List the available formats E Strip file extensions B Specify big endian byte ordering E Strip underscore character V Verbose mode Table 5 8 P option architecture arguments for COFF file output Architecture Description 68K Motorola 68000 series chips H8 300 Hitachi 8 bit H8 300 chips H8 300H Hitachi 16 bit H8 300H chips SH Hitachi 32 bit SuperH RISC chips
247. e HI TECH syntax is followed 3 2 Processor related Features HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs has many features which relate directly to the PIC18 family of processors These are detailed in the following sections 3 2 1 Processor Support HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports the full range of Microchip PIC 18 processors However new devices in this family are frequently released There are several ways you can check if the compiler you are using supports a particular device From MPLAB IDE open the Build Options dialog Select the Driver tab In the Available Drivers field select the compiler you wish to use A list of all devices supported by that compiler will be shown in the Selected Driver Information and Supported Device area towards the center of the dialog 85 Processor related Features C Language Features From the command line the same information can be obtained Run the compiler you wish to use and pass it the option CHIPINFO See Section 2 6 22 A list of all devices will be printed Additional code compatible processors may be added by editing the picc 18 ini file in the DAT directory User defined processors should be placed at the end of the file The header of the file explains how to specify a processor Newly added processors will be available the next time you compile by selecting the name of the new processor on the command line in the usual way 3 2 2 Device Header Files There is one header file that
248. e also the NOLIST control in Section 4 3 11 8 4 3 11 6 NOCOND Using this control will prevent conditional code from being included in the listing output See also the COND control in Section 4 3 11 2 4 3 11 7 NOEXPAND NOEXPAND disables macro expansion in the listing file The macro call will be listed instead See also the EXPAND control in Section 4 3 11 3 Assembly macro are discussed in Section 4 3 10 14 178 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 11 8 NOLIST This control turns the listing output off from this point onward See also the LIST control in Section 4 3 11 5 4 3 11 9 NOXREF NOXREF will disable generation of the raw cross reference file See also the XREF control in Section 4 3 11 14 4 3 11 10 PAGE PAGE causes a new page to be started in the listing output A Control L form feed character will also cause a new page when encountered in the source 4 3 11 11 STACK The STACK control is added by the code generator to indicate to the assembler the available stack level for an assembly routine It is typically placed after an assembly label The assembler uses this information if code is being optimized Procedural abstraction can increase stack usage and can only be employed in a routine if this will not cause the hardware stack to overflow Misuse of this control can lead to code failure the stack depth specified is not correct 4 3 11 12 SUBTITLE SUBTITLE defines a subtitle to appear at the top of
249. e g opt speed space 490 Error and Warning Messages 1260 macro redefined Assembler More than one definition for a macro with the same name has been encountered e g MACRO fin ret ENDM MACRO fin oops was this meant to be a different macro reti ENDM 1261 string constant required Assembler A string argument is required with the DS or DSU directive e g DS ONE oops did you mean DS ONE 1264 unsafe pointer conversion Code Generator A pointer to one kind of structure has been converted to another kind of structure and the structures do not have a similar definition e g struct ONE unsigned a long b pike N ake one struct TWO unsigned a unsigned b J 1 two struct ONE oneptr oneptr amp two oops was ONE meant to be same struct as TWO 1267 fixup overflow referencing 0x into byte at 0x 0x Linker See the following error message 1268 for more information 491 Error and Warning Messages 1268 fixup overflow storing 0x in byte at 0x 0x Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to variables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit wi
250. e he Re eee Sa be da e b See Ge es 213 Sl SO Okey on ee ee te Baw DAG eee eS ae eB ee SES 213 A TREY oo ew a ee a RN EO A a ee a Gale 213 o o pen fa aac Sek GBR aL gd Boke eR A go a ee A ee ai 213 Melee oh a eh we ees BO ead ae bo ee SA SS i eS 213 SIS MOB oe bk ee ee EE AE RO ee Soe Dee Te A eS 214 Deh UEP ss Rie a es A Se ee a Be tt 214 PIDIN 2g ee ek od be ee be eee Gabe da bes b ee Ge es 214 pi i oo a BE RS i ee EA ee eS ae eB eR ES 214 5 14 1 Hexmate Command Line Options 215 5 14 1 1 specifications filename hex 1s ee 215 314 12 PEIR 26 be Se ee hee bee ea ew we 217 3 14 13 ADDRESSING ss AR EE See S G 217 SALS BREAK e r ede bbe bey eae oe eee dt at 217 IAS SER ok eb ge ee ae eee So ee bok Re as 218 544 16 FELL pk ke as A BE y ES 218 SAA RIND eea Sew Ba Oe ae Re wal De eee 220 S141 8 FIND DELETE cosa a a a a R E Bh 221 35 14 19 lt FIND REPLACE oo coos 406644 40 ea bee Pa ee wd 221 SAG PORMAL gt ge oe ee ee RO ee ee SE eR E 221 CONTENTS CONTENTS dd HBEP e e A e a 222 E AI a eR Re Reh E e a 222 SAAS MASK octal de de dida de SAS 223 SAAN TA ORE oia ee a aE A A a ae E 223 5 14 1 15 SERIAL gk ek a a e 223 STAI SIZE coa a A a 224 SIA 17 STRING sa o a E aa HR 224 SATS STRPACK oca a a ae a e ae 225 A Library Functions 227 CONFIG e a ct dad a A as amp Ti che ie we RAS 228 BEPROM DATA ci See a e ds oe laa 229 a A tenn es ae a a oats a decedent cee os BPS 230 AGA A Bo de Sa a a Aa a
251. e of what i 0 endif 133 unknown type code 0x in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor has made an internal error in evaluating a sizeof expression Check for a malformed type specifier This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 134 syntax error in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found a syntax error in the argument to sizeof in a if expression Probable causes are mismatched parentheses and similar things e g if sizeof int 2 oops should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 366 Error and Warning Messages 135 unknown operator in if Preprocessor The preprocessor has tried to evaluate an expression with an operator it does not understand This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 137 strange character after Preprocessor A character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token define cc a b a b 138 strange character after Preprocessor An unprintable character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands mu
252. e segment address is the load address divided by 16 Other examples of link and load addresses being different are an initialised data psect that is copied from ROM to RAM at startup so that it may be modified at run time a banked text psect that 1s mapped from a physical load address to a virtual link address at run time The exact manner in which link and load addresses are used depends very much on the particular compiler and memory model being used 5 7 Operation A command to the linker takes the following form hlink options files Options is zero or more linker options each of which modifies the behaviour of the linker in some way Files is one or more object files and zero or more library names The options recognised by the linker are listed in Table 5 1 and discussed in the following paragraphs Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect 8 Use 8086 style segment offset address form Aclass low high Specify address ranges for a class Cx Call graph options obsolete continued ln earlier versions of HI TECH C the linker was called LINK EXE 189 Operation Linker and Utilities Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect Cpsect class Specify a class name for a global psect Cbhaseaddr Produce binary output file based at baseaddr Dclass delt
253. e than one such static object defined then subsequent objects will use the name of the file that contains them and their lexical name separated by an symbol e g 1cd foobar would be the assembly symbol for the static variable foobar defined in 1cd c 114 C Language Features Storage Class and Object Placement 3 4 2 Absolute Variables Most variables can be located at an absolute address by following its declaration with the construct address where address is the location in memory where the variable is to be positioned Such a variables is known as an absolute variables Defining absolute objects can fragment memory and may make it impossible for the linker to position other objects Avoid absolute objects if at all possible If absolute objects must be defined try to place them at either end of a memory bank or page so that the remaining free memory is not frag mented into smaller chunks 3 4 2 1 Absolute Variables in Data Memory Absolute variables are primarily intended for equating the address of a C identifier with a special function register but can be used to place ordinary variables at an absolute address in data memory For example volatile unsigned char Portvar 0x06 will declare a variable called Portvar located at 06h in the data memory The compiler will re serve storage for this object and will equate the variable s identifier to that address The compiler generated assembler will include a line similar to
254. eally has nothing to do since the file is already an assembly file 880 invalid number of parameters Use HELP for help Driver Improper command line usage of the of the compiler s driver 881 setup succeeded Driver The compiler has been successfully setup using the set up driver option 883 setup failed Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option Ensure that the directory argument to this option is spelt correctly is syntactically correct for your host operating system and it exists 884 please ensure you have write permissions to the configuration file Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option because the driver was unable to access the XML configuration file Ensure that you have write permission to this file The driver will search the following configuration files in order e the file specified by the environment variable HTC_XML e the file etc htsoft xml if the directory etc is writable and there is no htsoft xml file in your home directory e the file htsoft xml file in your home directory If none of the files can be located then the above error will occur 464 Error and Warning Messages 889 this compiler has expired Driver The demo period for this compiler has concluded 890 contact HI TECH Software to purchase and re activate this compiler Driver The evaluation period of this demo installa
255. ecified with the perform suboption of the RUNTIME options conflict and a default frequency has been selected 1313 sub options ignored Driver The argument to a suboption is not required and will be ignored OUTPUT intel 8 Oops the 8 is not required 1314 illegal action in memory allocation Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Support with details 1315 undefined or empty class used to link psect Linker The linker was asked to place a psect within the range of addresses specified by a class but the class was either never defined or contains no memory ranges 1316 attribute ignored Parser An attribute has been encountered that is valid but which is not implemented by the parser It will be ignored by the parser and the attribute will have no effect Contact HI TECH Support with details 1317 missing argument to attribute Parser An attribute has been encountered that requires an argument but this is not present Contact HI TECH Support with details 1318 invalid argument to attribute Parser An argument to an attribute has been encountered but 1t is malformed Contact HI TECH Support with details 1319 invalid type for attribute Parser This indicated a bad option passed to the parser Contact HI TECH Support with details 496 Error and Warning Messages 1320 attribute already exists Parser This indicated the same attribute
256. ect which is not determined until link time The much abused ORG directive does not necessarily move the location counter to the absolute address you specify as the operand This directive is rarely needed in programs The argument to ORG must be either an absolute value or a value referencing the current psect In either case the current location counter is set to the value determined by the argument It is not possible to move the location counter backward For example ORG 100h will move the location counter to the beginning of the current psect plus 100h The actual location will not be known until link time In order to use the ORG directive to set the location counter to an absolute value the directive must be used from within an absolute overlaid psect For example PSECT absdata abs ovrld ORG 50h 4 3 10 5 EQU This pseudo op defines a symbol and equates its value to an expression For example thomas EQU 123h The identifier thomas will be given the value 123h EQU is legal only when the symbol has not previously been defined See also Section 4 3 10 6 4 3 10 6 SET This pseudo op is equivalent to EQU except that allows a symbol to be re defined For example thomas SET 0h 169 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 10 7 DB DB is used to initialize storage as bytes The argument is a list of expressions each of which will be assembled into one byte Each character of the string will be assembled into o
257. ect using the psect with flag The psect it has been placed with does not exist e g psect starttext class CODE with rext was that meant to be with text 486 psect selector value redefined Linker The selector value for this psect has been defined more than once 487 psect type redefined Linker This psect has had its type defined differently by different modules This probably means you are trying to link incompatible object modules e g linking 386 flat model code with 8086 real mode code 488 psect memory space redefined Linker A global psect has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the psects or if they are the same psect place them in the same memory space using the space psect flag e g 426 Error and Warning Messages psect spdata class RAM space 0 ds 6 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 489 psect memory delta redefined Linker A global psect has been defined with two different delta values e g psect final class CODE delta 2 finish elsewhere psect final class CODE delta 1 490 class memory space redefined Linker A class has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the classes or if they are the same class place them in the same memory space 491 can t find 0x words for psect in segment Linker One of the main tasks the linker performs is p
258. ecutable code is placed in psects called text n where n is a number see Section 3 8 1 We will create our own text psect based on the psect the compiler uses Check the assembly list file to see how the text psects normally appear You may see a psect such as the following generated by the code generator PSECT text0 local class CODE reloc 2 TUTORIAL See Section 4 3 10 3 for detailed information on the flags used with the PSECT assembler directive This psect is called text 0 It is flagged local which means that it is distinct from other psects with the same name It lives in the CODE class This flag is important as it means it will be automatically placed in the area of memory set aside for code With this flag in place you do not need to adjust the default linker options to have the psect correctly placed in memory The last option the reloc value is also very important This indicates that the psect must start on an even address boundary The PIC18 program memory space is byte addressable and instructions must be aligned on an even address We simply need to choose a different name so we might choose the name mytext as the psect name in which we will place out routine so we have PSECT mytext local class CODE reloc 2 TUTORIAL Let s assume we would like to call this routine add in the C domain In assembly domain we must choose the name _add as this then maps to the C identifier add If we had chosen add as the assembly rout
259. ed by any arguments The arguments of separate p options may be combined and separated by commas 391 missing argument to Q Linker The linker option requires the machine type for an argument 392 missing argument to U Linker The U undefine option needs an argument 393 missing argument to W Linker The W option listing width needs a numeric argument 394 duplicate D or H option Linker The symbol file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of either of these options is present on the command line 395 missing argument to J Linker The maximum number of errors before aborting must be specified following the j linker option 412 Error and Warning Messages 397 usage hlink options files obj files lib Linker Improper usage of the command line linker If you are invoking the linker directly then please refer to Section 5 7 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 398 output file can t be also an input file Linker The linker has detected an attempt to write its output file over one of its input files This cannot be done because it needs to simultaneously read and write input and output files 400 bad object code format Linker This is
260. ed in C code but is never referenced throughout the entire the C program In this case the code generator may remove the variable believing it is unused If assembly code is relying on this definition an error will result To work around this issue HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs also searches assembly derived object files for symbols which are undefined These will typically be symbols that are used but not defined in assembly code The code generator is informed of these symbols and if they are encountered in the C code the variable is automatically marked as being volatile This is the equivalent of the programmer having qualified the variable as being volatile in the source code see Section 3 3 10 Variables qualified as volatile will never be removed by the code generator even if they appear to be unused throughout the program TUTORIAL PROCESSING OF UNDEFINED SYMBOLS A C source module defines a global variable as follows int input but this variable is only ever used in assembly code The assembly module s can simply declare and link in to this symbol using the GLOBAL assembler directive and them make use of the symbol GLOBAL _input PSECT text class CODE reloc 2 movff PORTA _input In this instance the C variable input will not be removed and be treated as if it was qualified volatile 3 11 Preprocessing All C source files are preprocessed before compilation Assembler files can also be preprocessed if the P comman
261. ed into units of bytes rather than the load address TUTORIAL INTERPRETING THE PSECT LIST The following appears in a map file Name Link Load Length Selector Space Scale ext obj text 3A 3A 22 30 0 bss 4B 4B 10 4B 1 rbit 50 A 2 0 1 8 This indicates that one of the files that the linker processed was called ext obj This may have been derived from ext c or ext as This object file contained a text psect as well as psects called bss and rbit The psect text was linked at address 3A and bss at address 4B At first glance this seems to be a problem given that text is 22 words long however note that they are in different memory areas as indicated by the Space flag 0 for text and 1 for bss and so do not occupy the same memory The psect rbit contains bit objects as indicated by its Scale value its name is a bit of a giveaway too Again at first glance there seems there could be an issue with rbit linked over the top of bss Their Space flags are the same but since rbit contains bit objects all the addresses shown are bit addresses as indicated by the Scale value of 8 Note that the Load address field of rbit psect displays the Link address converted to byte units i e 50h 8 gt Ah 5 9 2 3 Psect Information listed by Class The next section in the map file is the same psect information listed by module but this time grouped into the psects class This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings 201
262. ed to be COD Intel HEX Motorola HEX COFF OMF51 P amp E or HI TECH 606 inconsistent symbol tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 607 inconsistent line number tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 608 bad path specification Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 609 missing processor spec after P Cromwell The p option to cromwell must specify a processor name 610 missing psect classes after N Cromwell Cromwell requires that the N option be given a list of the names of psect classes 434 Error and Warning Messages 611 too many input files Cromwell To many input files have been specified to be converted by CROMWELL 612 too many output files Cromwell To many output file formats have been specified to CROMWELL 613 no output file format specified Cromwell The output format must be specified to CROMWELL 614 no input files specified Cromwell CROMWELL must have an input file to convert 616 option Cbaseaddr is illegal with options R or L Linker The linker option Cbaseaddr cannot be used in conjunction with either the R or L linker options 618 error reading COD file data Cromwell An error occurred reading the input COD file Confirm the spelling and p
263. ee be Mae ees 162 43 7 9 Symbolic Labels s ep ee ee aS RAE eS 162 4 3 5 Expressions so 2b a ee a e we ee ee 162 AJO PrOSTAMSECUDDS sc Ba Ra ESR a a ee AS 164 4 3 10 Assembler Directives ces rari 4 ee ee ea Ee ee 165 FOTOS GLOBAL 4 2446 44 Re EOE SERA eee ae Be 165 AS My ENR ee Bice cick Bi Anes Bice Saipan ha eRe hic ae Boas He 165 43103 PSECT goes oe eee bees bee eee be eS E Bos 167 43104 ORG oc a ma ba epee eR ER SS REEL A HS 169 435105 EQU cercada ra ee Oe Oe ee ee 169 A SOG SEF eck eg a Re Be a Gl Aves BS a ees Ee eS 169 43 107 DB 2 bebo ewe eee eee ee Saw a eS 170 ERMUA DW oe care REO ee EA e Bo 170 APA DS ko eke ak Bee Soe te eee eB toe amp eid 170 45 10 0 DABS 2 ges cope soe be ee bade eS eee Ge eS E os 170 43 10 11 FNCALL coi epee eee a o Sa Ew ys 171 43 10 12 PNROOT gt c e coesa taae e a A 171 4 3 10 13 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF 2 03 6 4 i a ea eS 171 4 3 10 14 MACRO and ENDM 172 AITO LOCAL a4 cay AA RO 173 CONTENTS CONTENTS 10 AS 1016 ALIGN ear a a Re a Dt SR Sees 173 AWT REPT Go see ee adm A e Be RR ee es 174 AS31018 IRP and IRPO coo ocio Se HS ee ed ee SS 174 4310 19 BANESEL gt lt oos ke ee eee eR A Re eas 175 4 3 10 20 PROCESSOR 20 0 6 eke o snm aa e 175 43 10 21 SIGNAT so e c aai ea e e R E A E ee 445484 04 176 4 3 11 Assembler Controls arpus aa a a RR eS 176 4 3 11 1 ASMOPT_OFF and ASMOPT_ON 176 Ad Llao COND ci
264. ee your PIC18 datasheet for more information void main void TRISB 0x80 Only RB7 will interrupt on change IPEN 1 Interrupt priorities enabled PEIE 1 enable peripheral interrupts RBIP 0 make this a low priority interrupt RBIE 1 enable PORTB change interrupt RBIF 0 clear any pending events GIEL 1 enable low priority interrupts while 1 continue sit here and wait for interrupt void interrupt low_priority b_change void if RBIE amp amp RBIF 130 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembly Code PORTB Read PORTB to clear any mismatch RBIF 0 clear event flag process interrupt here 3 10 Mixing C and Assembly Code Assembly code can be mixed with C code using three different techniques The following section describes writing assembly code in separate assembly modules The subsequent section looks at two methods of having assembly code being placed in line with C code The following sections describe consideration of mixing Assembly with C code and some of the special features the compiler uses to allow for assembly C code interaction 3 10 1 External Assembly Language Functions Entire functions may be coded in assembly language as separate as source files assembled by the assembler ASPIC18 and combined into the binary image using the linker Assembly source files must not have the same basename os the project name if you are using MPLAB IDE v8 The
265. egister can t be used directly Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 710 bad U usage Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 711 bad how in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 441 Error and Warning Messages 712 can t generate code for this expression Code Generator This error indicates that a C expression is too difficult for the code generator to actually compile For successful code generation the code generator must know how to compile an expression and there must be enough resources e g registers or temporary memory locations available Simplifying the expression e g using a temporary variable to hold an intermediate result may get around this message Contact HI TECH Support with details of this message This error may also be issued if the code being compiled is in some way unusual For example code which writes to a const qualified object is illegal and will result in warning messages but the code generator may unsuccessfully try to produce code to perform the write 713 bad initialization list Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 714 bad intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compi
266. eject If the qualifiers are encountered an error will be immediately generated 2 6 16 V Verbose Compile The V is the verbose option The compiler will display the command lines used to invoke each of the compiler applications or compiler passes Displayed will be the name of the compiler application being executed plus all the command line arguments to this application This option may be useful for determining the exact linker options if you need to directly invoke the HLINK command If this option is used twice it will display the full path to each compiler application as well as the full command line arguments This would be useful to ensure that the correct compiler installation is being executed if there is more than one installed See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 17 X Strip Local Symbols The option X strips local symbols from any files compiled assembled or linked Only global sym bols will remain in any object files or symbol files produced 2 6 18 _ ADDRQUAL Set Compiler Response to Memory Qualifier The ADDRQUAL option indicates the compiler s response to some of the non standard memory qualifiers in C source code By default these qualifiers are ignored i e they are accepted without error but have no effect Using this option allows these qualifiers to be interpreted differently by the compiler The qualifiers affected by this option are the near and far The bank x qualifiers bank0
267. elative branch or call instruction was too far away for the instruction to reach These instructions have a limited reach Try using an instruction other than a relative branch call to get to the destination or bring the destination closer 1224 banked common conflict Assembler The assembler has found conflicting information that suggests that a symbol is located in the access bank but also in the banked RAM area e g movwf c _foo b _foo cannot be common and banked 1225 LFSR instruction argument must be 0 3 Assembler The LFSR instruction s first parameter must be within the range 0 to 3 1228 unable to locate installation directory Driver The compiler cannot determine the directory where it has been installed 1230 dereferencing uninitialized pointer Code Generator A pointer that has not yet been assigned a value has been dereferenced This can result in erroneous behaviour at runtime 486 Error and Warning Messages 1232 persistent data may be corrupted during asynchronous reset see errata Driver For some PIC18 chips data may become corrupted during the event of an asynchronous reset Refer to the Microchip errata document for more details about how this chip is affected This 1233 Employing errata work arounds Driver The compiler is applying software workarounds for known issues in the selected device Consult the errata document for this device to see whether it is safe to disable
268. emented will return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 346 Library Functions Note The time routine is not supplied if required the user will have to implement this routine to the specifications outlined above 347 Library Functions TOLOWER TOUPPER TOASCII Synopsis tinclude lt ctype h gt char toupper int c char tolower int c char toascii int c Description The toupper function converts its lower case alphabetic argument to upper case the tolower routine performs the reverse conversion and the toascii macro returns a result that is guaranteed in the range 0 0177 The functions toupper and tolower return their arguments if it is not an alphabetic character Example include lt stdio h gt include lt ctype h gt include lt string h gt void main void char arrayl aBcDE Int LT for i 0 i lt strlen arrayl i printf Sc tolower arrayl i printf n See Also islower isupper isascii et al 348 Library Functions TRUNC Synopsis include lt math h gt double trunc double x Description The trunc function rounds the argument to the nearest integer value in floating point format that is not larger in magniture than the argument Example include lt math h gt void main void double input rounded input 1234 5678 rounded trunc input See Also round 349 Libr
269. empty Try re installing the compiler 922 chip not present in chipinfo file Driver The chip selected does not appear in the compiler s chip configuration file You may need to contact HI TECH Software to see if support for this device is available or upgrade the version of your compiler 923 unknown suboption Driver This option can take suboptions but this suboption is not understood This may just be a simple spelling error If not HELP to look up what suboptions are permitted here 924 missing argument to option Driver This option expects more data but none was given Check the usage of this option 467 Error and Warning Messages 925 extraneous argument to option Driver This option does not accept additional data yet additional data was given Check the usage of this option 926 duplicate option Driver This option can only appear once but appeared more than once 928 bad option value Driver Assembler The indicated option was expecting a valid hexadecimal integer argument 929 bad option ranges Driver This option was expecting a parameter in a range format start_of_range end_of_range but the parameter did not conform to this syntax 930 bad option specification Driver The parameters to this option were not specified correctly Run the driver with HELP or refer to the driver s chapter in this manual to verify the correct usage of this op
270. en specified for the data space memory for the device specified 465 Error and Warning Messages 897 no memory ranges specified for program space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have been specified for the program space memory for the device specified 899 can t open option file for application Driver An option file specified by a getoption or setoption driver option could not be opened If you are using the setoption option ensure that the name of the file is spelt correctly and that it exists If you are using the getoption option ensure that this file can be created at the given location or that it is not in use by any other application 900 exec failed Driver The subcomponent listed failed to execute Does the file exist Try re installing the compiler 902 no chip name specified use CHIPINFO to see available chip names Driver The driver was invoked without selecting what chip to build for Running the driver with the CHIPINFO option will display a list of all chips that could be selected to build for 904 illegal format specified in option Driver The usage of this option was incorrect Confirm correct usage with HELP or refer to the part of the manual that discusses this option 905 illegal application specified in option Driver The application given to this option is not understood or does not belong to the compiler 907 unknown memory space
271. ents Since it is often necessary to supply many object file arguments to LIBR and command lines are restricted to 127 characters by CP M and MS DOS LIBR will accept commands from standard input if no command line arguments are given If the standard input is attached to the console LIBR will prompt for input Multiple line input may be given by using a backslash as a continuation character on the end of a line If standard input is redirected from a file LIBR will take input from the file without prompting For example libr libr gt r file lib 1 obj 2 0bj 3 0b3 A libr gt 4 0b3 5 0bj 6 0b3 will perform much the same as if the object files had been typed on the command line The libr gt prompts were printed by LIBR itself the remainder of the text was typed as input libr lt lib cmd LIBR will read input from lib cmd and execute the command found therein This allows a virtually unlimited length command to be given to LIBR 5 10 5 Listing Format A request to LIBR to list module names will simply produce a list of names one per line on standard output The s keyletter will produce the same with a list of symbols after each module name Each symbol will be preceded by the letter D or U representing a definition or reference to the symbol respectively The P option may be used to determine the width of the paper for this operation For example LIBR P80 s file lib will list all modules in file lib with their global symbols
272. eof yields 0 Code Generator The code generator has taken the size of an object and found it to be zero This almost certainly indicates an error in your declaration of a pointer e g you may have declared a pointer to a zero length array In general pointers to arrays are of little use If you require a pointer to an array of objects of unknown length you only need a pointer to a single object that can then be indexed or incremented 450 Error and Warning Messages 762 constant truncated when assigned to bitfield Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member to which it is being assigned e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x12 12h cannot fit into a 3 bit wide object 763 constant left operand to operator Code Generator The left operand to a conditional operator is constant thus the result of the tertiary operator will always be the same e g a 8 b c this is the same as saying a b 764 mismatched comparison Code Generator A comparison is being made between a variable or expression and a constant value which is not in the range of possible values for that expression e g unsigned char c if c gt 300 oops how can this be true close 765 degenerate unsigned comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of an unsigned value with zero which will always be true or false e g
273. er The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified value for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 475 Error and Warning Messages 1022 syntax error reading range in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified range for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1024 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains a syntax error at the line specified 1025 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Driver The attribute at the line indicated defines an architecture that is unknown to this compiler 1026 missing architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 1027 activation was successful Driver The compiler was successfully activated 1028 activation was not successful error code Driver The compiler did not activated successfully 1029 compiler not installed correctly error code Driver This
274. er int i 306 Library Functions qsort aray sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 sizeof aray 0 sortem for i 0 i sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 i printf Sd t aray 1 putchar n Note The function parameter must be a pointer to a function of type similar to int func const void const void i e it must accept two const void parameters and must be prototyped 307 Library Functions RAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int rand void Description The rand function is a pseudo random number generator It returns an integer in the range 0 to 32767 which changes in a pseudo random fashion on each call The algorithm will produce a deterministic sequence if started from the same point The starting point is set using the srand call The example shows use of the time function to generate a different starting point for the sequence each time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i time toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 i printf Sd t rand putchar An See Also srand 308 Library Functions Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 309 Library Functions READTIMERx Synopsis include lt htc h gt READTIMERO READTIMER RE
275. erics and the special characters dollar question mark and underscore _ The first character of an identifier may not be numeric The case of alphabetics is significant e g Fred is not the same symbol as fred Some examples of identifiers are shown here An_identifier an_identifier an_identifierl 160 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 5 2 _12345 4 3 7 1 Significance of Identifiers Users of other assemblers that attempt to implement forms of data typing for identifiers should note that this assembler attaches no significance to any symbol and places no restrictions or expectations on the usage of a symbol The names of psects program sections and ordinary symbols occupy separate overlapping name spaces but other than this the assembler does not care whether a symbol is used to represent bytes words or sports cars No special syntax is needed or provided to define the addresses of bits or any other data type nor will the assembler issue any warnings if a symbol is used in more than one context The instruction and addressing mode syntax provide all the information necessary for the assembler to generate correct code 4 3 7 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers Where a LOCAL directive is used in a macro block the assembler will generate a unique symbol to replace each specified identifier in each expansion of that macro These unique symbols will have the form nnnn where nnnnis a 4 digit number The user sh
276. es Radix Format Binary digits O and 1 followed by B Octal digits 0 to 7 followed by 0 Q o or q Decimal digits 0 to 9 followed by D d or nothing Hexadecimal digits 0 to 9 A to F preceded by Ox or followed by H or h 4 3 6 Constants 4 3 6 1 Numeric Constants The assembler performs all arithmetic with signed 32 bit precision The default radix for all numbers is 10 Other radices may be specified by a trailing base specifier as given in Table 4 3 Hexadecimal numbers must have a leading digit e g Offffh to differentiate them from identi fiers Hexadecimal digits are accepted in either upper or lower case Note that a binary constant must have an upper case B following it as a lower case b is used for temporary numeric label backward references In expressions real numbers are accepted in the usual format and are interpreted as IEEE 32 bit format 4 3 6 2 Character Constants and Strings A character constant is a single character enclosed in single quotes Multi character constants or strings are a sequence of characters not including carriage return or newline characters enclosed within matching quotes Either single quotes or double quotes maybe used but the opening and closing quotes must be the same 4 3 7 Identifiers Assembly identifiers are user defined symbols representing memory locations or numbers A sym bol may contain any number of characters drawn from the alphabetics num
277. ess given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 1fff 3fffh Did you forget the radix ACODE 1fffh 3fffh 444 expected in A spec Linker There should be a minus sign between the high and low addresses in a A linker option e g AROM 1000h maybe you meant AROM 1000h 1fffh 445 bad high address in A spec Linker The high address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g ACODE 0h ffff Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h ffffh See Section 5 7 20 for more information 418 Error and Warning Messages 446 bad overrun address in A spec Linker The overrun address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FF Did you forget the r
278. every listing page but under the title The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the TITLE control in Section 4 3 11 13 4 3 11 13 TITLE This control keyword defines a title to appear at the top of every listing page The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the SUBTITLE control in Section 4 3 11 12 4 3 11 14 XREF XREF is equivalent to the driver command line option CR see Section 2 6 25 It causes the assem bler to produce a raw cross reference file The utility CREF should be used to actually generate the formatted cross reference listing 179 Assembly List Files Macro Assembler 4 4 Assembly List Files The assembler will produce an assembly list file if instructed The PICC18 driver option ASMLIST is typically used to request generation of such a file see Section 2 6 19 The assembly list file shows the assembly output produced by the compiler for both C and as sembly source code If the assembler optimizers are enabled the assembly output may be different to assembly source code and so is still useful for assembly programming The list file is in a human readable form and cannot take any further part in the compilation sequence It differs from an assembly output file in that it contains address and op code data In ad dition the assembler optimizer simplifies some expressions and removes some assembler directives from the listing file for clarity although these direct
279. example you cannot use a asm block with an if statement and expect it to work correctly If you use in line assembler around any C constructs such as if while do etc then you should use only the asm form which is a C statement and will correctly interact with all C flow of control structures 3 10 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code Global C objects may be directly accessed from within assembly code using their name prepended with an underscore character For example the object foo defined globally in a C module int foo 135 Mixing C and Assembly Code C Language Features may be access from assembler as follows GLOBAL _foo movwf _foo If the assembler is contained in a different module then the GLOBAL assembler directive should be used in the assembly code to make the symbol name available as above If the object is being accessed from in line assembly in another module then an extern declaration for the object can be made in the C code for example extern int foo This declaration will only take effect in the module if the object is also accessed from within C code If this is not the case then an in line GLOBAL assembler directive should be used Care should be taken if the object is defined in a bank other than 0 The address of a C object includes the bank information which must be stripped before the address can be used in most PIC18 instructions The exceptions are the movff and 1sfr instructions
280. external memory The compiler assumes that variables will be located in RAM in this memory space Accesses to far variables are less efficient than that to internal variables and will result in larger slower code This qualifier is controlled by the compiler option ADDRQUAL which determines its effect see Section 2 6 18 Based on this option s settings this qualifier may be binding or ignored which is the default operation Qualifiers which are ignored will not produce an error or warning but will have no effect Here is an example of an unsigned int object placed into the device s external code space 103 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features far unsigned int farvar Objects qualified far cannot be auto or parameters to a function but can be qualified static allowing them to be defined locally within a function as in void myFunc void static far unsigned char local_far If the PICC18 option STRICT is used this type qualifier is changed to __far Note that not all devices support extending their memory space in this way and the far qualifier is not applicable to all PIC18 devices For those devices that can extend their memory the ad dress range where the additional memory will be mapped must first be specified with the RAM option see 2 6 53 For example to map additional data memory from 20000h to 2FFFFh use RAM default 20000 2FFFF For the operation of this qualifier in C18 compatibi
281. f no comma to indicate that the shadow registers should be retrieved and copied to their corresponding registers on execution 157 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler The compiler also supports the use of the PIC10 12 16 compiler pseudo instructions LJMP and FCALL These map to a regular GOTO and CALL PIC18 instruction respectively This support allows for easier porting of assembly code from PIC10 12 16 devices to the PIC18 architecture Avoid using these pseudo instructions in projects developed for PIC18 devices 4 3 2 Pre defined Macros The file sfr h contained in the SOURCES directory contains useful definitions for assembler pro gramming In particular it contains an assembler macro called loadfsr which can be used when you require any of the FSR registers to be loaded The two arguments to this macro are the FSR register number and the value to be loaded For example loadfsr 2 1FFh which will load FSR2 with the value 1FFh This macro should be used in preference to the 1fsr instruction The BANKMASK macro can also be used to mask an address for using in a file register instruc tion On all PIC18 devices it performs a bitwise AND operation with the value OxFF Do not use this macro with operands that should represent a full banked address for example with the MOVFF instruction 4 3 3 Statement Formats Legal statement formats are shown in Table 4 2 The label field is optional and if present should conta
282. f _fred return Note that even though the two blocks of code in the text psect are separated by a block in the bss psect the two text psect blocks will be contiguous when loaded by the linker In other words the incf _fred instruction will be followed by the clrf instruction in the final output The actual location in memory of the text and bss psects will be determined by the linker Code or data that is not explicitly placed into a psect will become part of the default unnamed psect 4 3 10 Assembler Directives Assembler directives or pseudo ops are used in a similar way to instruction mnemonics but either do not generate code or generate non executable code i e data bytes The directives are listed in Table 4 5 and are detailed below 4 3 10 1 GLOBAL GLOBAL declares a list of symbols which if defined within the current module are made public If the symbols are not defined in the current module it is a reference to symbols in external modules Example GLOBAL labl lab2 lab3 4 3 10 2 END END is optional but if present should be at the very end of the code defined in the module It will terminate the assembly process and not even blank lines should follow this directive If an expression is supplied as an argument that expression will be used to define the entry point address of the program Whether this is of any use will depend on the type of output debug file being generated and the target platform It is typically
283. f an error occurred 303 Library Functions Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 304 Library Functions PUTS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int puts const char s Description The puts function writes the string s to the stdout stream appending a newline The null character terminating the string is not copied Example include lt stdio h gt void main void puts Hello world See Also fputs gets freopenQ fclose Return Value EOF is returned on error zero otherwise 305 Library Functions QSORT Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void qsort void base size_t nel size_t width int func const void const void Description The qsort function is an implementation of the quicksort algorithm It sorts an array of nel items each of length width bytes located contiguously in memory at base The argument func is a pointer to a function used by qsort to compare items It calls func with pointers to two items to be com pared If the first item is considered to be greater than equal to or less than the second then func should return a value greater than zero equal to zero or less than zero respectively Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt int aray 567 23 456 1024 17 567 66 hi int sortem const void pl const void p2 return int pl int p2 void main void regist
284. fields are fully supported Structures and unions may be passed freely as function arguments and return values Pointers to structures and unions are fully supported 3 3 9 1 Bit fields in Structures HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs fully supports bit fields in structures Bit fields are allocated within 8 or 16 bit words Although the ANSI standard only allows for bit fields of type int or unsigned int this is not optimial on PICC18 devices The allocation size of the bit field structure is based on the number of bits defined in the structure as a whole thus the following structure struct unsigned Toss ds unsigned dummy 6 unsigned ha si foo will be allocated 1 byte of memory in total but the following struct unsigned LO unsigned dummy 6 unsigned Ha os dy unsigned extra 2 foo will be allocated 2 bytes of storage 99 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Unnamed bit fields may be declared to pad out unused space between active bits in control registers For example if dummy is never used the structure above could have been declared as struct unsigned lo 1 unsigned 266 unsigned Ha og des foo A structure with bit fields may be initialised by supplying a comma separated list of initial values for each field For example struct unsigned Los gi Les unsigned mid 6 unsigned Ham Le foo 1 8 0 As PIC18 devices are little endian the first bit de
285. fined will be the least significant bit of the word in which it will be stored When a bit field is declared it is allocated within the current word if it will fit otherwise a new word is allocated within the structure Bit fields can never cross the boundary between word allocation units For example the declaration struct unsigned tos Ls unsigned dummy 6 unsigned ha ye foo will produce a structure occupying 1 byte If foo was ultimately linked at address 10H the field lo will be bit O of address 10H hi will be at bit 7 The least significant bit of dummy will be bit 1 of address 10H and the most significant bit of dummy will be at bit 6 3 3 9 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports the use of type qualifiers on structures When a qualifier is applied to a structure all of its members will inherit this qualification In the following example the structure is qualified const const struct int number int ptr record 0x55 amp i 100 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables In this case the structure will be placed into the program space and each member will obviously be read only Remember that all members must be initialized if a structure is const as they cannot be initialized at runtime If the members of the structure were individually qualified const but the structure was not then the structure would be positioned into RAM but each member would
286. fter in P option Linker The operator in a p option for rounding boundaries must have a number after it 454 link and load address can t both be set to in P option Linker The link and load address of a psect have both been specified with a dot character Only one of these addresses may be specified in this manner e g Pmypsect 1000hk Pmypsect 1000h Both of these options are valid and equivalent however the following usage is ambiguous Pmypsect What is the link or load address of this psect 420 Error and Warning Messages 455 psect not relocated on 0x byte boundary Linker This psect is not relocated on the required boundary Check the relocatability of the psect and correct the p option if necessary 456 psect not loaded on 0x boundary Linker This psect has a relocatability requirement that is not met by the load address given in a p option For example if a psect must be on a 4K byte boundary you could not start it at 100H 459 remove failed error xstrip The creation of the output file failed when removing an interemediate file 460 rename failed error xstrip The creation of the output file failed when renaming an interemediate file 461 can t create file Assembler Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 464 missing key in avmap file Linker
287. function signature 166 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 6 PSECT flags Flag Meaning abs Psect is absolute bit Psect holds bit objects class name Specify class name for psect delta size Size of an addressing unit global Psect is global default limit address Upper address limit of psect local Psect is not global ovrld Psect will overlap same psect in other modules pure Psect is to be read only reloc boundary Start psect on specified boundary size max Maximum size of psect space area Represents area in which psect will reside with psect Place psect in the same page as specified psect 4 3 10 3 PSECT The PSECT directive declares or resumes a program section It takes as arguments a name and optionally a comma separated list of flags The allowed flags are listed in Table 4 6 below Once a psect has been declared it may be resumed later by another PSECT directive however the flags need not be repeated e abs defines the current psect as being absolute i e it is to start at location 0 This does not mean that this module s contribution to the psect will start at 0 since other modules may contribute to the same psect e The bit flag specifies that a psect hold objects that are 1 bit long Such psects have a scale value of 8 to indicate that there are 8 addressable units to each byte of storage e The class flag specifies a class name for this p
288. g disable pragma Some warning messages can be disabled by using the warning disable pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by either parser or the code generator i e errors directly associated with C code The position of the pragma is only significant for the parser i e a parser warning number may be disabled then re enabled around a section of the code to target specific instances of the warning Specific instances of a warning produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma will remain in force during compilation of the entire module The state of those warnings which have been disabled can preserved and recalled using the warning push and warning pop pragmas Pushes and pops can be nested to allow a large degree of control over the message behaviour TUTORIAL DISABLING A WARNING The following example shows the warning associated with qualifying an auto object being disabled number 348 void main void pragma warning disable 348 near int cC pragma warning enable 348 147 Preprocessing C Language Features etc int rv int a near int c etc which will issue only one warning associated with the second definition of the auto variable c Warning number 348 is disabled during parsing of the definition of the auto variable c inside the function main altst c 35 348 auto variable c should not be qualified warning This same affect wo
289. g level 65 setting 197 warning message format 65 warnings level displayed 65 suppressing 197 with PSECT flag 168 word addresses 217 word boundaries 168 writetimerx function 356 XREF assembler control 179 xtoi function 357 533 INDEX INDEX 534 PICC18 Command line Options Option Meaning Compile to object files only Dmacro Define preprocessor macro E file Redirect and optionally append errors to a file Gfile Generate source level debugging information Ipath Specify a directory pathname for include files Llibrary Specify a library to be scanned by the linker L option Specify option to be passed directly to the linker Mfile Request generation of a MAP file Nsize Specify identifier length Ofile Output file name P Preprocess assembler files 0 Specify quiet mode So Compile to assembler source files only Usymbol Undefine a predefined preprocessor symbol V Verbose display compiler pass command lines X Eliminate local symbols from symbol table ADDRQUAL Set compiler response to memory qualifier ASMLIST Generate assembler list file CHECKSUM start end dest inat iGakpigtea shecksum CHIP processor Selects which processor to compile for CHIPINFO Displays a list of supported processors CMODE Specify compiler compatibility mode CODEOFFSET address Offset program
290. generator issues a DABS directive for every user defined absolute C variable or for variables that have been allocated an address by the code generator 170 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 10 11 FNCALL This directive takes the form FNCALL funl fun2 FNCALL is usually used in compiler generated code It tells the linker that function fun calls function fun2 This information is used by the linker when performing call graph analysis If you write assembler code which calls a C function use the FNCALL directive to ensure that your assembler function is taken into account For example if you have an assembler routine called _fred which calls a C routine called foo in your assembler code you should write FNCALL _fred _foo 4 3 10 12 FNROOT This directive tells the assembler that a function is a root function and thus forms the root of a call graph It could either be the C main function or an interrupt function For example the C main module produce the directive FNROOT _main 4 3 10 13 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF These directives implement conditional assembly The argument to IF and ELSIF should be an absolute expression If it is non zero then the code following it up to the next matching ELSE ELSIF or ENDIF will be assembled If the expression is zero then the code up to the next matching ELSE or ENDIF will be skipped At an ELSE the sense of the conditional compilation will be inverted while an ENDIF
291. gle between speed or space biased optimizations See Sec tion 2 6 47 5 Debug This control allows you to disable some optimizations so that generated code is better behaved in debuggers See Section 2 6 47 6 Global Level This control allows you to enable the global C optimizer and adjust the optimization level See Section 2 6 47 2 8 2 Linker Category The options in this dialog control the aspects of the second stage of compilation including code generation and linking 2 8 2 1 Data These options shown in Figure 2 12 relate to C data types and data memory 71 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver Categories o General picc v9 82 e coe eee Option categories Data model Simulator Y HI TECH PICC Memory model TA Compiler o Linker Size of Double 24 bit B Size of Float 24 bit E 0 Use strict calls N A C RAM ranges Additional options Figure 2 12 The Data Category Categories o General picc v9 82 Y 9 Conf defauk Option categories Report options dl Simulator y e HPTESA BS P Display psect usage o 2 Compiler o Linker Display class usage mM 5 Display overall memory usage JA Display HEX usage map Additional options Figure 2 13 The Report Category 1 Size of Double This selector allows the size of the double type to be selected See Section 2 6 27 2 Size of Float This selector al
292. gs i e only names inside the parentheses and the argument types in a declaration list before the start of the function body e g int plus int a b oops a is prototyped b is not int b return a b 391 Error and Warning Messages 278 argument redeclared Parser The specified argument is declared more than once in the same argument list e g can t have two parameters called a int calc int a int a 279 initialization of function arguments is illegal Parser A function argument can t have an initialiser in a declaration The initialisation of the argument happens when the function is called and a value is provided for the argument by the calling function e g oops a is initialized when proc is called extern int proc int a 9 280 arrays of functions are illegal Parser You can t define an array of functions You can however define an array of pointers to functions e g int farray oops should be int farray 281 functions can t return functions Parser A function cannot return a function It can return a function pointer A function returning a pointer to a function could be declared like this int nameO O Note the many parentheses that are necessary to make the parts of the declaration bind correctly 282 functions can t return arrays Parser A function can return only a scalar simple type or a structure It canno
293. guage Features PORTAbits RA2 1 To confirm the names that are relevant for the device you are using check the device specific header file that lt htc h gt will include for the definitions of each variable These files will be located in the include directory of the compiler and will have a name that represents the device There is a one to one correlation between device and header file name that will be included by lt htc h gt e g when compiling for a PIC18F452 device the lt htc h gt header file will include among other files lt picl8 452 h gt For compatibility an additional header file using a C18 style name is also shipped with the compiler This will include the pic version of the same file So for the PIC18F452 device the file lt p18 452 h gt can be used for legacy projects Care should be taken when accessing some SFRs from C code or from assembly in line with C code Some registers are used by the compiler to hold intermediate values of calculations and writing to these registers directly can result in code failure The compiler does not detect when SFRs have changed as a result of C or assembly code that writes to them directly The list of registers used by the compiler and further information can be found in Section 3 7 SFRs associated with peripherals are not used by the compiler to hold intermediate results and can be changed as you require Always ensure that you confirm the operation of peripheral modu
294. h are not reentrant Code might fail if an attempt is made to access eeprom variables from interrupt and main line code Avoid accessing eeprom variables in interrupt functions 503 Error and Warning Messages 1402 a pointer to eeprom cannot also point to other data types Code Generator A pointer cannot have targets in both the eeprom space and ordinary data space 1404 unsupported Parser The unsupported __attribute__has been used to indicate that some code feature is not supported The message printed will indicate the feature that is not supported 1406 auto eeprom variables are not supported Code Generator Variables qualified as eeprom cannot be auto You can define static local objects qualified as eeprom if required 1407 bit eeprom variables are not supported Code Generator Variables qualified as eeprom cannot have type bit 1408 ignoring initialization of far variables Code Generator Variables qualified as far cannot be assigned an intial value Assign the value later in the code far int chan 0x1234 oops you can t assign a value here 1409 Warning number used with pragma warning is invalid Parser The message number usd with the warning pragma is below zero or larger than the highest mesasge number available pragma warning disable 1316 13350 oops maybe number 1335 1410 Cannot assign the result of an invalid function pointer Code Generator The compiler will allow so
295. hat are root nodes marking the top of a call tree and which are called spontaneously e The functions that the linker deemed were called or may have been called during program execution e The program s hierarchy of function calls The size of the auto and parameter areas within each function s APB e The offset of each function s APB within the compiled stack e The estimated call tree depth These features are discussed below A typical call graph may look that shown in Figure 4 3 The graph starts with the function main Note that the function name will always be shown in the assembly form thus the function main appears as the symbol _main main is always a root of a call tree Interrupt functions will form separate trees All the functions that main calls or may call are shown below These have been grouped in the orange box in the figure A function s inclusion into the call graph does not imply the function was actually called but there is a possibility that the function was called For example code such as 183 Assembly List Files Macro Assembler Call graph Base Space Used Autos Args Refs Density main 10 0 24 0 00 4 COMMO 6 16 BANKO 4 rv TENK _rvy P_rvx 0 2 9 0 00 8 BANKO 2 _rv2 gt _rvy 0 2 3 0 00 BANKO ze rv 8 4 12 0 00 COMMO 4 8 BANKO 8 ave gt erv2 4 4 6 0 00 BANKO 8 Estimated maximum call depth 2 Figure 4 3 Call Graph Form int test int a if a fo
296. he default setting see 3 1 4 and a C18 version of this library is linked if the compiler is being run in C18 compatibility mode These two libraries are functionally identical and conform to the same API but differ in the source syntax These libraries are linked in by default To prevent them from being searched the RUNTIME plib option must be used See Section 2 6 55 30 PICC18 Command line Driver Runtime Files 2 3 2 Runtime Startup Code A C program requires certain objects to be initialised and the processor to be in a particular state before it can begin execution of its function main It is the job of the runtime startup code to perform these tasks specifically e Initialisation of global variables assigned a value when defined e Clearing of non initialised global variables e General setup of registers or processor state Rather than the traditional method of linking in a generic precompiled routine HI TECH C Com piler for PIC18 MCUs uses a more efficient method which actually determines what runtime startup code is required from the user s program It does this by performing an additional link step the out put of which is used to determine the requirements of the program From this information PICC18 then writes the assembler code which will perform the startup sequence Both the driver and code generator are involved in generating the runtime startup code The driver takes care of device setup and this co
297. he instruction 1358 no space for temps Code Generator The code generator was unable to find a space large enough to hold the temporary variables scratch variables for this program 1359 no space for parameters Code Generator The code generator was unable to find a space large enough to hold the parameter variables for a particular function 499 Error and Warning Messages 1360 no space for auto param Code Generator The code generator was unable to find a space large enough to hold the auto variables for a particular function Some parameters passed in registers may need to be allocated space in this auto area as well 1361 syntax error in configuration argument Parser The argument to pragma config was malformed pragma config WDT oops is WDT on or off 1362 configuration setting redefined Code Generator The same config pragma setting has been issued more than once with different values pragma config WDT OFF pragma config WDT ON oops is WDT on or off 1363 unknown configuration setting used Driver The configuration value and setting is not known for the target device pragma config WDR 0N oops did you mean WDT 1364 can t open configuration registers data file Driver The file containing value configuration settings could not be found 1365 missing argument to pragma varlocate Parser The argument to pragma varlocate was malformed
298. he qualifier interrupt may not be applied to anything except a function e g variables cannot be qualified interrupt interrupt int input 393 Error and Warning Messages 290 illegal function qualifier s Parser A qualifier has been applied to a function which makes no sense in this context Some qualifier only make sense when used with an lvalue e g const or volatile This may indicate that you have forgotten out a star indicating that the function should return a pointer to a qualified object e g const char ccrv void const char ccrv void perhaps error flagged here return ccip 291 K amp R identifier not an argument Parser This identifier that has appeared in a K amp R style argument declarator is not listed inside the paren theses after the function name e g int process input int unput oops that should be int input 292 function parameter may not be a function Parser A function parameter may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function so perhaps a has been omitted from the declaration 293 bad size in index_type Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 294 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Hexmate This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 295 expression too complex Parser This expression h
299. he same function as STRING but with two important differences Firstly only the lower seven bits from each character are stored Pairs of 7 bit characters are then concatenated and stored as a 14 bit word rather than in separate bytes This is usually only useful for devices where program space is addressed as 14 bit words The second difference is that STRING s t specifier is not applicable with STRPACK 225 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 226 Appendix A Library Functions The functions within the standard compiler library are listed in this chapter Each entry begins with the name of the function This is followed by information decomposed into the following categories Synopsis the C declaration of the function and the header file in which it is declared Description a narrative description of the function and its purpose Example an example of the use of the function It is usually a complete small program that illus trates the function Data types any special data types structures etc defined for use with the function These data types will be defined in the header file named under Synopsis See also any allied functions Return value the type and nature of the return value of the function if any Information on error returns is also included Only those categories which are relevant to each function are used 227 Library Functions __ CONFIG Synopsis include lt htc h gt _ CONFIG n data Desc
300. hen the psect must be split into smaller psects if possible To find out what memory is still available generate and look in the map file see Section 2 6 9 for information on how to generate a map file Search for the string UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES Under 427 Error and Warning Messages this heading look for the name of the segment specified in the error message If the name is not present then all the memory available for this psect has been allocated If it is present there will be one address range specified under this segment for each free block of memory Determine the size of each block and compare this with the number of words specified in the error message Psects containing code can be reduced by using all the compiler s optimizations or restructuring the program If a code psect must be split into two or more small psects this requires splitting a function into two or more smaller functions which may call each other These functions may need to be placed in new modules Psects containing data may be reduced when invoking the compiler optimizations but the effect is less dramatic The program may need to be rewritten so that it needs less variables Section 4 4 4 has information on interpreting the map file s call graph if the compiler you are using uses a compiled stack If the string Call graph is not present in the map file then the compiled code uses a hardware stack If a data psect needs to be split into smaller psect
301. hese pointers are 16 or 24 bits wide and is determined by the amount of program memory 109 Storage Class and Object Placement C Language Features defined Function pointers are 16 bits wide for memory spaces less the 64 kbytes in size For larger program space memory sizes these then swap to 3 bytes in size It should be stressed that direct calls to functions are not affected by the size of function pointers The size of function pointers only affect code calling functions indirectly The addresses for all code labels are always shown in the map file as an untruncated 3 byte address regardless of the pointer size determined by the code generator The size of function pointers will affect the number of table pointer registers considered active 3 4 Storage Class and Object Placement Objects are positioned in different memory areas dependant on their storage class and declaration This is discussed in the following sections 3 4 1 Local Variables A local variable is one which only has scope within the block in which it was defined That is it may only be referenced within that block C supports two classes of local variables in functions auto variables which are normally allocated in a compiled stack and static variables which are always given a fixed memory location and have permanent duration 3 4 1 1 Auto Variables This section discusses allocation of auto variables those with automatic storage duration This also include fun
302. hese symbols which are discussed in Section 3 10 3 Compiled Stack Operation A compiled stack consists of fixed memory areas that are usable by each function s stack based variables When a compiled stack is used functions are not re entrant since stack based variables in each function will use the same fixed area of memory every time the function is invoked Fundamental to the generation of the compiled stack is the call graph which defines a tree like hierarchy of function calls i e it shows what functions may be called by each function There will be one graph produced for each root function A root function is typically not called but which is executed via other means and contains a program entry point The function main is an example of a root function that will be in every project Interrupt functions which are executed when a hardware interrupt occurs are another example Figure 3 1 shows sections of a program being analyzed by the code generator to form a call graph In the original source code the function main calls F1 F2 and F3 F1 calls F4 but the other two functions make no calls The call graph for main indicates these calls The symbols F1 F2 and F3 are all indented one level under main F4 is indented one level under F1 This is a static call graph which shows all possible calls If the exact code for function F1 looked like int Fl void if PORTA 44 return F4 111 Storage Class and O
303. his error can be used to verify the name being used by the compiler to encode the call if required It is not recommended to call the function indirectly by casting an integer to a function pointer but in such a circumstance the compiler will use the value of the constant in the symbol name for example calling a function at address 200h will require the definition of the symbol 0x200 to be the location of the parameter return value location for the function Note that the return value of a function if used shares the same locations assigned to any parameters to that function and both use the same symbol 3 5 3 Function Argument Passing HI TECH C uses a fixed convention to pass arguments to a function The method used to pass the arguments depends on the size and number of arguments involved 117 Functions C Language Features The names argument and parameter are often used interchangeably but typically an argu ment is the actual value that is passed to the function and a parameter is the variable defined by the function to store the argument The compiler will either pass arguments in the W register or in the auto parameter block APB of the called function If the first parameter is one byte in size it is passed in the W register All other parameters are passed in the APB This applies to basic types and to aggregate types like structures The parameters are grouped along with the function s auto variables in the
304. his header file look similar to the identifiers used in the C domain when including lt htc h gt e g PORTA EECON1 etc They are different symbols in different domains but will map to the same memory location Bits within registers are defined as the registerName bitNumber So for example RAO is defined as PORTA 0 Here is an example of an assembly module that uses SFRs include lt pic18 inc gt GLOBAL _setports PSECT text class CODE local reloc 2 _setports MOVLW OxAA BANKSEL PORTA MOVWF BANKMASK PORTA BANKSEL PORTB BSF RB1 If you wish to access register definitions from assembly that is in line with C code different defini tions need to be used but these are already available once you include the lt htc h gt header file for the C part of the module The symbols used for register names will be the same as those defined by lt pic18 inc gt how ever the names assigned to bit variables within the registers will include the suffix _bit So for example the example given previously could be rewritten as in line assembly as follows include lt htc h gt tasm MOVLW OxAA BANKSEL PORTA MOVWF BANKMASK PORTA BANKSEL PORTB BSF RB1_bits endasm Care must be taken to ensure that you do not destroy the contents of registers that are holding intermediate values of calculations Some registers are used by the compiler and writing to these registers directly can result in code failure The compiler does not
305. hus creating a custom printf function for the project being compiled After parsing the p code output derived from doprnt c is then combined with the remainder of the C program in the final code generation step TUTORIAL CALLS TO PRINTF A program contains one call to printf which looks like printf input is d The compiler will note that only the d placeholder is used and the doprnt module that is linked into the program will only contain code that handles printing of decimal integers The code is latter changed and another call to printf is added The new call looks like printf output is 6d Now the compiler will detect that in addition there must be code present in the doprnt module that handles integers printed to a specific width The code that handles this flag will be introduced into the doprnt module The size of the doprnt module will increase as more print f features are detected If the format string in a call to printf is not a string literal as in the tutorial but is rather a pointer to a string then the compiler will not be able to reliably predict the printf usage and so it forces a more complete version of printf to be generated However even without being able to scan printf placeholders the compiler can still make certain assumptions regarding the usage of the function In particular the compiler can look at the number and type of the additional arguments to printf those following the format string exp
306. i macro disables all interrupts globally regardless of priority settings ei re enables inter rupts globally These are implemented as macros defined in PIC18 h The example shows the use of ei and di around access to a long variable that is modified during an interrupt If this was not done it would be possible to return an incorrect value if the interrupt occurred between accesses to successive words of the count value Example include lt htc h gt long count void interrupt tick void count long getticks void long val Disable interrupts around access to count to ensure consistency di val count ei return val 258 Library Functions Note As these macros act on the global interrupt enable bit of the PIC18 processor ei will only restore those interrupt sources that were previously enabled 259 Library Functions DIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt div_t div int numer int demon Description The div function computes the quotient and remainder of the numerator divided by the denomina tor Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void div tx x div 12345 66 printf quotient d remainder d n x quot x rem See Also udiv Idiv uldiv Return Value Returns the quotient and remainder into the div_t structure 260 Library Functions EEPROM_READ EEPROM_WRITE Synopsis
307. i O Analysis of call graph main F1 F4 F2 F3 isr F5 F6 compiled stack Overlap of non concurrently active APBs to form compiled stack Figure 3 2 Formation of the Compiled Stack The parameters to the function are first grouped in an order strictly determined by the lexical order in which they appear in the source code These are then followed by any auto objects however the auto objects may be placed in any order So we see memory for a is followed by that for b and lastly c Once these variables have been grouped the exact location of each object is not important at this point and we can represent this memory by one block the APB for this function The APBs are formed for all functions in the program Then by analyzing the call graph these blocks are assigned positions or bases values in the compiled stack Memory can be saved if the following point is observed If two functions are never active at the same time then their APBs can be overlapped In the example shown in the figure F4 and F1 are active at the same time in fact F1 calls F4 However F2 F3 and F1 are never active at the same time F1 must return before F2 or F3 can be called by main The function main will always be active and so its APB can never overlap with that of an other function In the compiled stack you can see that the APB for main is allocated unique memory The blocks for F1
308. idth fill_expr address end_address where 218 Linker and Utilities Hexmate Table 5 10 Hexmate Checksum Algorithm Selection Selector Algorithm description 4 Subtraction of 32 bit values from initial value 3 Subtraction of 24 bit values from initial value 2 Subtraction of 16 bit values from initial value 1 Subtraction of 8 bit values from initial value 1 Addition of 8 bit values from initial value 2 Addition of 16 bit values from initial value 3 Addition of 24 bit values from initial value 4 7 8 Addition of 32 bit values from initial value Fletcher s checksum 8 bit Fletcher s checksum 16 bit e const_width has the form wn and signifies the width n bytes of each constant in fill_expr If const_width is not specified the default value is the native width of the architecture i e f111 w1 1 with fill every byte with the value 0x01 e fill_expr can use the syntax where const and increment are n byte constants const fill memory with a repeating constant i e fill 0xBEEF becomes OxBEEF OxBEEF OxBEEF 0xBEEF const increment fill memory with an incrementing constant i e f111 0xBEEF 1 becomes OxBEEF OxBEFO 0xBEF1 OxBEF2 const increment fill memory with a decrementing constant i e fi11 0xBEEF 0x10 becomes OxBEEF OxBEDF 0OxBECF OxBEBF const const const fill memory with a list of repeating constants i e fi11 0xDEAD 0xBEEF be
309. ies e g pragma pack what is the alignment value Maybe you meant something like pragma pack 2 214 missing number after pragma interrupt_level Parser The pragma interrupt_level requires an argument from 0 to 7 215 missing argument to pragma switch Parser The pragma switch requires an argument of auto direct or simple e g pragma switch oops this requires a switch mode maybe you meant something like pragma switch simple 216 missing argument to pragma psect Parser The pragma psect requires an argument of the form oldname newname where oldname is an existing psect name known to the compiler and newname is the desired new name e g pragma psect oops this requires an psect to redirect maybe you meant something like pragma psect text specialtext 218 missing name after pragma inline Parser The inline pragma expects the name of a function to follow The function name must be recognized by the code generator for it to be expanded other functions are not altered e g pragma inline what is the function name maybe you meant something like pragma inline memcpy 379 Error and Warning Messages 219 missing name after pragma printf_check Parser The printf_check pragma expects the name of a function to follow This specifies printf style format string checking for the function e g pragma printf_check what function is to be checked
310. ifiers pointer s qualifiers pointer s_name 104 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables Any qualifiers to the right of the i e next to the pointer s name relate to the pointer variable itself The type and any qualifiers to the left of the relate to the pointer s targets TUTORIAL EXAMPLE OF POINTER QUALIFIERS Here are three examples of pointer definitions using the volatile qualifier The fields in the definitions have been highlighted with spacing volatile int vip int volatile ivp volatile int volatile vivp The first example is a pointer called vip It contains the address of int objects that are qualified volatile The pointer itself the variable that holds the address is not volatile however the objects that are accessed when the pointer is dereferenced are volatile That is the target objects accessible via the pointer may be externally modified The second example is a pointer called ivp which also contains the address of int objects In this example the pointer itself is volatile that is the address the pointer contains may be externally modified however the objects that can be accessed when dereferencing the pointer are not volatile The last example is of a pointer called vivp which is itself qualified volatile and which also holds the address of a volatile object Bear in mind that one pointer can be assigned the address of many objects for example a pointer th
311. iguration fuses 86 console I O functions 152 const psect 124 125 const qualifier 101 constants assembly 160 C specifiers 93 character 94 string see string literals context retrieval 128 context saving 127 copyright notice 48 cos function 252 cosh function 253 cputs function 254 creating libraries 205 creating new 123 CREF application 155 209 CREF option Fprefix 209 Hheading 210 Llen 210 Ooutfile 210 Pwidth 210 Sstoplist 210 Xprefix 210 CREF options 209 cromwell application 211 cromwell option B 214 C 213 D 213 E 213 F 213 Ikey 213 L 213 M 214 N 211 Okey 213 P 211 V 214 cromwell options 211 cross reference disabling 179 generating 209 list utility 209 cross reference file 155 generation 155 cross reference listings 51 excluding header symbols 209 519 INDEX INDEX excluding symbols 210 headers 210 output name 210 page length 210 page width 210 cross referencing enabling 179 cstack psect 126 ctime function 255 DABS directive 170 data psect 126 188 copying 189 data psects 32 data types 93 16 bit integer 96 24 bit integer 97 8 bit integer 96 assembly 161 char 96 floating point 98 int 96 short 96 short long 97 DB directive 170 debug information 43 assembler 156 optimizers and 156 default psect 165 default radix assembly 160 delta PSECT flag 167 delta psect flag 191 dependencies 63
312. ilable data memory by the linker The psect used to hold the compiled stack is called cstack and like with non auto variable psects the psect basename is always used in conjunction with a linker class name to indicate the RAM bank in which the psect will be positioned See Section 3 8 1 for the limitations associated with where this psect can be linked The auto variables defined in a function will not necessarily be allocated memory in the order declared in contrast to parameters which are always allocated memory based on their lexical order In fact auto variables for one function may be allocated in many RAM banks The the standard qualifiers const and volatile may both be used with auto variables and these do not affect how they are positioned in memory This implies that a local const qualified object is still an auto object and as such will be allocated memory in the compiled stack in the data space memory not in the program memory like with non auto const objects The compiler will try to locate the stack in one data bank but if this fills 1 e if the compiler detects that the stack has become too large for the free space in a bank it can build up the stack into several components each with their own psect and link each in a different bank Each auto object is referenced in assembly code using a special symbol defined by the code generator If you write assembly code that accesses auto variables defined in C source code you must use t
313. ile register is banked or common A common register is one that resides in the access bank Instructions using this operand will have the RAM access bit in the instruction cleared by the assembler A banked register does not reside in the access bank Instructions using this operand will have the RAM access bit in the instruction set by the assembler The BSR register must be correctly loaded prior to executing a banked instruction to select the appropriate bank Identifiers that do not use either of these operands are assumed to be banked A symbol can also be preceded by the characters c to indicate that it resides in common memory An access bank indicator such as c or c is not required when an address used in an instruction is absolute and the value of the address is within the access bank The assembler will determine from the address that this is the case However these indicators must be used with all unresolved identifiers For example the following instructions show the WREG first being moved to an absolute location and then to an address represented by an identifier The op codes for these instructions assuming that the address assigned to _foo is 0516h are shown 6EE5 movwf OFE5Sh 6E16 movwf _foo c 6F16 movwf _foo b 6F16 movwf _foo Notice that first two instruction have the RAM access bit bit 8 of the op code cleared but that it is set in the last two instructions The ret fie instruction may be followed by
314. iled information about the WARN option the available suboptions and which suboptions are enabled by default 2 6 37 HTML Generate HTML Debug Files This option will generate a series of HTML files that can be used to explore the compilation results of the current project The files are located in a directory called html placed in the output directory The top level file that can be opened with your favourite web browser is called index html Use this option at all stages of compilation The index page is a graphical representation of the compilation process Each file icon is click able and will open with the contents of that file even intermediate files and binary files open in a human readable form and each application icon can also be clicked to show a page containing information about that application s invocation and results 54 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 9 Supported IDEs Suboption IDE hitide HI TECH Software s HI TIDE mplab Microchip s MPLAB Table 2 10 Supported languages Suboption Language en english English fr french francais French de german deutsch German The list of all preprocessor macros preprocessor icon and the graphical memory usage map Linker icon provide information that is not otherwise readily accessible See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 38 IDE type Specify
315. iler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1285 malformed mapfile while generating summary no name at position Driver This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 492 Error and Warning Messages 1286 malformed mapfile while generating summary no link address at position Driver This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1287 malformed mapfile while generating summary no load address at position Driver This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1288 malformed mapfile while generating summary no length at position Driver This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1289 line range limit exceeded debugging may be affected Cromwell Internally Cromwell can only handle a limited number of addresses which correspond to a single line of C code In all but the most perverse cases this limit shouldn t be reached However if it has then consider breaking up the related C statement into a series of simpiler statements If that is not possible or successful then contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1290 DWARF Buffer overflow in DIE Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1291 bad ELF string table inde
316. ill need to be located in bank O data mem ory others may need to be located in bank 1 memory As these two groups of variables will need to be placed into different memory banks they will need to be in separate psects so they can be independently controlled by the linker In addition the uninitialized variables that are bit variables need to be treated specially so they need their own psect So there are a number of different psects that all use the same basename but which have prefixes and suffixes to make them unique The general form of these psect names is bit psectBaseNameCLASS div where psectBaseName is the base name of the psect such as bss The CLASS is a name derived from the linker class see Section 5 7 2 in which the psect will be linked e g BANKO The prefix bit is used if the psect holds bit variables So there may be psects like bssBANKO bssBANK1 and bitbssBANKO defined by the compiler to hold the uninitialized variables If a psect has to be split into two ranges then the letters 1 elle and h are used as div to indicate if itis the lower or higher division A psect would be split if memory in the middle of a bank has been reserved or is in some way not available to position objects If an absolute variable is defined and is located anywhere inside a memory range that range will need to be split to ensure that anything in the psects located there do not overwrite the absolute object Thus you might see bssBANK01 and bs
317. illegal relocation size Linker There is an error in the object code format read by the linker This either means you are using a linker that is out of date or that there is an internal error in the assembler or linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 510 complex relocation not supported for R or L options Linker The linker was given a R or L option with file that contain complex relocation 511 bad complex range check Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 512 unknown complex operator 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 513 bad complex relocation Linker The linker has been asked to perform complex relocation that is not syntactically correct Probably means an object file is corrupted 514 illegal relocation type Linker An object file contained a relocation record with an illegal relocation type This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 515 unknown symbol type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 516 text record has bad length 1 lt 0 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with detail
318. in void char buf 10 ltoa buf 12345678L 16 printf The buffer holds s n buf See Also strtol itoa utoa ultoa Return Value This routine returns a copy of the buffer into which the result is written 289 Library Functions MEMCMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int memcmp const void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memcmp function compares two blocks of memory of length n and returns a signed value similar to strncmp Unlike strncmp the comparison does not stop on a null character Example tinclude lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void int buf 10 cow 10 i i memcmp buf cow 3 sizeof int if i lt 0 printf less than n else if i gt 0 printf Greater than n else printf Equal n 290 Library Functions See Also stmepy strncmpQ strchr memset memchr Return Value Returns negative one zero or one depending on whether s1 points to string which is less than equal to or greater than the string pointed to by s2 in the collating sequence 291 Library Functions MEMMOVE Synopsis include lt string h gt void memmove void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memmove function is similar to the function memcpy except copying of overlapping blocks is handled correctly That is it will copy forwards or backwards as appropriate to correctl
319. in one identifier A label may appear on a line of its own or precede a mnemonic as shown in the second format The third format is only legal with certain assembler directives such as MACRO SET and EQU The name field is mandatory and should also contain one identifier If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 6 12 then it may also contain lines that form valid preprocessor directives See Section 3 11 2 for more information on the format for these directives There is no limitation on what column or part of the line in which any part of the statement should appear 4 3 4 Characters The character set used is standard 7 bit ASCII Alphabetic case is significant for identifiers but not mnemonics and reserved words Tabs are treated as equivalent to spaces 158 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 2 ASPIC18 statement formats Format 1 label Format 2 label mnemonic operands comment Format 3 name pseudo op operands comment Format 4 comment only Format 5 lt empty line gt 4 3 4 1 Delimiters All numbers and identifiers must be delimited by white space non alphanumeric characters or the end of a line 4 3 4 2 Special Characters There are a few characters that are special in certain contexts Within a macro body the character amp is used for token concatenation To use the bitwise amp operator within a macro
320. ine 42 include directive 22 pragma directives 143 undef 48 character in assembly labels 160 location counter symbol 161 macro argument prefix 172 amp assembly macro concatenation character 172 _ character in assembly labels 160 _EEPROMSIZE 141 _ERRATA_TYPES 142 FLASH_ERASE_ SIZE 141 FLASH_WRITE_SIZE 141 _HTC_EDITION_ 140 HTC_VER_MAJOR_ 141 HTC_VER_MINOR_ 141 HTC_VER_PATCH_ 141 _ICDROM_END 141 _ICDROM_START 141 _MPC_ 141 _PIC18 141 _PLIB 143 _RAMSIZE 141 _ROMSIZE 141 __ Bxxxx type symbols 152 __ CONFIG macro 87 88 228 DATE 143 __EEPROM_DATA 89 __EEPROM_DATA macro 229 __FILE_ 142 __Hxxxx type symbols 152 __IDLOC macro 230 __LINE_ 142 __Lxxxx type symbols 152 __MPLAB_ICD_ 141 515 INDEX INDEX __ MPLAB_PICKIT2__ 141 __ MPLAB_PICKIT3__ 141 __ MPLAB_REALICE _ 141 _ PICC18_ 141 _TIME_ 143 _ serialO label 63 24 bit doubles 52 54 32 bit doubles 52 54 abs function 233 abs PSECT flag 167 absolute address 157 absolute object files 193 194 absolute psects 167 168 absolute variables 115 157 bits 96 access bank 103 157 acos function 234 additional memory ranges 60 61 addresses byte 217 link 189 194 load 189 194 word 217 addressing unit 167 ALIGN directive 173 alignment within psects 173 ANSI standard conformance 64 divergence from 83 implementation defined behaviour 83 argument area 117 argument passing
321. ine then it could never be called from C code The name of the assembly routine is the label that we will place at the beginning of the assembly code The label we would use would look like this 132 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembly Code _add TUTORIAL We need to be able to call this from other modules some make this label globally accessible by using the GLOBAL assembler directive Section 4 3 10 1 GLOBAL _add TUTORIAL By compiling a dummy C function with a similar prototype to this assembly routine we can determine the signature value The C equivalent prototype to this routine would look like char add char TUTORIAL Check the assembly list file for the signature value of such a function Signature values are not mandatory but allow for additional type checking to be made by the linker We determine that the following SIGNAT directive Section 4 3 10 21 can be used SIGNAT _add 4217 TUTORIAL The W register will be used for passing in the argument Here is an example of the complete routine which could be placed into an assembly file and added to your project The GLOBAL and SIGNAT directives do not generator code and hence do not need to be inside the mytext psect although you can place them there if you prefer The BANKSEL directive and BANKMASK macro have been used to ensure that the correct bank was selected and that all addresses are masked to the appropriate size 133 Mixing C and
322. ing Messages 428 too many segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 429 bad segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 430 bad checksum specification Objtohex A checksum list supplied to OBJTOHEX is syntactically incorrect 431 bad argument to E Objtoexe This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtoexe directly then check this argument Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 432 usage objtohex ssymfile object file exe file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool objtohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 434 too many symbols Linker There are too many symbols in the symbol table which has a limit of symbols Change some global symbols to local symbols to reduce the number of symbols 435 bad segment selector Linker The segment specification option G to the linker is invalid e g GA 0 10 Did you forget the radix GA f 0h 10 436 psect re orged Linker This psect has had its start address specified
323. ing the depth of the stack used compiled time and a warning will be produced if a potential stack overflow is detected plib Compiler links the Microchip compatible Compiler links the Microchip compatible peripheral libraries 62 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions 2 6 55 RUNTIME type Specify Runtime Environment The RUNTIME option is used to control what is included as part of the runtime environment The runtime environment encapsulates any code that is present at runtime which has not been defined by the user instead supplied by the compiler typically as library code All runtime features are enabled by default and this option is not required for normal compilation The usable suboptions include those shown in Table 2 13 See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 56 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies When this option is used a dep dependency file is generated The dependency file lists those files on which the source file is dependant Dependencies result when one file is included into another 2 6 57 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Mem ory Address This option allows a hexadecimal code to be stored at a particular address in program memory A typical application for this option might be to position a serial number in program memory The byte width of data to store is determined by the byte width of the hexcode parameter in the option
324. inked to the interrupt function An example of a high priority default interrupt function is shown here long tick_count void interrupt tc_int void 126 C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C tick_count A low priority interrupt function may be defined as in the following example void interrupt low_priority tc_clr void tick_count 0 It is up to the user to determine and set the priority levels associated with each interrupt source on the PIC18 devices Defining a low priority interrupt function does not put the PIC into interrupt priority mode Low and high priority interrupt functions have their own separate areas of memory in which to save context thus a high priority interrupt function may interrupt a low priority interrupt function with no loss of data The high priority interrupt can also employ the devices shadow registers to enable rapid context switching during the entry and exit of the service routine The interrupt_level pragma may be used with either or both interrupt functions in the usual way 3 9 2 Context Switching The compiler can deal with saving and restoration of the program s state when an interrupt occurs 3 9 2 1 Context Saving Some registers are automatically saved by the hardware when an interrupt occurs Any registers or compiler temporary objects used by the interrupt function other than those saved by the hardware must be saved in software This is the context sa
325. input command file could not be opened for reading Check that the file s pathname is correct 1218 can t create cross reference file Assembler The assembler attempted to create a cross reference file but it could not be created Check that the file s pathname is correct 1219 can t create list file Assembler The assembler could not open or create an assembler listing file Check that the file s pathname is correct Is the file attempting to be created in a read only directory or is the file already open in another application 485 Error and Warning Messages 1220 can t create assembler file Assembler The assembler could not open or create an assembler output file Check that the file s pathname is correct Is the file attempting to be created in a read only directory or is the file already open in another application 1221 can t create relocatable list file Assembler The assembler could not open or create its relocatable list file Is the file attempting to be created in a read only directory or is the file already open in another application 1222 can t create object file Assembler The assembler could not open or create its output object file Check that the file s pathname is correct Is the file attempting to be created in a read only directory or is the file already open in another application 1223 relative branch call offset out of range Assembler The destination of a r
326. int for example it cannot be assigned to an int variable and vice versa 183 function or function pointer required Parser Only a function or function pointer can be the subject of a function call e g ints ay bj Ud a b ctd b is not a function did you mean a b ctd 184 calling an interrupt function is illegal Parser A function qualified interrupt can t be called from other functions It can only be called by a hardware or software interrupt This is because an interrupt function has special function entry and exit code that is appropriate only for calling from an interrupt An interrupt function can call other non interrupt functions 185 function does not take arguments Parser Code Generator This function has no parameters but it is called here with one or more arguments e g 373 Error and Warning Messages int get_value void void main void int input input get_value 6 oops parameter should not be here 186 too many function arguments Parser This function does not accept as many arguments as there are here void add int a int b add 5 7 input call has too many arguments 187 too few function arguments Parser This function requires more arguments than are provided in this call e g void add int a int b add 5 this call needs more arguments 188 constant expression required Parser In this context an expression is requi
327. inter was never assigned a target address e g void fp int fp 23 oops what function does fp point to 1240 unknown checksum algorithm type i Driver The error file specified after the Efile or E file options could not be opened Check to ensure that the file or directory is valid and that has read only access 1241 bad start address in Driver The start of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1242 bad end address in Driver The end of range address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadecimal number 1243 bad destination address in Driver The destination address for the CHECKSUM option could not be read This value must be a hexadec imal number 1245 value greater than zero required for Hexmate The align operand to the HEXMATE FIND option must be positive 1246 no RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the banked RAM memory 488 Error and Warning Messages 1247 no access RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator No memory has been specified to cover the access bank memory 1248 symbol encountered with undefined type size Code Generator The code generator was asked to position a variable but the size of the variable is not known This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software tech
328. ion As a result initialized auto objects do not use the data psects and are not considered by the runtime startup code Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with persistent see Section 3 3 11 1 Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in any way 2 3 2 2 Clearing the Bss Psects Those non auto objects which are not initialized must be cleared before execution of the program begins This task is also performed by the runtime startup code Uninitialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are not assigned a value in their definition for example output in the following example 32 PICC18 Command line Driver Runtime Files int output void main void Such uninitialized objects will only require space to be reserved in RAM where they will reside and be accessed during program execution runtime The psects used for storing these components are described in Section 3 8 1 and typically have a name based on the initialism bss Block Started by Symbol The runtime startup code will clear all the memory location occupied by uninitialized variables so they will contain zero before main is executed Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset should be qualified with persistent See Section 3 3 11 1 for more information Such variables are linked at a different area of memor
329. ion allows the compiler to be run in a special compatibility mode The modes are given in Table 2 6 This option will be automatically specified with HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs when the mcc18 compatibility driver is employed It is not recommended that this option be used explicitly See 3 1 4 for more information on building legacy projects 2 6 24 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address In some circumstances such as bootloaders it is necessary to shift the program image to an alter native address This option is used to specify a base address for the program code image With this option all code psects including interrupt vectors and constant data that the linker would ordinarily control the location of will be adjusted See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 25 CR file Generate Cross Reference Listing The CR option will produce a cross reference listing If the file argument is omitted the raw cross reference information will be left in a temporary file leaving the user to run the CREF utility If a filename is supplied for example CR test crf PICC18 will invoke CREF to process the cross reference information into the listing file in this case test crf If multiple source files are to be included in the cross reference listing all must be compiled and linked with the one PICC18 command For example to generate a cross reference listing which includes the source modules main c modulel c
330. ion for the indicated symbol in the SDB file was a register but the register name was not recognized 1305 inconsistent storage class for variable Cromwell The storage class for the indicated symbol in the SDB file was not recognized 1306 inconsistent size vs for variable Cromwell The size of the symbol indicated in the SDB file does not match the size of its type 1307 psect truncated to bytes Driver The psect representing either the stack or heap could not be made as large as requested and will be truncated to fit the available memory space 1309 ignoring invalid runtime sub option using default Driver The indicated suboption to the RUNTIME option is malformed e g RUNTIME default speed 0y1234 Oops that should be 0x1234 1310 specified speed Hz exceeds max operating frequency Hz defaulting to Hz Driver The frequency specified to the perform suboption to RUNTIME option is too large for the selected device RUNTIME default speed 0xffffffff Oops that value is too large 1311 missing configuration setting for config word using default Driver The configuration settings for the indicated word have not be supplied in the source code and a default value will be used 495 Error and Warning Messages 1312 conflicting runtime perform sub option and configuration word settings assuming Hz Driver The configuration settings and the value sp
331. ion has been specified too many times If possible try performing these operations over several command lines 1199 compiler has not been activated Driver The trial period for this compiler has expired The compiler is now inoperable until activated with a valid serial number Contact HI TECH Software to purchase this software and obtain a serial number 1200 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1201 all FIND REPLACE code specifications must be of equal width Hexmate All find replace and mask attributes in this option must be of the same byte width Check the parameters supplied to this option For example finding 1234h 2 bytes masked with FFh 1 byte will result in an error but masking with OOFFh 2 bytes will be Ok 1202 unknown format requested in FORMAT Hexmate An unknown or unsupported INHX format has been requested Refer to documentation for supported INHX formats 1203 unpaired nibble in value will be truncated Hexmate Data to this option was not entered as whole bytes Perhaps the data was incomplete or a leading zero was omitted For example the value Fh contains only four bits of significant data and is not a whole byte The value OFh contains eight bits of significant data and is a whole byte 483 Error and Warning Messages 1204 value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate An illegal length of data was g
332. ion referenced as test b which is an alternate symbol The exact code used to call a function or the code used to access a parameters from within a function can always be examined in the assembly list file See Section 2 6 19 for the option that generates this file This is useful if you are writing an assembly routine that must call a function with parameters or accept arguments when it is called The above example does not consider data memory banking or program memory paging which may require additional instructions 118 C Language Features Operators 3 5 4 Function Return Values Function return values are passed to the calling function using either the W register or the function s auto parameter block Having return values also located in the same memory as that used by the parameters can reduce the code size for functions that return a modified copy of their parameter Eight bit values are returned from a function in the W register Values larger than a byte are returned in the function s parameter memory area with the least significant word in the lowest memory location This memory area is a block that can be accessed with an offset from the symbol _funcName where funcName is the name of the function that returns the value For example the function int return_16 void return 0x1234 will exit with the code similar to the following MOVLW 34h MOVWE _return_16 MOVLW 12h MOVWF _return_16 1 RETURN
333. irective will have a unique assembler generated symbol substituted for them when the macro is expanded For example down MACRO count LOCAL more more decfsz count goto more ENDM when expanded will include a unique assembler generated label in place of more For example down foobar expands to 220001 decfsz foobar goto 0001 if invoked a second time the label more would expand to 0002 43 10 16 ALIGN The ALIGN directive aligns whatever is following data storage or code etc to the specified boundary in the psect in which the directive is found The boundary is specified by a number following the directive and it specifies a number of bytes For example to align output to a 2 byte even address within a psect the following could be used ALIGN 2 173 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Note however that what follows will only begin on an even absolute address if the psect begins on an even address The ALIGN directive can also be used to ensure that a psect s length is a multiple of a certain number For example if the above ALIGN directive was placed at the end of a psect the psect would have a length that was always an even number of bytes long 4 3 10 17 REPT The REPT directive temporarily defines an unnamed macro then expands it a number of times as determined by its argument For example REPT 3 addwf fred w ENDM will expand to addwf fred w addwf fred w addwf fred w 4 3 10 18
334. is normally allocated memory The Linker command line in the map file indicates that this psect is nor mally linked using the linker option pentry CODE Which places entry anywhere in the memory defined by the CODE class The program mer then re links the project but now using the driver option L pentry CODE 800h to ensure that the psect is placed above 800h Another map file is generated and the Linker command line section is checked to ensure that the option was recieved and executed by the linker Next the address of the psect entry is noted in the psect lists that appear later in the map file See Section 5 9 for more information on the contents of the map file If there are no characters following the first character in the L option then any matching default linker option will be deleted For example L pfirst will remove any default linker option that begins with the string pfirst No warning is generated if such a default linker option cannot be found TUTORIAL ADDING AND DELETING DEFAULT LINKER OPTIONS The default linker options for for a project links several psects in the following fashion pone 600h two three which links one at 600h then follows this with two then three It has been decided that the psects should be linked so that one follows two which follows three and 46 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions that the highest address of one should be located at 5FFh This ne
335. is to copy the linker arguments constructed by the compiler driver and modify them as appropriate This will ensure that the necessary startup module and arguments are present Note also that the linker supplied with HI TECH C is generic to a wide variety of compilers for several different processors Not all features described in this chapter are applicable to all compilers 5 2 Relocation and Psects The fundamental task of the linker is to combine several relocatable object files into one The object files are said to be relocatable since the files have sufficient information in them so that any references to program or data addresses e g the address of a function within the file may be adjusted according to where the file is ultimately located in memory after the linkage process Thus the file is said to be relocatable Relocation may take two basic forms relocation by name i e 187 Program Sections Linker and Utilities relocation by the ultimate value of a global symbol or relocation by psect i e relocation by the base address of a particular section of code for example the section of code containing the actual executable instructions 5 3 Program Sections Any object file may contain bytes to be stored in memory in one or more program sections which will be referred to as psects These psects represent logical groupings of certain types of code bytes in the program In general the compiler will produce code in three basic ty
336. it was when the interrupt occurred If the shadow registers were used to save context a RETFTE f instruction is used to indicate that the contents of the shadow registers should be reloaded to their corresponding register 3 9 3 Enabling Interrupts Two macros are available once you have included lt htc h gt which control the masking of all avail able interrupts These macros are ei which enable or unmask all interrupts and di which disable or mask all interrupts On all PIC18 devices they affect the GIE bit in the INTCON register These macros should be used once the appropriate interrupt enable bits for the interrupts that are required in a program have been enabled For example ADIE 1 A D interrupts will be used PEIE 1 all peripheral interrupts are enabled ei enable all interrupts di disable all interrupts Never use this macro to re enable interrupts inside the interrupt function itself Interrupts are au tomatically re enabled by hardware on execution of the RETFTE instruction Re enabling interrupts inside an interrupt function may result in code failure 3 9 4 Function Duplication It is assumed by the compiler that an interrupt may occur at any time As all functions are not reentrant because of the dependence on the compiled stack for local objects see Section 3 4 1 1 if a function appears to be called by an interrupt function and by main line code this could normally lead to code f
337. iteBytesFlash unsigned char f unsigned char f Description id EraseFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned long e id ReadFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned int num_bytes flash_array unsigned long startaddr unsigned i lash_array id WriteWordFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned in id WriteBlockFlash unsigned long startaddr unsigned c lash_array ndaddr nt num_bytes t data har num_blocks Flash routines are no long supported in the standard C libraries Use the flash routines provided by the peripheral libraries whose prototypes are shown above These are descibed in Section 3 2 7 or in the peripheral library documentation 266 Library Functions FMOD Synopsis include lt math h gt double fmod double x double y Description The function fmod returns the remainder of x y as a floating point quantity Example include lt math h gt void main void double rem X x 12 34 rem fmod x 2 1 Return Value The floating point remainder of x y 267 Library Functions FLOOR Synopsis include lt math h gt double floor double f Description This routine returns the largest whole number not greater than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n floor 1 5 printf Sf n floor 1 5 268 Library Functions FREXP Synopsis include lt math h gt
338. iven to this option The value provided to this option exceeds the maximum or minimum bounds required by this option 1205 using the configuration file you may override this with the environment variable HTC_XML Driver This is the compiler configuration file selected during compiler setup This can be changed via the HTC_XML environment variable This file is used to determine where the compiler has been installed 1207 some of the command line options you are using are now obsolete Driver Some of the command line options passed to the driver have now been discontinued in this version of the compiler however during a grace period these old options will still be processed by the driver 1208 use help option or refer to the user manual for option details Driver An obsolete option was detected Use help or refer to the manual to find a replacement option that will not result in this advisory message 1209 An old MPLAB tool suite plug in was detected Driver The options passed to the driver resemble those that the Microchip MPLAB IDE would pass to a previous version of this compiler Some of these options are now obsolete however they were still interpreted It is recommended that you install an updated HI TECH options plug in for the MPLAB IDE 1210 Visit the HI TECH Software website www htsoft com for a possible update Driver Visit our website to see if an update is available to address the issue s listed in the
339. ives are included in the true assembly output files If you are using the assembly list file to look at the code produced by the compiler you may wish to turn off the assembler optimizer so that all the compiler generated directives are shown in this file Re enable the optimizer when continuing development Section 2 6 47 gives more information on controlling the optimizers Provided the link stage has successfully concluded the listing file will be updated by the linker so that it contains absolute addresses and symbol values Thus you may use the assembler list file to determine the position of and exact op codes of instructions There is one assembly list file produce by the assembler for each assembly file passed to it and so there will be one file produced for all the C source code in a project including p code based library code This file will also contains some of the C initialization that forms part of the runtime startup code There will also be one file produced for each assembly source file There is typically at least one assembly file in each project that containing some of the runtime startup file typically called startup as 4 4 1 General Format The format of the main listing has the form as shown in Section Figure 4 1 The line numbers purely relate to the assembly list file and are not associated with the lines numbers in the C or assembly source files Any assembly that begins with a semi colon indicates it is a comment
340. k time 4 3 9 Program Sections Program sections or psects are simply a section of code or data They are a way of grouping together parts of a program via the psect s name even though the source code may not be physically adjacent in the source file or even where spread over several source files The concept of a program section is not a HI TECH only feature Often referred to as blocks or segments in other compilers these grouping of code and data have long used the names text bss and data A psect is identified by a name and has several attributes The PSECT assembler directive is used to define a psect It takes as arguments a name and an optional comma separated list of flags See Section 4 3 10 3 for full information on psect definitions Chapter 5 has more information on the operation of the linker and on options that can be used to control psect placement in memory The assembler associates no significance to the name of a psect and the linker is also not aware of which are compiler generated or user defined psects Unless defined as abs absolute psects are relocatable The following is an example showing some executable instructions being placed in the text psect and some data being placed in the rbss psect PSECT text class CODE adjust goto clear_fred increment incf _fred PSECT bss class BANK0 space 1 fred DS 2 PSECT text class CODE clear_fred 164 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language clr
341. k was not terminated with a matching endif e g if INPUT error flagged here void main void run no endif was found in this module 101 may not follow else Preprocessor A else or elif has been used in the same conditional block as a else These can only follow a if e g ifdef FOO result foo else result bar elif defined NEXT the else above terminated the if result next 0 endif 102 must be in an if Preprocessor The elif else or endif directive must be preceded by a matching if line If there is an apparently corresponding if line check for things like extra endif s or improperly terminated comments e g ifdef FOO result foo endif result bar elif defined NEXT the endif above terminated the if result next 0 endif 360 Error and Warning Messages 103 error Preprocessor This is a programmer generated error there is a directive causing a deliberate error This is normally used to check compile time defines etc Remove the directive to remove the error but first check as to why the directive is there 104 preprocessor assert failure Preprocessor The argument to a preprocessor assert directive has evaluated to zero This is a programmer induced error assert SIZE size should never be 4 105 no asm before endasm Preprocessor A endasm operator has been encountered but
342. kay but is it what you had intended 337 line does not have a newline on the end Parser The last line in the file is missing the newline operating system dependent character from the end Some editors will create such files which can cause problems for include files The ANSI C standard requires all source files to consist of complete lines only 338 can t create file Any The application tried to create or open the named file but it could not be created Check that all file pathnames are correct 339 initializer in extern declaration Parser A declaration containing the keyword extern has an initialiser This overrides the extern storage class since to initialise an object it is necessary to define i e allocate storage for it e g extern int other 99 if it s extern and not allocated storage how can it be initialized 340 string not terminated by null character Parser A char array is being initialized with a string literal larger than the array Hence there is insufficient space in the array to safely append a null terminating character e g char foo 5 12345 the string stored in foo won t have a null terminating i e foo 1 Aa 130 es 134 401 Error and Warning Messages 343 implicit return at end of non void function Parser A function which has been declared to return a value has an execution path that will allow it to reach the end of the function
343. known predicate Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 693 interrupt level may only be 0 default or 1 Code Generator The only possible interrupt levels are 0 or 1 Check to ensure that all interrupt_level pragmas use these levels pragma interrupt_level 2 oops only 0 or 1 void interrupt isr void isr code goes here 695 duplicate case label Code Generator There are two case labels with the same value in this switch statement e g switch in case 0 if this is case 0 D break case 0 then what is this case b break 439 Error and Warning Messages 696 out of range case label Code Generator This case label is not a value that the controlling expression can yield and thus this label will never be selected 697 non constant case label Code Generator A case label in this switch statement has a value which is not a constant 698 bit variables must be global or static Code Generator A bit variable cannot be of type auto If you require a bit variable with scope local to a block of code or function qualify it static e g bit proc int a bit bb oops this should be static bit bb bb a gt 66 return bb 699 no case labels in switch Code Generator There are no case labels in this switch statement e g switch input
344. ld be used define bitset var bitno var 1UL lt lt bitno define bitclr var bitno var amp 1UL lt lt bitno To perform the same operation as above the bitset macro could be employed as follows bitset foo 6 3 2 7 EEPROM and Flash Runtime Access The compiler offers several methods of accessing EEPROM and Flash memory These are described in the following sections 3 2 7 1 EEPROM Access For those PIC devices that support external programming of their EEPROM data area the __ EEPROM_DATA macro can be used to place the initial EEPROM data values into the HEX file ready for programming The macro is used as follows include lt htc h gt _ EEPROM_DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The macro accepts eight parameters being eight data values Each value should be a byte in size Unused values should be specified as a parameter of zero The macro may be called multiple times to define the required amount of EEPROM data It is recommended that the macro be placed outside any function definitions The macro defines and places the data within a psect called eeprom_data This psect is posi tioned by a linker option in the usual way This macro is not used to write to EEPROM locations during run time There are functions to access the EEPROM at runtime These are provided by the peripheral library The function forms of these routines use the prototypes unsigned char eeprom_read unsigned int addr Read
345. le Local psects can only be referred to at link time by a class name which is a name associated with one or more psects via the PSECT directive class in assembler code See Section 4 3 10 3 for more information on PSECT options 5 5 Global Symbols The linker handles only symbols which have been declared as GLOBAL to the assembler The code generator generates these assembler directives whenever it encounters global C objects At the C source level this means all names which have storage class external and which are not declared 188 Linker and Utilities Link and load addresses as static These symbols may be referred to by modules other than the one in which they are defined It is the linker s job to match up the definition of a global symbol with the references to it Other symbols local symbols are passed through the linker to the symbol file but are not otherwise processed by the linker 5 6 Link and load addresses The linker deals with two kinds of addresses link and load addresses Generally speaking the link address of a psect is the address by which it will be accessed at run time The load address which may or may not be the same as the link address is the address at which the psect will start within the output file HEX or binary file etc In the case of the 8086 processor the link address roughly cor responds to the offset within a segment while the load address corresponds to the physical address of a segment Th
346. ler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 715 bad pragma Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma directive that it does not understand This implies that the pragma you have used is a HI TECH specific pragma but the specific compiler you are using has not implemented this pragma 716 bad argument to M option Code Generator The code generator has been passed a M option that it does not understand This should not happen if it is being invoked by a standard compiler driver 718 incompatible intermediate code version should be Code Generator The intermediate code file produced by P1 is not the correct version for use with this code generator This is either that incompatible versions of one or more compilers have been installed in the same directory or a temporary file error has occurred leading to corruption of a temporary file Check the setting of the TEMP environment variable If it refers to a long path name change it to something shorter Contact HI TECH Support with details if required 720 multiple free Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 442 Error and Warning Messages 721 element count must be constant expression Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 722 bad variable syntax in intermediate code Code
347. les directory OPT lt t ype gt Enable general compiler optimizations OUTDIR path Specify output files directory OUTPUT t ype Generate output file type PRE Produce preprocessed source files PROTO Generate function prototype information RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify and or reserve RAM ranges ROM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify and or reserve ROM ranges RUNTIME t ype Configure the C runtime libraries to the specified type 5 CANDEP Generate file dependency DEP files ERIAL hexcodetaddress Store a value in program memory 5 ETOPTION app file Set the command line options for the named applica tion SETUP argument Setup the product SHROUD Obfusate p code files STRICT Enable strict ANSI keyword conformance SUMMARY t ype Selects the type of memory summary output TIME Report compilation times VER Display the compiler s version number WARN level Set the compiler s warning level continued PICC18 Command line Options Option Meaning WARNFORMAT format Format warning message strings to given style GITA EDA RAN PER BARS A A ENROO xe FAMILIA MAMA RIM EF AR B RMR KP Eth REE PARTNER A 5 A RIT EE BLY AT RAT ENROO TECH SHENZHEN CO LTD ql RHI THT E IA SARA 27 2701 Enroo Tech Technologies CO Limited Light Tech International Limited AMET FEATS V
348. les from the device data sheet 3 2 8 1 Multi byte SFRs Some of the SFRs associated with the PIC18 can be grouped to form multi byte values e g in the device datasheet the TMRxH and TMRxL register together form a 16 bit timer count value TMRx Depending on the device and mode of operation there may be hardware requirements to read these registers correctly e g the TMRxL register often must be read before trying to read the TMRxH register to obtain a valid 16 bit result Although it is possible to define a word sized C variable to map over such registers the order in which HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs the bytes would be read will vary from expression to expression i e it may read the most significant byte first or the least Multi byte timer registers are not supported by the compiler header files It highly recommended that the existing SFR definitions for each byte of the timer registers be used Each SFR should be accessed directly and in the required order by the programmer s code This will ensure a much higher degree of portability The following code copies the two byte registers into C unsigned variable i for subsequent use i TMROL i TMROH lt lt 8 92 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables Table 3 1 Basic data types Type Size bits Arithmetic Type bit 1 unsigned integer char 8 signed or unsigned integer unsigned char 8 unsigned integer short
349. lic alias which is assigned a value equal to its offset within the current psect A label definition consists of any valid assembly identifier followed by a colon The defini tion may appear on a line by itself or be positioned before a statement Here are two examples of legitimate labels interspersed with assembly code frank movlw 1 goto fin simon44 clrf _input Here the label frank will ultimately be assigned the address of the mov instruction and simon44 the address of the clrf instruction Regardless of how they are defined the assembler list file produced by the assembler will always show labels on a line by themselves Labels may be used and are preferred in assembly code rather than using an absolute address Thus they can be used as the target location for jump type instructions or to load an address into a register Like variables labels have scope By default they may be used anywhere in the module in which they are defined They may be used by code above their definition To make a label accessible in other modules use the GLOBAL directive See Section 4 3 10 1 for more information 4 3 8 Expressions The operands to instructions and directives are comprised of expressions Expressions can be made up of numbers identifiers strings and operators 162 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 4 ASPIC18 operators Oper
350. list the symbols used in the module s associated with that list file 203 Librarian Linker and Utilities 5 10 Librarian The librarian program LIBR has the function of combining several object files into a single file known as a library The purposes of combining several such object modules are several e fewer files to link e faster access e uses less disk space In order to make the library concept useful it is necessary for the linker to treat modules in a library differently from object files If an object file is specified to the linker it will be linked into the final linked module A module in a library however will only be linked in if it defines one or more symbols previously known but not defined to the linker Thus modules in a library will be linked only if required Since the choice of modules to link is made on the first pass of the linker and the library is searched in a linear fashion it is possible to order the modules in a library to produce special effects when linking More will be said about this later 5 10 1 The Library Format The modules in a library are basically just concatenated but at the beginning of a library is main tained a directory of the modules and symbols in the library Since this directory is smaller than the sum of the modules the linker can perform faster searches since it need read only the directory and not all the modules on the first pass On the second pass it need read only
351. lity mode see Section 3 1 4 refer to the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs manual 3 3 12 Pointer Types There are two basic pointer types supported by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs data point ers and function pointers Data pointers hold the address of variables which can be read and possible written indirectly by the program Function pointers hold the address of an executable routine which can be called indirectly via the pointer Typically qualifiers are used with pointer definitions to customise the scope of the pointer al lowing the code generator to set an appropriate size and format for the addresses the pointer will hold PRO version compilers use sophisticated algorithms to track the assignment of addresses to data pointers and as a result many of these qualifiers no longer need to be used and the size of the pointer is optimal for the its intended usage It is helpful to first review the ANSI standard conventions for definitions of pointer types 3 3 12 1 Combining Type Qualifiers and Pointers Pointers can be qualified like any other C object but care must be taken when doing so as there are two quantities associated with pointers The first is the actual pointer itself which is treated like any ordinary C variable and has memory reserved for it The second is the target that the pointer references or to which the pointer points The general form of a pointer definition looks like the following target_type_ amp _qual
352. ll This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 630 invalid syntax for prefix list in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 631 syntax error at token in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 632 can t handle address size Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 633 unknown symbol class Cromwell Cromwell has encountered a symbol class in the symbol table of a COFF Microchip COFF or ICOFF file which it can t identify 436 Error and Warning Messages 634 error dumping Cromwell Either the input file to CROMWELL is of an unsupported type or that file cannot be dumped to the screen 635 invalid HEX file on line Cromwell The specified HEX file contains an invalid line Contact HI TECH Support if the HEX file was generated by the compiler 636 checksum error in Intel HEX file on line Cromwell Hexmate A checksum error was found at the specified line in the specified Intel hex file The HEX file may be corrupt 637 unknown prefix in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler warning Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 638 version mismatch 0x ex
353. ll as the size and type of the pointer variable itself 181 Assembly List Files Macro Assembler 182 406 HAAAARARERERERE function _ render FEREAERRRERAAER 4065 55 Defined at 4066 line 29 in file 1057 E Parameters Size Location 4068 None 4069 Auto vars Size Location 4070 111 4 42 BANKO 4071 x O 2 46 BANKO 4072 cp 1 41 BANKO 4073 gt inputData 2 4074 return value Size Location wreg fsrOl fsri 4078 Tracked objects 4079 5 On entry 17F 0 4080 On exit 0 0 4081 Unchanged FFEQQ 4082 Data sizes COMMON BANKO 4083 zi Params 0 0 408 Locals 0 7 4085 55 Temps 0 Fi 4086 Totals 0 12 4087 Total ram usage 12 bytes 4088 Hardware stack levels used 4089 Hardware stack levels required 4090 3 This function calls 4091 _lrv 4092 10 _altofl 4093 ___awdiv 4094 sim awmod 409568 mis function is called by 4096 simh main 400D mis function uses a non reent draw c 2 Type Type long volatile int PTR unsigned char gt Type void 0h status 2 status 0 pclath cstack 0 BANK1 BANK2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Y function s name file name and line number of definition called 4 size location and type of parameters size location and type of auto variables size location and type of return value registers that the function code used Selected GPR bank on entry and exit RAM memory summary for entire func
354. ll result in the signed value being first sign extended to a signed number the size of the target type then converted to unsigned which involves no change in bit pattern Thus an unexpected sign extension can occur To ensure this does not happen first convert the signed value to an unsigned equivalent e g 404 Error and Warning Messages signed char sc unsigned int ui ul sc if sc contains Oxff ui will contain Oxffff for example will perform a sign extension of the char variable to the longer type If you do not want this to take place use a cast e g ui unsigned char sc 356 implicit conversion of float to integer Parser A floating point value has been assigned or otherwise converted to an integral type This could result in truncation of the floating point value A typecast will make this warning go away double dd int i i dd is this really what you meant If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int dd 357 illegal conversion of integer to pointer Parser An integer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a pointer type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the amp address operator e g int ip int i ip i
355. lowing code char widget int argl int arg2 and compile it to assembly code using PICC18 S x c The resultant assembly code includes the following line SIGNAT _widget 8249 The SIGNAT pseudo op tells the assembler to include a record in the ob3 file which associates the value 8249 with symbol _widget The value 8249 is the correct signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value If this line is copied into the as file where _widget is defined it will associate the correct signature with the function and the linker will be able to check for correct argument passing For example if another c file contains the declaration extern char widget long then a different signature will be generated and the linker will report a signature mis match which will alert you to the possible existence of incompatible calling conventions 151 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O C Language Features Table 3 12 Supported standard I O functions Function name Purpose printf const char s Formatted printing to stdout sprintf char buf const char s Writes formatted text to buf 3 12 3 Linker Defined Symbols The link address of a psect can be obtained from the value of a global symbol with name __Lname where name is the name of the psect For example __Lbss is the low bound of the bss psect The highest address of a psect i e the link address plus the size is symbol
356. lows the size of the float type to be selected See Section 2 6 34 3 RAM ranges This field allows the default RAM data space memory used to be adjusted See Section 2 6 53 2 8 2 2 Report These options shown in Figure 2 13 relate to information printed after compilation 78 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 1 Display Psect Usage This checkbox enables printing of psect locations after compilation See Section 2 6 61 2 Display Class Usage This checkbox enables printing of psect ranges sorted by class after compilation See Sec tion 2 6 61 3 Display overall memory usage This checkbox enables printing of a memory summary after compilation See Section 2 6 61 4 Display HEX Usage This checkbox enables printing of a graphical representation of HEX file contents after com pilation See Section 2 6 61 2 8 2 3 Runtime All the widgets in Figure 2 14 correspond to suboptions of the RUNTIME option see Sec tion 2 6 55 2 8 2 4 Code These options shown in Figure 2 15 relate to program memory 1 External memory The control allows configuration of the external memory interface See Section 2 6 29 2 ROM ranges This field allows the default ROM program space memory used to be adjusted See Sec tion 2 6 54 2 8 2 5 Additional These options shown in Figure 2 16 relate to miscellaneous options 1 Extra linker Options This field allows specification of additional
357. lpha 277 isatty 279 isdigit 277 islower 277 itoa 280 labs 281 Idexp 282 Idiv 283 localtime 284 log 286 log10 286 longjmp 287 ltoa 289 memcmp 290 memmove 292 mktime 293 modf 295 os_tsleep 297 pow 298 printf 34 299 putch 302 putchar 303 puts 305 qsort 306 rand 308 readtimerX 310 round 312 scanf 313 setimp 315 sin 317 sinh 253 sqrt 319 srand 320 strcat 321 strchr 322 stremp 324 strcpy 326 strespn 327 strichr 322 stricmp 324 stristr 338 strlen 328 strncat 329 strncmp 331 strncpy 333 strnicmp 331 strpbrk 335 strrchr 336 strrichr 336 strspn 337 strstr 338 strtod 339 525 INDEX INDEX strtok 343 linker option strtol 341 Aclass low high 191 195 tan 345 Cpsect class 191 tanh 253 Dsymfile 191 time 346 Eerrfile 192 toascii 348 F 192 tolower 348 Gspec 192 toupper 348 trunc 349 ungetc 350 351 ungetch 352 utoa 353 va_arg 354 va_end 354 va_start 354 vscanf 313 writetimerX 356 xtoi 357 library macro CLRWDT 249 DI 258 EL 258 NOP 296 RESET 311 SLEEP 318 limit PSECT flag 168 limiting number of error messages 53 link addresses 189 194 linker 187 command files 197 command line arguments 189 197 invoking 197 long command lines 197 passes 204 symbols handled 188 linker defined symbols 152 linker errors aborting 193 undefined symbols 193 526 H symfile 193
358. lsub 3197 a ___ flsub gt ____fladd In this example it shows that of all the call graph paths starting from the function main the path main calls foobar which calls flsub which calls fladd is using the largest block of memory in bank 0 RAM The exact memory usage of each function is shown in the call graph tables The memory used by functions that are not in the critical path will overlap entirely with that in the critical path Reducing the memory usage of these will have no impact on the memory usage of the entire program 186 Chapter 5 Linker and Utilities 5 1 Introduction HI TECH C incorporates a relocating assembler and linker to permit separate compilation of source files This means that a program may be divided into several source files each of which may be kept to a manageable size for ease of editing and compilation then each source file may be compiled separately and finally all the object files linked together into a single executable program This chapter describes the theory behind and the usage of the linker Note however that in most instances it will not be necessary to use the linker directly as the compiler driver will automatically invoke the linker with all necessary arguments Using the linker directly is not simple and should be attempted only by those with a sound knowledge of the compiler and linking in general If it is absolutely necessary to use the linker directly the best way to start
359. lt without this option all optimizations are enabled The options OPT or OPT a11 also enable all optimizations Op timizations may be disabled by using OPT none or individual optimizers may be controlled e g OPT asm will only enable some assembler optimizations Table 2 11 lists the available opti mization types The optimizations that are controlled through specifying a level 1 through 9 affect register allocation optimization during the code generation stage The level selected is commonly referred to as the global optimization level however this has virtally no effect on compilation for PIC18 devices See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 48 OUTDIR path Specify a Directory for Output Files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for PICC18to locate its output files If this option is omitted output files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of intermediate files instead use OBJDIR See 2 6 46 and 2 6 11 for more information 57 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver Table 2 12 Output file formats Type tag File format lib Library File lpp P code library intel Intel HEX inhx032 Intel HEX with upper address initialization of zero tek Tektronic aahex American Automation symbolic HEX file ot Motorola S19 HEX file ubrof UBROF format bin Binary file mc
360. ltiple of this value w if present will cause hexmate to issue a warning whenever the code sequence is detected e Title is optional It allows a title to be given to this code sequence Defining a title will make log reports and messages more descriptive and more readable A title will not affect the actual search results TUTORIAL Let s look at some examples The option F IND 3412 0 7FFF 2w will detect the code sequence 1234h when aligned on a 2 two byte address boundary between 0h and 7FFFh w indicates that a warning will be issued each time this sequence is found Another example FIND 3412M0F00 0 7FFF 2wt ADDXY is same as last example but the code sequence being matched is masked with 000Fh so hexmate will search for 123xh If a byte mask is used is must be of equal byte width to the opcode it is applied to Any messaging or reports generated by hexmate will refer to this opcode by the name ADDXY as this was the title defined for this search 220 Linker and Utilities Hexmate If hexmate is generating a log file it will contain the results of all searches FIND accepts whole bytes of hex data from 1 to 8 bytes in length Optionally FIND can be used in conjunction with REPLACE or DELETE as described below 5 14 1 8 FIND DELETE If DELETE is used in conjunction with a FIND option and a sequence is found that matches the FIND criteria it will be removed This function should be used with extreme caution and is
361. lues The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 832 empty chip info file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no data If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 833 no valid entries in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no valid processor descriptions 834 page width must be gt 60 Assembler The listing page width must be at least 60 characters Any less will not allow a properly formatted listing to be produced e g LIST C 10 the page width will need to be wider than this 835 form length must be gt 15 Assembler The form length specified using the F length option must be at least 15 lines Setting this length to zero is allowed and turns off paging altogether The default value is zero pageless 458 Error and Warning Messages 836 no file arguments Assembler The assembler has been invoked without any file arguments It cannot assemble anything 839 relocation too complex Assembler The complex relocation in this expression is too big to be inserted into the object file 840 phase error Assembler The assembler has calculated a different value for a symbol on two different passes This is probably due to bizarre use of macros or conditional assembly 842 bad bit number Assembler Optimiser A bit number must be an absolute expres
362. ly in order to overcome documented silicon errata issues The chip configuration file nominates a default set of errata issues that apply to each device To compile for an ideal chip that is apply no additional workarounds use ERRATA none 2 6 31 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages If the ERRFORMAT option is not used the default behaviour of the compiler is to display any errors in a human readable format line This standard format is perfectly acceptable to a person reading the error output but is not generally usable with environments which support compiler error handling The following sections indicate how this option may be used in such situations This option allows the exact format of printed error messages to be specified using special place holders embedded within a message template See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC18 This section is also applicable to the WARNFORMAT and MSGFORMAT options which adjust the format of warning and advisory messages respectively See Section 2 6 39 for the appropriate option to change the message language 2 6 32 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors This option sets the maximum number of errors each compiler application as well as the driver will display before stopping By default up to 20 error messages will be displayed See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC18 2 6 33
363. ly language of the target device 454 Error and Warning Messages 798 macro argument may not appear after LOCAL Assembler The list of labels after the directive LOCAL may not include any of the formal parameters to the macro e g mmm macro al move r0 Hal LOCAL al oops the macro parameter cannot be used with local ENDM 799 REPT argument must be gt 0 Assembler The argument to a REPT directive must be greater than zero e g rept 2 2 copies of this code move r0 r1 endm 800 undefined symbol Assembler The named symbol is not defined in this module and has not been specified GLOBAL 801 range check too complex Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 802 invalid address after END directive Assembler The start address of the program which is specified after the assembler END directive must be a label in the current file 803 undefined temporary label Assembler A temporary label has been referenced that is not defined Note that a temporary label must have a number gt 0 804 write error on object file Assembler The assembler failed to write to an object file This may be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 455 Error and Warning Messages 805 non whitespace ignored after END directive Assembler The END directive if used indicates the e
364. may be set up in a more permanent manner by using the LANG option together with the SETUP option which will store the default language in either the reg istry under Windows or in a configuration file on other systems On subsequent builds the default language used will be that specified Table shows the MDF applicable for the currently supported languages 2 5 3 Message Type There are four types of message whose default behaviour is described below Advisory Messages convey information regarding a situation the compiler has encountered or some action the compiler is about to take The information is being displayed for your interest and typically require no action to be taken Unless prevented by some driver option or another error message the project will be linked and the requested output file s will be generated Warning Messages indicate source code or some other situation that is valid but which may lead to runtime failure of the code The code or situation that triggered the warning should be investigated however compilation of the current module will continue as will compilation of any remaining modules Unless prevented by some driver option or another error message the project will be linked and the requested output file s will be generated Error Messages indicate source code that is illegal and that compilation of this code either cannot or will not take place Compilation will be attempted for the remaining sour
365. me e g printf 1 111 oops maybe printf ld 111 326 long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format speci fiers and corresponding arguments e g printf 31x 2 maybe you meant printf lx 2L 327 long long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf Sllx 2 maybe you meant printf llx 2LL Note that not all HI TECH C compilers provide support for a long long integer type 328 int argument required in printf style format string Parser An integral argument is required for this printf style format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf 3d 1 23 wrong number or wrong placeholder 399 Error and Warning Messages 329 double argument required in printf style format string Parser The printf format specifier corresponding to this argument is f or similar and requires a floating point expression Check for missing or extra format specifiers or arguments to printf printf 3f 44 should be printf f 44 0 330 pointer to argument required in printf style format string Parse
366. me functions to be called via a constant cast to be a function pointer but not all The address specified is not valid for this device foobar int int 0x0 77 oops you cannot call a function with a NULL pointer 1411 Additional ROM range out of bounds Driver Program memory specified with the ROM option is outside of the on chip or external memory range supported by this device 504 Error and Warning Messages 1412 missing argument to pragma warning disable Parser Following the pragma warning disable should be a comma separated list of message numbers to disable pragma warning disable oops what messages are to be disabled Try something like the folllwing pragma warning disable 1362 0 delete what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for deletion when using the d key e g libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib does not indicate which modules to delete try something like libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib wdiv obj 0 incomplete ident record Libr The IDENT record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details 0 incomplete symbol record Libr The SYM record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details 0 library file names should have lib extension Libr Use the lib extension when specifying a library filename 0 module defines no symbols Libr No symbols were found in the modul
367. mmand line driver PICC18 that is being executed If you need to add alternate settings in the linker tab in an MPLAB Build options dialogue these are the driver options not linker options but which are used by the driver to generate the appropriate linker options during the linking process 45 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver The L option is especially useful when linking code which contains non standard program sections or psects as may be the case if the program contains assembly code which contains user defined psects Without this L option it would be necessary to invoke the linker manually to allow the linker options to be adjusted One commonly used linker option is N which sorts the symbol table in the map file by address rather than by name This would be passed to PICC18 as the option L N This option can also be used to replace default linker options If the string starting from the first character after the L up to the first character matches first part of a default linker option then that default linker option is replaced by the option specified by the L TUTORIAL REPLACING DEFAULT LINKER OPTIONS In a particular project the psect ent ry is used but the programmer needs to ensure that this psect is positioned above the address 800h This can be achieved by adjusting the default linker option that positions this psect First a map file is generated to determine how this psect
368. mple include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i for i 0 i lt 20 0 i 1 0 printf square root of 1f f n i sqrt i See Also exp Return Value Returns the value of the square root Note A domain error occurs if the argument is negative 319 Library Functions SRAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void srand unsigned int seed Description The srand function initializes the random number generator accessed by rand with the given seed This provides a mechanism for varying the starting point of the pseudo random sequence yielded by rand On the Z80 a good place to get a truly random seed is from the refresh register Otherwise timing a response from the console will do or just using the system time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 i printf Sd t rand putchar An See Also rand 320 Library Functions STRCAT Synopsis tinclude lt string h gt char strcat char sl const char s2 Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 The result will be null termi nated The argument s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio
369. names as shown in Table 3 10 The pragma must be placed after the declaration for the assembly routine whose register usage is being specified Those registers not listed are assumed to be unused by the function or routine The code generator may use any of these registers to hold values across a function call Hence if the routine does in fact use these registers unreliable program execution may eventuate The register names are not case sensitive and a warning will be produced if the register name is not recognized A blank list indicates that the specified function or routine uses no registers 145 Preprocessing C Language Features Table 3 10 Valid register names Register Name Description wreg W register status STATUS register pclat PCLATH register prodl prodh product result registers fsrO fsrl fsr2 indirect data pointers 0 1 and 2 tblptrl tblptrh tblptru table pointer registers Table 3 11 Switch types switch type description speed Use the faster switch method space Use the smallest code size method time Use a fixed delay switch method auto use smallest code size method default For example a routine called _search is written in assembly code In the C source we may write extern void search void pragma regsused search wreg status fsr0 to indicate that this routine used the W register STATUS and FSRO 3 11 4 3 The pragma switch Directive
370. nd a block of assembly instructions which are to be embedded into the assembly output of the code generator The asm and endasm construct 134 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembly Code 1s not syntactically part of the C program and thus it does not obey normal C flow of control rules however you can easily include multiple instructions with this form of in line assembly The asm statement is used to embed a single assembler instruction This form looks and be haves like a C statement however each instruction must be encapsulated within an asm statement You should not use a asm block within any C constructs such as if while do etc In these cases use only the asm form which is a C statement and will correctly interact with all C flow of control structures The following example shows both methods used to rotate a byte left through carry unsigned char var void main void var 1 asm like this movlb _var gt gt 8 rlcf _var amp 0ffh f endasm asm movlb _var gt gt 8 asm rlcf _var amp 0ffh f When using in line assembly code great care must be taken to avoid interacting with compiler generated code If in doubt compile your program with the PICC18 S option and examine the assembly code generated by the compiler IMPORTANT NOTE the asm and endasm construct is not syntactically part of the C program and thus it does not obey normal C flow of control rules For
371. nd of the source file If there are non whitespace characters after the END directive then the directive is does actually mark the end of the file 806 attempted to get an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 807 attempted to set an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 808 bad size in add_reloc Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 809 unknown addressing mode Assembler Optimiser An unknown addressing mode was used in the assembly file 811 cnt too large in displayQ Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 814 processor type not defined Assembler The processor must be defined either from the command line eg 16c84 via the PROCESSOR assembler directive or via the LIST assembler directive 815 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains non standard syntax at the specified line 816 duplicate ARCH specification in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 8
372. nd specify the address range that the checksum will be calculated over Destination is the address where to store the checksum result This value cannot be within the range of calculation Offset is an optional initial value to add to the checksum result Width is optional and specifies the byte width of the checksum result Results can be calculated for byte widths of 1 to 4 bytes If a positive width is requested the result will be stored in big endian byte order A negative width will cause the result to be stored in little endian byte order If the width is left unspecified the result will be 2 bytes wide and stored in little endian byte order Code is a hexadecimal code that will trail each byte in the checksum result This can allow each byte of the checksum result to be embedded within an instruction Algorithm is an integer to select which hexmate algorithm to use to calculate the checksum result A list of selectable algorithms are given in Table 5 10 If unspecified the default checksum algorithm used is 8 bit addition A typical example of the use of the checksum option is CK 0 1FFF 2FFE 2100w2 This will calculate a checksum over the range 0 1FFFh and program the checksum result at address 2FFEh checksum value will apply an initial offset of 2100h The result will be two bytes wide 5 14 1 6 FILL The FILL option is used for filling unused memory locations with a known value The usage of this option is fill const_w
373. ne memory location Examples alabel DB X 1 2 3 4 Note that because the size of an address unit in ROM is 2 bytes the DB pseudo op will initialise a word with the upper byte set to zero 4 3 10 8 DW DW operates in a similar fashion to DB except that it assembles expressions into words Example DW 1 3664h A 37770 4 3 10 9 DS This directive reserves but does not initialize memory locations The single argument is the number of bytes to be reserved Examples alabel DS 23 Reserve 23 bytes of memory xlabel DS 2 3 Reserve 5 bytes of memory 4 3 10 10 DABS This directive allows one or more bytes of memory to be reserved at the specified address The general form of the directive is DABS memory_space address bytes where memory_space is a number representing the memory space in which the reservation will take place address is the address at which the reservation will take place and bytes is the number of bytes that is to be reserved This directive differs to the DS directive in that it does not allocate space at the current location in the current psect but instead can be used to reserve memory at any location The memory space number is the same as the number specified with the space flag option to psects Devices with a single flat memory space will typically always use 0 as the space value devices with separate code and data spaces typically use 0 for the code space and for the data space The code
374. ng format is pageless i e the assembly listing output is continuous The output may be formatted into pages of varying lengths Each page will begin with a header and title if specified The F option allows a page length to be specified A zero value of length implies pageless output The length is specified in a number of lines H Particularly useful in conjunction with the A or L ASPIC18 options this option specifies that output constants should be shown as hexadecimal values rather than decimal values I This option forces listing of macro expansions and unassembled conditionals which would other wise be suppressed by a NOLIST assembler control The L option is still necessary to produce a listing 155 Assembler Options Macro Assembler Llistfile This option requests the generation of an assembly listing file If 1ist file is specified then the listing will be written to that file otherwise it will be written to the standard output An assembly listing file contains additional fields such as the address and opcode fields which are not part of the assembly source syntax hence these files cannot be passed to the assembler for compilation See the assembler A option for generating processed assembly source files that can be used as source files in subsequent compilation O This requests the assembler to perform optimization on the assembly code Note that the use of this option slows the assembly process down as the assemble
375. ng compiled Being static the function cannot be called from other modules so this warning implies the function is never used Either the function is redundant or the code that was meant to call it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the function 470 Error and Warning Messages 968 unterminated string Assembler Optimiser A string constant appears not to have a closing quote missing 969 end of string in format specifier The format specifier for the printf style function is malformed 970 character not valid at this point in format specifier The printf style format specifier has an illegal character 971 type modifiers not valid with this format Type modifiers may not be used with this format 972 only modifiers h and I valid with this format Only modifiers h short and 1 long are legal with this printf format specifier 973 only modifier 1 valid with this format The only modifier that is legal with this format is 1 for long 974 type modifier already specified This type modifier has already be specified in this type 975 invalid format specifier or type modifier Parser Parser Parser Parser Parser Parser Parser The format specifier or modifier in the printf style string is illegal for this particular format 976 field width not valid at this point A field width may not appear at this point in a printf type format specifie
376. ng int and unsigned short long int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short long int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short long will containa signed short long int anda variable declared as unsigned short long will contain an unsigned short long int 3 3 7 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUssupports two 32 bit integer types Long is a 32 bit two s complement signed integer type representing integral values from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 inclusive The unsigned long type is a 32 bit unsigned integer type representing the integral values from 0 to 4 294 967 295 inclusive All 32 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant word and least significant byte at the lowest address Long and unsigned long occupy 32 bits as this is the smallest long integer size allowed by the ANSI standard for C Variables may be declared using the signed long int and unsigned long int keyword se quences respectively to hold values of these types Where only long int is used in the declaration the type will be signed long When specifying this type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as long will contain a signed long int and a variable declared as unsigned long will contain an unsigned long int 97 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Table 3 3 Floati
377. ng point formats Format Sign biased exponent mantissa IEEE 754 32 bit x XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX modified IEEE 754 24 bit x XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Table 3 4 Floating point format example IEEE 754 Format Number biased expo 1 mantissa decimal nent 32 bit 7DA6B69Bh 11111011b 1 01001101011011010011011b 2 77000e 37 251 1 302447676659 24 bit 42123Ah 10000100b 1 001001000111010b 36 557 132 1 142395019531 3 3 8 Floating Point Types and Variables Floating point is implemented using either a IEEE 754 32 bit format or a modified truncated 24 bit form of this The 24 bit format is the default for all float and double values This can be explicitly set using the float 24 or double 24 option The 32 bit format is used for double values if the double 32 option is used All float values can be set to 32 bits wide by using the float 32 option or float double if the double type is also set to 32 bits wide This format is described in 3 3 where e sign is the sign bit e The exponent is 8 bits which is stored as excess 127 i e an exponent of 0 is stored as 127 e mantissa is the mantissa which is to the right of the radix point There is an implied bit to the left of the radix point which is always 1 except for a zero value where the implied bit is zero A zero value is indicated by a zero exponent The value of this number is 1 87
378. nical support with details 1249 could not find space byte for variable in access bank Code Generator The code generator could not find space in the access bank RAM for the variable specified Variables qualifed as near are forced into this area of memory 1250 could not find space byte for variable Code Generator The code generator could not find space in the banked RAM for the variable specified 1251 no far RAM defined for variable placement Code Generator Variables were qualified as far in the source code but no memory has been specified to hold these objects Variables qualfiied as far will reside in the program space memory but are writable Mem ory can be secified using the RAM option with address ranges above the top of the on chip program space memory 1252 could not find space byte for variable in far RAM Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the psect that holds variables qualified as far 1253 could not find space byte for auto param block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the psect that holds auto and parameter vari ables 1254 could not find space byte for data block Code Generator The code generator could not find space in RAM for the data psect that holds initialised variables 489 Error and Warning Messages 1255 conflicting paths for output directory Driver The compiler has been given
379. nker These functions or function call each other recursively One or more of these functions has stat ically allocated local variables compiled stack Either use the reentrant keyword if supported with this compiler or recode to avoid recursion e g int test int a if a 5 recursion may not be supported by some compilers return test a return 0 472 non reentrant function appears in multiple call graphs rooted at and Linker This function can be called from both main line code and interrupt code Use the reentrant key word if this compiler supports it or recode to avoid using local variables or parameters or duplicate the function e g void interrupt my_isr void scan 6 scan is called from an interrupt function 422 Error and Warning Messages void process int a scan a scan is also called from main line code 473 function is not called from specified interrupt_level Linker The indicated function is never called from an interrupt function of the same interrupt level e g pragma interrupt_level 1 void foo void pragma interrupt_level 1 void interrupt bar void this function never calls foo 474 no psect specified for function variable argument allocation Linker The FNCONF assembler directive which specifies to the linker information regarding the auto parameter block was never seen This is supplie
380. nput output Preprocessor CPP should be invoked with at most two file arguments Contact HI TECH Support if the preproces sor is being executed by a compiler driver 111 redefining preprocessor macro Preprocessor The macro specified is being redefined to something different to the original definition If you want to deliberately redefine a macro use undef first to remove the original definition e g define ONE 1 elsewhere Is this correct It will overwrite the first definition define ONE one 112 define syntax error Preprocessor A macro definition has a syntax error This could be due to a macro or formal parameter name that does not start with a letter or a missing closing parenthesis e g define FOO a 2b bar a 2b 2b is not to be 362 Error and Warning Messages 113 unterminated string in preprocessor macro body Preprocessor Assembler A macro definition contains a string that lacks a closing quote 114 illegal undef argument Preprocessor The argument to undef must be a valid name It must start with a letter e g tundef 6YYY this isn t a valid symbol name 115 recursive preprocessor macro definition of defined by Preprocessor The named macro has been defined in such a manner that expanding it causes a recursive expansion of itself 116 end of file within preprocessor macro argument from line Preprocessor A macro argument has not
381. ns and C pragmas that can be used to achieve this 2 5 5 1 Disabling Messages Each warning message has a default number indicating a level of importance This number is speci fied in the MDF and ranges from 9 to 9 The higher the number the more important the warning Warning messages can be disabled by adjusting the warning level threshold using the WARN driver option see Section 2 6 64 Any warnings whose level is below that of the current threshold are not displayed The default threshold is 0 which implies that only warnings with a warning level of 0 or higher will be displayed by default The information in this option is propagated to all compiler applications so its effect will be observed during all stages of the compilation process 40 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Warnings may also be disabled by using the MSGDISABLE option see Section 2 6 42 This option takes a comma separated list of message numbers Any warnings which are listed are disabled and will never be issued regardless of any warning level threshold in place This option cannot be used to disable error messages Some warning messages can also be disabled by using the warning disable pragma This pragma will only affect warnings that are produced by either parser or the code generator i e errors directly associated with C code See Section 3 11 4 6 for more information on this pragma Error messages can also be disabled however
382. nt other files that use END should not define another entry point 502 incomplete record body length Linker An object file contained a record with an illegal size This probably means the file is truncated or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details 503 ident records do not match Linker The object files passed to the linker do not have matching ident records This means they are for different processor types 504 object code version is greater than Linker The object code version of an object module is higher than the highest version the linker is known to work with Check that you are using the correct linker Contact HI TECH Support if the object file if you have not patched the linker 505 no end record found inobject file Linker An object file did not contain an end record This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 506 object file record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 507 unexpected end of file in object file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 508 relocation offset out of range 0 1 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 430 Error and Warning Messages 509
383. nt process register int input this is okay return input gi 271 type can t be long Parser Only int and float can be qualified with long long char lc what 272 type can t be short Parser Only int can be modified with short e g short float sf what 390 Error and Warning Messages 273 type can t be both signed and unsigned Parser The type modifiers signed and unsigned cannot be used together in the same declaration as they have opposite meaning e g signed unsigned int confused which is it 274 type can t be unsigned Parser A floating point type cannot be made unsigned e g unsigned float uf what 275 illegal in non prototype argument list Parser The ellipsis symbol may only appear as the last item in a prototyped argument list It may not appear on its own nor may it appear after argument names that do not have types i e K amp R style non prototype function definitions For example K amp R style non prototyped function definition int kandr a b int a b 276 type specifier required for prototyped argument Parser A type specifier is required for a prototyped argument It is not acceptable to just have an identifier 277 can t mix prototyped and non prototyped arguments Parser A function declaration can only have all prototyped arguments i e with types inside the parentheses or all K amp R style ar
384. nterrupt context saving code that precedes the code associated with the interrupt function body See also Section 2 6 24 3 5 2 External Functions If a call to a function that is defined outside the program C source code is required it may be part of code compiled separately e g bootloader or assembly code you will need to provide a declaration of the function so that the compiler knows how to encode the call If this function takes arguments or returns a value the compiler may use a symbol to represent the memory locations used to store these values see Sections 3 5 3 and 3 5 4 to determine if a register or memory locations are used in this transfer If an argument or return value is used and this will be stored in memory the corresponding symbol must be defined by your code and assigned the value of the appropriate memory location The value can be determined from the map file of the external build which compiled the function or from the assembly code If the function was written in C look for the symbol _funcName where funcName is the name of the function It can be defined in the program which makes the call via a simple EQU directive in assembler For example the following could be placed in the source asm GLOBAL _extReadFn _extReadFn EQU 0x20 endasm Alternatively the assembly code could be contained directly in an assembly module If this symbol is not defined the compiler will issue an undefined symbol error T
385. nually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 824 duplicate LIB for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple LIB values Only one LIB value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 825 too many RAMBANK lines in chipinfo file for Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with too many RAMBANK fields Reduce the number of values 826 inverted ram bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second hex number specified in the RAM field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first 457 Error and Warning Messages 827 too many COMMON lines in chipinfo file for Assembler There are too many lines specifying common access bank memory in the chip configuration file 828 inverted common bank in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The second hex number specified in the COMMON field in the chipinfo file must be greater in value than the first Contact HI TECH Support if you have not modified the chipinfo INI file 829 unrecognized line in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with an unrecognised line Contact HI TECH Support if the INI has not been edited 830 missing ARCH specification for in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH va
386. nvalid disable in preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 159 too many calls to unget Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 161 control line within preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor A preprocessor control line one starting with a has been encountered while expanding a macro This should not happen 162 warning Preprocessor Driver This warning is either the result of user defined warning preprocessor directive or the driver en countered a problem reading the the map file If the latter then please HI TECH Software technical support with details 163 unexpected text in control line ignored Preprocessor This warning occurs when extra characters appear on the end of a control line e g The extra text will be ignored but a warning is issued It is preferable and in accordance with Standard C to enclose the text as a comment e g 369 Error and Warning Messages if defined END define NEXT endif END END would be better in a comment here 164 include filename was converted to lower case Preprocessor The include file name had to be converted to lowercase before it could be opened e g include lt STDIO H gt oops should be include lt stdio h gt 165 include filename does not match act
387. ny error this will force compilation to cease after the current module has concluded or the maximum error count has been reached 3 12 Linking Programs The compiler will automatically invoke the linker unless requested to stop after producing assembly code PICC18 S option or object code PICC18 C option HI TECH C by default generates Intel HEX Use the OUTPUT option to specify a different output format After linking the compiler will automatically generate a memory usage map which shows the address used by and the total sizes of all the psects which are used by the compiled code The program statistics shown after the summary provides more concise information based on each memory area of the device This can be used as a guide to the available space left in the device More detailed memory usage information listed in ascending order of individual psects may be obtained by using the PICC18 SUMMARY psect option Generate a map file for the complete memory specification of the program 149 Linking Programs C Language Features 3 12 1 Replacing Library Modules Although HI TECH C comes with a librarian LIBR which allows you to unpack a library files and replace modules with your own modified versions you can easily replace a library module that is linked into your program without having to do this If you add the source file which contains the library routine you wish to replace on the command line list of source files
388. o else bar will list foo and bar under test as either may be called If a is always true then the function bar will never be called even though it appears in the call graph In addition to these functions there is information relating to the memory allocated in the com piled stack for main This memory will be used for auto temporary and parameter variables defined in main The only difference between an auto and temporary variable is that auto vari ables are defined by the programmer and temporaries are defined by the compiler but both behave in the same way In the orange box for main you can see that it defines 10 auto and temporary variable It de fines no parameters main never has parameters There is a total of 24 references in the assembly code to local objects in main Rather than the compiled stack being one memory allocation in one memory space it can have components placed in multiple memory spaces to utilize all available memory of the target device This break down is shown under the memory summary line for each function In this example it shows that some of the local objects for main are placed in the common memory but others are placed in bank O data RAM The Used column indicates how many bytes of memory are used by each section of the compiled stack and the Space column indicates in which space that has been placed The Base value indicates 184 Macro Assembler Assembly List Files
389. o 1 unless otherwise stated Symbol When set Usage HI_TECH_C When not in C18 To indicate that the compiler in use is HI compatibility mode TECH C _HTC_EDITION_ Always To indicate which of PRO STD or Lite _HTC_EDITION_ compiler is in use Val ues of 2 1 or 0 are assigned respectively continued 140 C Language Features Preprocessing HTC_VER_MAJOR Always To indicate the integer component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_MINOR Always To indicate the decimal component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_PATCH Always To indicate the patch level of the com piler s version number PICC1 B82 When not in C18 To indicate the use of a HI TECH PICC 18 compatibility mode compiler _MPC_ When not in C18 To indicate the code is compiled for the compatibility mode Microchip PIC family _PIC18 When not in C18 To indicate that this is a PIC18 device compatibility mode _ROMSIZE Always To indicate the number of bytes of program space this device has _RAMSIZE Always To indicate the number of bytes of data space this device has _EEPROMSIZE If EEPROM is present To indicate if EEPROM memory is present and how many bytes are available _FLASH_ERASE_SIZE Always To indicate the number of bytes erased in a single flash erase operation at runtime _FLASH_WRITE_SIZE Always To indicate the number of bytes erased in a single flash write operation at
390. o assembly labels The name of the label will be the C identifier with a leading underscore character The linker defined symbols include symbols used to mark the bounds of psects See Section 3 12 3 The symbols used to mark the base address of each functions auto and parameter block are also shown Although these symbols are used to represent the local autos and parameters of a function they themselves must be globally accessible to allow each calling function to load their contents The C auto and parameter variable identifiers are local symbols that only have scope in the function in which they are defined Each symbol is shown with the psect in which they are placed and the address which the symbol has been assigned There is no information encoded into a symbol to indicate whether it represents code or variables nor in which memory space it resides If the psect of a symbol is shown as abs this implies that the symbol is not directly associated with a psect as is the case with absolute C variables Linker defined symbols showing this as the psect name may be symbols that have never been used throughout the program or relate to symbols that are not directly associated with a psect Note that a symbol table is also shown in each assembler list file See Section 2 6 19 for in formation on generating these files These differ to that shown in the map file in that they list all symbols whether they be of global or local scope and they only
391. o file should be edited into a global header file which is included in all the source files comprising a project The pro files may also contain static decla rations for functions which are local to a source file These static declarations should be edited into the start of the source file To demonstrate the operation of the PROTO option enter the following source code as file test c include lt stdio h gt add argl arg2 int argl int arg2 return argl arg2 void printlist int list int count while count printf Sd list putchar An If compiled with the command 59 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 CHIP 18F242 PROTO test c PICCIS will produce test pro containing the following declarations which may then be edited as necessary Prototypes from test c extern functions include these in a header file 1 PROTOTYPES xtern int add int int xtern void printlist int int else PROTOTYPES X X e ct tern int add tern void printlist ndif PROTOTYPES 2 6 53 RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any RAM specified in the chipinfo file which should be treated as available RAM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of mem ory that may be used by writable RAM based objects and not ne
392. o the instruction The causes for this can be many but hand written assembler code is always the first suspect Badly written C code can also generate assembler that ultimately generates fixup overflow errors Consider the following error message main obj 8 Fixup overflow in expression loc 0x1FD 0x1FC 1 size 1 value 0x7FC This indicates that the file causing the problem was main obj This would be typically be the output of compiling main c or main as This tells you the file in which you should be looking The next number 8 in this example is the record number in the object file that was causing the problem If you use the DUMP utility to examine the object file you can identify the record however you do not normally need to do this The location loc of the instruction 0x 1FD the size in bytes of the field in the instruction for the value 1 and the value which is the actual value the symbol represents is typically the only information needed to track down the cause of this error Note that a size which is not a multiple of 8 bits will be rounded up to the nearest byte size i e a 7 bit space in an instruction will be shown as 1 byte Generate an assembler list file for the appropriate module Look for the address specified in the error message 7 07FC 0E21 movlw 33 8 O7FD 6FFC movwf _foo 9 07FE 0012 return and to confirm look for the symbol referenced in the assembler instruction at this address in the symbol table
393. ode to be easily ported from HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs These keywords are accepted by HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs but have no effect in terms of the object s storage or how they are accessed The ADDRQUAL option has no effect on these qualifiers in this version of the compiler 3 3 11 1 Persistent Type Qualifier By default any C variables that are not explicitly initialised are cleared to zero on startup This is consistent with the definition of the C language However there are occasions where it is desired for some data to be preserved across resets or even power cycles on off on The persistent type qualifier is used to qualify variables that should not be cleared on startup In addition any persistent variables will be stored in a different area of memory to other variables Persistent objects are placed within one of the non volatile psects If the persistent object is also qualified near it placed in the nvrram psect Persistent bit objects are placed within the nvbit psect All other persistent objects are placed in the nvram psect 102 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables 3 3 11 2 Near Type Qualifier The near type qualifier can be used to place non auto variables in the access bank of the PIC18 The access bank is always accessible regardless of the currently selected RAM bank so accessing near objects may be faster than accessing other objects and typically results in smaller code
394. oduce an MS DOS exe file Ffill Fill unused memory with words of value fi11 default value is OFFh 1 Produce an Intel HEX file with linear addressed extended records L Pass relocation information into the output file used with exe files M Produce a Motorola HEX file S19 S28 or S37 format N Produce an output file for Minix Pstk Produce an output file for an Atari ST with optional stack size R Include relocation information in the output file Sfile Write a symbol file into file T Produce a Tektronix HEX file TE Produce an extended TekHEX file U Produce a COFF output file UB Produce a UBROF format file V Reverse the order of words and long words in the output file n m Format either Motorola or Intel HEX file where n is the maxi mum number of bytes per record and m specifies the record size rounding Non rounded records are zero padded to a multiple of m m itself must be a multiple of 2 Linker and Utilities Cref Table 5 5 CREF command line options Option Meaning Fprefix Exclude symbols from files with a pathname or filename starting with prefix Hheading Specify a heading for the listing file Llen Specify the page length for the listing file Oout file Specify the name of the listing file Pwidth Set the listing width Sstoplist Read file stoplist and ignore any symbols listed Xprefix Exclude and symbols starting with prefix 0005 1FFF 3
395. of Microchip PIC COFF cof Common Object File Format cod Bytecraft COD file format elf ELF DWARF file format 2 6 49 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type This option allows the type of the output file s to be specified If no OUTPUT option is specified the output file s name will be derived from the first source or object file specified on the command line The available output file format are shown in Table 2 12 More than one output format may be specified by supplying a comma separated list of tags Those output file types which specify library formats stop the compilation process before the final stages of compilation are executed Hence specifying an output file format list containing e g 1ib or all will over ride the non library output types and only the library file will be created 2 6 50 PASS1 Compile to P code The PASS1 option is used to generate a p code intermediate files p1 file from the parser then stop compilation Such a file needs to be generated if creating a p code library file 2 6 51 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code The PRE option is used to generate preprocessed C source files with an extension pre This may be useful to ensure that preprocessor macros have expanded to what you think they should Use of this option can also create C source files which do not require any separate header files This is useful when sending files for technical support 58 PICC18 Command line Driver
396. of the size of the variable and without warning This warning can also be triggered by intermediate values overflowing For example unsigned int i assume ints are 16 bits wide 1 240 137 this should be okay right A quick check with your calculator reveals that 240 137 is 32880 which can easily be stored in an unsigned int but a warning is produced Why Because 240 and 137 and both signed int values Therefore the result of the multiplication must also be a signed int value but a signed int cannot hold the value 32880 Both operands are constant values so the code generator can evaluate this expression at compile time but it must do so following all the ANSI rules The following code forces the multiplication to be performed with an unsigned result i 240u 137 force at least one operand to be unsigned 752 conversion to shorter data type Code Generator Truncation may occur in this expression as the lvalue is of shorter type than the rvalue e g char a int b c a bt c int to char conversion may result in truncation 447 Error and Warning Messages 753 undefined shift bits Code Generator An attempt has been made to shift a value by a number of bits equal to or greater than the number of bits in the data type This will produce an undefined result on many processors This is non portable code and is flagged as having undefined results by the C Standard e g int input inp
397. often confirm that driver options were valid by looking at the linker options in the map file For example if you ask the driver to reserve an area of memory you should see a change in the linker options used If the default linker options must be changed this can be done indirectly through the driver using the driver L option see Section 2 6 8 If you use this option always confirm the change appears correctly in the map file 5 9 2 2 Psect Information listed by Module The next section in the map file lists those modules that made a contribution to the output and information regarding the psects these modules defined This section is heralded by the line that contains the headings Name Link Load Length Selector Space Scale Under this on the far left is a list of object files These object files include both files generated from source modules and those that were extracted from object library files In the case of those from library files the name of the library file is printed before the object file list Note that since the code generator combines all C source files and p code libraries there will only be one object file representing the entire C part of the program The object file corresponding to the runtime startup code is normally present in this list The information in this section of the map file can be used to confirm that a module is making a contribution to the output file and to determine the exact psects that each module
398. omitted the psect s link address will be derived from the top of the previous psect e g Ptext 100h data bss In this example the text psect is linked at 100 hex its load address defaults to the same The data psect will be linked and loaded at an address which is 100 hex plus the length of the text psect rounded up as necessary if the data psect has a reloc value associated with it Similarly the bss psect will concatenate with the data psect Again Ptext 100h data bss will link in ascending order bss data then text with the top of text appearing at address Offh If the load address is omitted entirely it defaults to the same as the link address If the slash character is supplied but no address is supplied after it the load address will concatenate with the previous psect e g Ptext 0 data 0 bss will cause both text and data to have a link address of zero text will have a load address of 0 and data will have a load address starting after the end of text The bss psect will concatenate with data for both link and load addresses The load address may be replaced with a dot character This tells the linker to set the load address of this psect to the same as its link address The link or load address may also be the name of another already linked psect This will explicitly concatenate the current psect with the previously specified psect e g Ptext 0 data 8000h bss Pnvram bss heap This example shows text
399. ompiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 234 close error Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 236 simple integer expression required Parser A simple integral expression is required after the operator used to associate an absolute address with a variable e g int address char LOCK address 237 function redefined Parser More than one definition for a function has been encountered in this module Function overloading is illegal e g int twice int a return a 2 only one prototype amp definition of rv can exist long twice long a return a 2 382 Error and Warning Messages 238 illegal initialisation Parser You can t initialise a typedef declaration because it does not reserve any storage that can be ini tialised e g oops uint is a type not a variable typedef unsigned int uint 99 239 identifier redefined from line Parser This identifier has already been defined in the same scope It cannot be defined again e g int a a filescope variable called a int a attempting to define another of the same name Note that variables with the same name but defined with different scopes are legal but not recom mended 240 too many initializers Parser There are too many initializers for this object Check the number of initiali
400. on 2 6 3 2 Undefine macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to undefine preprocessor macros See Section 2 6 15 3 Preprocess assembly This checkbox controls whether assembly source files are scanned by the preprocessor See Section 2 6 12 4 Identifier length This selector is currently not implemented See Section 2 6 10 5 Include Directories This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify include header file search directories See Section 2 6 6 2 8 1 5 Optimization These options shown in Figure 2 11 relate to optimizations performed by the compiler 1 Optimization set This controls enables different optimizations the compiler employs See Section 2 6 47 76 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Categories General Y Conf default 2 Simulator y e BE TECH PEC Optimization Set default B 2 Compiler Linker Generated Assembler Code M picc v9 82 Option categories Optimization Assembler Files Speed m O Debug Use global level M Global level 9 Additional options Figure 2 11 The Optimization Category 2 Generated Assembly Code The control enables optimization of assembly code generated from C code See Section 2 6 47 3 Assembly Files This control enables optimization of assembly source files See Section 2 6 47 4 Speed This control allows you to tog
401. on of this code e Repetitions is optional and specifies the number of times to repeat this code For example 223 Hexmate Linker and Utilities SERIAL 000001 EFFE will store hex code 00001h to address EFFEh Another example SERIAL 0000 2 1000 10r5 will store 5 codes beginning with value 0000 at address 1000h Subsequent codes will appear at address intervals of 10h and the code value will change in increments of 2h 5 14 1 16 SIZE Using the SIZE option will report the number of bytes of data within the resultant hex image to standard output The size will also be recorded in the log file if one has been requested 5 14 1 17 STRING The STRING option will embed an ASCII string at a fixed address The usage of this option is STRING Address tCode Text where e Address is the location to store this string e Code is optional and allows a byte sequence to trail each byte in the string This can allow the bytes of the string to be encoded within an instruction e Text is the string to convert to ASCII and embed For example STRING 1000 My favourite string will store the ASCII data for the string My favourite string including null terminator at ad dress 1000h Another example STRING 1000t34 My favourite string will store the same string with every byte in the string being trailed with the hex code 34h 224 Linker and Utilities Hexmate 5 14 1 18 STRPACK This option performs t
402. on or module being compiled Either this object is redundant or the code that was meant to use it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the object Note that the symbols rcsid and sccsid are never reported as being unused 352 float parameter coerced to double Parser Where a non prototyped function has a parameter declared as float the compiler converts this into a double float This is because the default C type conversion conventions provide that when a floating point number is passed to a non prototyped function it will be converted to double It is important that the function declaration be consistent with this convention e g double inc_flt f f will be converted to double float f warning flagged here return f 2 353 sizeof external array is zero Parser The size of an external array evaluates to zero This is probably due to the array not having an explicit dimension in the extern declaration 354 possible pointer truncation Parser A pointer qualified far has been assigned to a default pointer or a pointer qualified near or a default pointer has been assigned to a pointer qualified near This may result in truncation of the pointer and loss of information depending on the memory model in use 355 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser A signed number is being assigned or otherwise converted to a larger unsigned type Under the ANSI value preserving rules this wi
403. on stops compilation after generating an assembler source file An assembler file will be generated for each C source file passed on the command line The command PICC18 CHIP 18F242 S test c will produce an assembler file called test as which contains the code generated from test c This option is particularly useful for checking function calling conventions and signature values when attempting to write external assembly language routines The file produced by this option differs to that produced by the ASMLIST option in that it does not contain op codes or addresses and it may be used as a source file and subsequently passed to the assembler to be assembled 2 6 15 Umacro Undefine a Macro The U option the inverse of the D option is used to undefine predefined macros This option takes the form Umacro The option Udraft for example is equivalent to tundef draft placed at the top of each module compiled using this option See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 48 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 5 Compiler Responses to Memory Qualifiers Selection Response require The qualifiers will be honored If they cannot be met an error will be issued request The qualifiers will be honored if possible No error will be generated if they cannot be followed ignore The qualifiers will be ignored and code compiled as if they were not used r
404. one area function recursion Due to the PIC18 s hardware limitations of no easily usable stack and limited memory function recursion is unsupported 3 1 2 Implementation defined behaviour Certain sections of the ANSI standard have implementation defined behaviour This means that the exact behaviour of some C code can vary from compiler to compiler Throughout this manual are sections describing how the HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs compiler behaves in such situations 83 ANSI Standard Issues C Language Features 3 1 3 Non ANSI Operations HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUscan detect specific sequences of portable ANSI C code that implicitly implements a rotate operation The C language only specifies a left and right shift operator but no rotate operator The code generator encodes matching sequences using assembly rotate instructions where possible The code sequence to implement a rotate right by 1 bit looks like var var gt gt 1 var lt lt 7 where var must be an unsigned char or var var gt gt 1 var lt lt 15 where var must be an unsigned int Rotates can be either left or right and of any number of bits Note that a rotate left of 1 bit is equivalent to a rotate right of 7 bits when dealing with byte wide variables or a rotate right of 15 bits when dealing with 2 byte quantities 3 1 4 C18 Compatibility HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs provides ANSI C compliance as well as HI TECH C sp
405. option being passed to the parser more than once Contact HI TECH Support with details 1321 bad attribute T option s Parser The attribute option passed to the parser is malformed Contact HI TECH Support with details 1322 unknown qualifier s given to T Parser The qualifier specified in an attribute option is not known Contact HI TECH Support with details 1323 attribute expected Parser The __attribute__ directive was used but did not specify an attribute type int rv int a __attribute__ oops what is the attribute 1324 qualifier ignored Parser Some qualifiers are valid but may not be implemented on some compilers or target devices This warning indicates that the qualifier will be ignored 1327 interrupt function redefined by Code Generator An interrupt function has been written that is linked to a vector location that already has an interrupt function lined to it void interrupt timerl_isr void TIMER_1_VCTR eave I void interrupt timer2_isr void TIMER_1_VCTR oops did you mean that to be TIMER_2_VCTR 1342 whitespace after Preprocessor Whitespace characters have been found between a backslash and newline characters and will be ignored 497 Error and Warning Messages 1343 hexfile data at address 0x 0x overwritten with 0x Objtohex The indicated address is about to be overwritten by additional data This woul
406. optional space separated list of assembler options each with a minus sign as the first character A full list of possible options is given in Table 4 1 and a full description of each option follows Table 4 1 ASPIC18 command line options Option Meaning Default A Produce assembler output Produce object code C Produce cross reference file No cross reference Cchipinfo Define the chipinfo file dat picc 18 ini E file digit Set error destination format Flength Specify listing form length 66 H Output hex values for constants Decimal values I List macro expansions Don t list macros L listfile Produce listing No listing 0 Perform optimization No optimization Ooutfile Specify object name srcfile obj Pprocessor Define the processor R Specify non standard ROM Twidth Specify listing page width 80 V Produce line number info No line numbers Wlevel Set warning level threshold 0 X No local symbols in OBJ file 4 2 Assembler Options The command line options recognised by ASPIC18 are as follows 154 Macro Assembler Assembler Options A An assembler file with an extension opt will be produced if this option is used This is useful when checking the optimized assembly produced using the 0 assembler option Thus if both A and O are used with an assembly source file the file will be optimized and rewritten with out the usual conversion to an object file
407. or for a given source file after inclusion of any header files or other source files which are specified by include preprocessor 22 PICC18 Command line Driver Invoking the Compiler directives These modules are then passed to the remainder of the compiler applications Thus a module may consist of several source and header files A module is also often referred to as a translation unit These terms can also be applied to assembly files as they too can include other header and source files Some of the compiler s output files contain project wide information and are not directly associated with any one particular input file e g the map file If the names of these project wide files are not specified on the command line the basename of these files is derived from the first C source file listed on the command line If there are no files of this type being compiled the name is based on the first input file regardless of type on the command line Throughout this manual the basename of this file will be called the project name Most IDEs use project files whose names are user specified Typically the names of project wide files such as map files are named after the project however check the manual for the IDE you are using for more details 2 1 1 Long Command Lines The PICC18 driver is capable of processing command lines exceeding any operating system limita tion To do this the driver may be passed options via a command file
408. ore processing Use of this option will result in the command line being echoed to the stderr stream before com pilation is commenced Each token of the command line will be printed on a separate line and will appear in the order in which they are placed on the command line 2 6 29 EMI type Select operating mode of the external memory inter face EMI Those PIC18 devices which can interface with an external memory are capable of operating in sev eral modes The mode selected is determined by the type of memory available and the connection method used The interface can operate in 16 bit modes word write and byte select mode or in an 8 bit mode byte write mode Valid types that can be specified to this option are wordwrite 52 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions byteselect or bytewrite Which mode is selected will affect the code generated when writing to the external data In word write mode dummy reads and writes may be added to ensure that an even number of bytes are always written In byte select or byte write modes dummy reads and writes are not generated and can result in more efficient code Note that this option does not in any way pre configure the device for operation in the selected mode See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 30 ERRATA type Specify to add or remove specific errata workarounds This option allows specification of the types of software workarounds to app
409. os iaa ado G 176 43 113 EXPAND 55 Gee cee ae AR A eS 176 AS ALA INCLUDE lt 26644 22245 6 eM ew ER OS oe ee RED Os 178 ASA LIST soci bah ees bE A SEES LEA ee Es 178 AS AG INOCOND i p p eds a ee Re Es a clio 178 4 3 11 7 NOBXPAND cios Oe Rede Ge Ba Re 178 ASIS NOLIST gt c sra foe eR ES oR A es 179 AS ALG NOXREF o coo e a Bid ek obo 179 AS AAG PAGE 2 cance eet ee A e 179 A STACK co ge Goede oe Gs ee oe Se oe owe eek Gee es 179 43 1112 SUBTITLE o 24 02 2646 4 2804 464 0 e448 294545 179 AO MIS MILE o ye pag See oe a ee S 179 OS RU A ARER o a hock dole ara BRE Ga eT a GE RAP T i 179 44 Assembly LISTS coo rra eee baw ee Phe oN SE kw ees 180 Al General Format ooo e EER A Kee es 180 44 2 Function Information 181 44 3 Pointer Reference Graph ooo ee a ka 181 BAS CAGE ici do OS A Se eS A A RA 183 4 4 5 Call Graph Critical Palas exo ss Bee ee e amp BB ee 4s 185 Linker and Utilities 187 Sob IMD ie se EE EAE eR Ae LS BE A 187 22 Relocation Gnd Pset pe o 54204 Wa den bie Se oo ds oe ee Gawd 187 23 e 23 5 ee His dhe Bee hee She ee ee 188 Do LOCA sects bw alee ek eR aS ew go ed ae ee amp IS e 188 33 Global Symbols foo ea kk a AGE Ree e AG Rar 188 5 6 Link and load addresses 0 ee ee ee 189 E Operation escoria Slee SEA eR eS 189 5 7 1 Numbers In linkeroptions e sesos sc c o sosas e sao 190 Sid Aclass low Rew ea e e e HE ee ee ES 191 A HA ee a oS ee eH Be eee ee SE eS A ee 191 CONTEN
410. ositioned into that ID location If the value is larger than the maximum value allowable for each location on the target device the value will be truncated and a warning message issued The size of each ID location value varies from device to device See your device datasheet for more information For example 1 4 pragma config IDLOCO pragma config IDLOC1 will attempt fill the first two ID locations with 1 and 4 One pragma can be used to program several locations by separating each register value pair with a comma For example the above could also be specified as pragma config IDLOCO 1 IDLOC1 4 The compiler also has legacy support for the __IDLOC macro for example __IDLOC 15F01 To use this macro ensure you include lt htc h gt in your source file Neither the config pragma nor the __IDLOC macro produce executable code and so should ideally be placed outside function definitions 3 2 6 Bit Instructions Wherever possible HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs will attempt to use the PIC18 bit in structions For example when using a bitwise operator and a mask to alter a bit within an integral type the compiler will check the mask value to determine if a bit instruction can achieve the same functionality unsigned int foo foo 0x40 will produce the instruction 88 C Language Features Processor related Features bsf _foo 6 To set or clear individual bits within integral type the following macros cou
411. ositioning the blocks or psects of code and data that is generated from the program into the memory available for the target device This error indicates that the linker was unable to find an area of free memory large enough to accommodate one of the psects The error message indicates the name of the psect that the linker was attempting to position and the segment name which is typically the name of a class which is defined with a linker A option Section 3 8 1 lists each compiler generated psect and what it contains Typically psect names which are or include text relate to program code Names such as bss or data refer to variable blocks This error can be due to two reasons First the size of the program or the program s data has exceeded the total amount of space on the selected device In other words some part of your device s memory has completely filled If this is the case then the size of the specified psect must be reduced The second cause of this message is when the total amount of memory needed by the psect being positioned is sufficient but that this memory is fragmented in such a way that the largest contiguous block is too small to accommodate the psect The linker is unable to split psects in this situation That is the linker cannot place part of a psect at one location and part somewhere else Thus the linker must be able to find a contiguous block of memory large enough for every psect If this is the cause of the error t
412. ould avoid defining symbols with the same form 4 3 7 3 Location Counter The current location within the active program section is accessible via the symbol This symbol expands to the address of the currently executing instruction Thus goto will represent code that will jump to itself and form an endless loop By using this symbol and an offset a relative jump destination to be specified The address represented by is a word address and thus any offset to this symbol represents a number of instructions For example goto 1 movlw 8 movwf _foo will skip one instruction 161 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 7 4 Register Symbols Code in assembly modules may gain access to the special function registers by including pre defined assembly header files The appropriate file can be included by add the line include lt picl8 inc gt to the assembler source file Assembly header files use the inc extension Note that the file must be included using a C pre processor directive and hence the option to pre process assembly files must be enabled when compiling see Section 2 6 12 This header file contains appropriate commands to ensure that the header file specific for the target device is included into the source file These header files contain EQU declarations for all byte or multi byte sized registers and define macros for named bits within byte registers 4 3 7 5 Symbolic Labels A label is symbo
413. ow you the settings and values that are appropriate with this pragma Check your device datasheet for more information The compiler also has legacy support for the __ CONFIG and __PROG_CONFIG macros which allow configuration bit symbols or a configuration word value respectively to be specified For example __CONFIG 2 BW8 amp PWRTDIS amp WDTPS1 amp WDTEN specify symbols or __PROG_CONFIG 1 OxFE57 specify a literal constant value You cannot use the symbols in the __PROG_CONFIG macro nor can you use a literal value in the __CONFIG macro Use the pragma in preference to the macros for new projects To use these macros ensure you include lt htc h gt in your source file Symbols for the macros can be found in the cfgdata fies contained in the dat cfgdata directory of your compiler installation directory Neither the config pragma nor the macros produce executable code and so should ideally be placed outside function definitions 87 Processor related Features C Language Features 3 2 5 ID Locations Some PIC18 devices have locations outside the addressable memory area that can be used for storing program information such as an ID number The config pragma may also be used to place data into these locations by using a special register name The pragma is used in a manner similar to pragma config IDLOCX value where X is the number position of the ID location and value is the nibble or byte which is to be p
414. ows the total memory usage for all memory spaces A psect summary may be shown by enabling the psect suboption This shows individual psects after they have been grouped by the linker and the memory ranges they cover Table 2 14 shows what summary types are available See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 62 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process Adding TIME when building generate a summary which shows how much time each stage of the build process took to complete 64 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 14 Memory Summary Suboptions Suboption Controls On implies psect Summary of psect usage A summary of psect names and the addresses they were linked at will be shown mem General summary of memory used A concise summary of memory used will be shown class Summary of class usage A summary of all classes in each memory space will be shown hex Summary of address used within the hex A summary of addresses and hex file files which make up the final out put file will be shown file Whether summary information is shown Summary information will be on the screen or shown and saved to a file shown on screen and saved to a file 2 6 63 VER Display The Compiler s Version Information The VER option will display what version of the compiler is running 2 6 64 WARN 1level Set Warning Level The
415. pected Cromwell The input Microchip COFF file wasn t produced using Cromwell 639 zero bit width in Microchip optional header Cromwell The optional header in the input Microchip COFF file indicates that the program or data memory spaces are zero bits wide 668 prefix list did not match any SDB types Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 669 prefix list matched more than one SDB type Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 670 bad argument to T Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not present or correctly formed The option expects a decimal interger argument 437 Error and Warning Messages 671 argument to T should be in range 1 to 64 Clist The argument to the T option to specify tab size was not in the expected range The option expects a decimal interger argument ranging from 1 to 64 inclusive 673 missing filename after option Objtohex The indicated option requires a valid file name Ensure that the filename argument supplied to this option exists and is spelt correctly 674 too many references to Cref This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 679 unknown extraspecial Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details
416. performance 2x Directories Custom Build Trace Driver Compiler Linker Global m Linker options rf Codeotist Checksum Errata Do o Vectors hom 7 Callaraph Short form gt Debugger None y Trace type Stack size Specific size z Heap size Specific size y Frequency J7 Extend address 0 in HEX file Interrupt options IF None Number of vectors ad Vector table location 4 Type of vector E m Summary options IT Display psect usage I Display class usage Display overall memory usage I Display HEX usage map Cancel Apply Help Figure 2 5 The Linker dialog PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Checksum This field allows the checksum specification to be specified See Section 2 6 20 Errata This field allows the errata workarounds employed by the compiler to be controlled See Section 2 6 30 Vectors Not applicable Callgraph Not applicable Debugger This selector allows the type of hardware debugger to be chosen See Section 2 6 26 Trace type Not yet implemented Stack size Not applicable Heap size Not applicable Frequency Not applicable Extend address 0 in HEX file This option specifies that the intel HEX file should have initialization to zero of the upper address See Section 2 6 49 Interrupt options Not applicable
417. pes of psects although there will be several different types of each The three basic kinds are text psects containing executable code data psects containing initialised data and bss psects containing uninitialised but reserved data The difference between the data and bss psects may be illustrated by considering two external variables one is initialised to the value 1 and the other is not initialised The first will be placed into the data psect and the second in the bss psect The bss psect is always cleared to zeros on startup of the program thus the second variable will be initialised at run time to zero The first will however occupy space in the program file and will maintain its initialised value of 1 at startup It is quite possible to modify the value of a variable in the data psect during execution however it is better practice not to do so since this leads to more consistent use of variables and allows for restartable and ROMable programs For more information on the particular psects used in a specific compiler refer to the appropriate machine specific chapter 5 4 Local Psects Most psects are global i e they are referred to by the same name in all modules and any reference in any module to a global psect will refer to the same psect as any other reference Some psects are local which means that they are local to only one module and will be considered as separate from any other psect even of the same name in another modu
418. preferably with prototyped parameters If it is necessary to make a forward declaration of a function it should be preceded with the keywords extern or static as appropriate For example I may prevent an error arising from calls below void set long a int b void main void by here a prototype for set should have seen set 10L 6 362 redundant amp applied to array Parser The address operator has been applied to an array Since using the name of an array gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g int array 5 int ip array is a constant not a variable the amp is redundant ip amp array 407 Error and Warning Messages 363 redundant amp or applied to function address Parser The address operator amp has been applied to a function Since using the name of a function gives 1ts address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g extern void foo void void main void void bar void both assignments are equivalent bar fo0 bar foo the amp is redundant 364 attempt to modify object qualified Parser Objects declared const or code may not be assigned to or modified in any other way by your program The effect of attempting to modify such an object is compiler specific const int out 1234 out is read only out 0 oops writing to a read only object 365 pointer
419. psect 65 switch pragma directive 146 symbol files 43 Avocet format 197 enhanced 193 generating 193 local symbols in 197 old style 191 removing local symbols from 49 removing symbols from 196 source level 43 symbol tables 194 196 sorting 194 symbols assembler generated 161 global 188 205 linker defined 152 undefined 196 table read instruction 116 tan function 345 tanh function 253 temporary files 57 text psect 125 time function 346 time switch type 146 Timers 310 timers function 356 TITLE assembler control 179 toascii function 348 tolower function 348 toupper function 348 translation unit 23 trunc function 349 type checking assembly routines 131 INDEX INDEX type modifiers combining with pointers 104 type qualifier 102 type qualifiers 101 typographic conventions 19 unamed structure members 100 ungetc function 350 351 ungetch function 352 universal toolsuite 66 unnamed psect 165 unsigned integer suffix 93 unused memory filling 214 utilities 187 utoa function 353 va_arg function 354 va_end function 354 va_start function 354 variable initialization 32 variables absolute 115 157 accessing from assembly 135 auto 110 char types 96 floating point types 98 in external memory 103 int types 96 local 110 short long types 97 static 114 verbose 49 version number 65 volatile qualifier 101 159 vscanf function 313 W register 159 warnin
420. quent calls of the macro va_arg to access successive parameters Each call to va_arg requires two arguments the variable previously defined and a type name which is the type that the next parameter is expected to be Note that any arguments thus accessed will have been widened by the default conventions to int unsigned int or double For example if a character argument has been passed it should be accessed by va_arg ap int since the char will have been widened to int An example is given below of a function taking one integer parameter followed by a number of other parameters In this example the function expects the subsequent parameters to be pointers to char but note that the compiler is not aware of this and it is the programmers responsibility to ensure that correct arguments are supplied Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt void pr int a ss 354 Library Functions va_list ap va_start ap a while a puts va_arg ap char va_end ap void main void pti3 Tine T line lt 2 line 3 355 Library Functions WRITETIMERx Synopsis include lt htc h gt WRITETIMERO unsigned int WRITETIMER1 unsigned int WRITETIMER3 unsigned int Description The WRITETIMERO WRITETIMER10 and WRITETIMER30 macros will assign a 16 Bit value to the TMRxL and TMRxH register pair of the corresponding device timer Using this macro will ensure that
421. r Parser 471 Error and Warning Messages 978 this identifier is already an enum tag Parser This identifier following a struct or union keyword is already the tag for an enumerated type and thus should only follow the keyword enun e g enum IN ONE 1 TWO struct IN oops IN is already defined int a b hi 979 this identifier is already a struct tag Parser This identifier following a union or enum keyword is already the tag for a structure and thus should only follow the keyword struct e g struct IN int a b hi enum IN ONE 1 TWO oops IN is already defined 980 this identifier is already a union tag Parser This identifier following a struct or enum keyword is already the tag for a union and thus should only follow the keyword union e g union IN int a b hi enum IN ONE 1 TWO oops IN is already defined 981 pointer required Parser A pointer is required here e g struct DATA data data gt a 9 data is a structure not a pointer to a structure 982 unknown op in nxtuse Optimiser Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 472 Error and Warning Messages 983 storage class redeclared Parser A variable previously declared as being static has now be redeclared as extern 984 type redeclared Parser The type of this function or object has been redecl
422. r A pointer argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments 331 too few arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too few arguments for this format string This would result in a garbage value being printed or converted at run time e g printf sd 2d low oops where is the other value to print 332 interrupt_level should be 0 to 7 Parser The pragma interrupt_level must have an argument from 0 to 7 e g pragma interrupt_level oops what is the level void interrupt isr void isr code goes here 333 unrecognized qualifier name after strings Parser The pragma strings was passed a qualifier that was not identified e g oops should that be pragma strings const pragma strings cinst 334 unrecognized qualifier name after printf_check Parser The pragma print f_check was passed a qualifier that could not be identified e g oops should that be const not cinst pragma printf_check printf cinst 400 Error and Warning Messages 335 unknown pragma Parser An unknown pragma directive was encountered e g pragma rugsused w I think you meant regsused 336 string concatenation across lines Parser Strings on two lines will be concatenated Check that this is the desired result e g char cp hi there this is o
423. r The code associated with each function will be placed a unique text psect These psects can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided they do not interfere with the requirements of other psects It should not cross a 4000h address boundary for devices where this is a published errata 3 8 1 2 Data Space Psects bss These psects contain any uninitialized variables These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank and should not overlap access bank memory 125 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features cstack These psects contain the compiled stack On the stack are auto temporary and parameter variables for the entire program See Section 3 4 1 1 for information on the compiled stack These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank and should not overlap access bank memory data These psects contain the RAM image of any initialized variables These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank and should not overlap access bank memory nv These psects are used to store variables qualified persistent They are not cleared or otherwise modified at startup These psects may be linked anywhere in their targeted memory bank but should not overlap access bank memory 3 9 Interrupt Handling in C The compiler incorporates features allowing interrupts to be handled from C code Interrupt func tions are often called interrupt service routines ISR Interrupts are also known as ex
424. r signed integral types is implementation defined when the operand is negative Typically the possible actions that can be taken are that when an object is shifted right by one bit the bit value shifted into the most significant bit of the result can either be zero or a copy of the most significant bit before the shift took place The latter case amounts to a sign extension of the number PICC18 performs a sign extension of any signed integral type for example signed char signed int or signed long Thus an object with the signed int value 0124h shifted right one bit will yield the value 0092h and the value 8024h shifted right one bit will yield the value CO12h Right shifts of unsigned integral values always clear the most significant bit of the result Left shifts lt lt operator signed or unsigned always clear the least significant bit of the result 3 6 3 Division and modulus with integral types The sign of the result of division with integers when either operand is negative is implementation specific 3 5 shows the expected sign of the result of the division of operand with operand 2 when compiled with PICC18 In the case where the second operand is zero division by zero the result will always be zero 121 Register Usage C Language Features Table 3 6 Registers Used by the Compiler Register Name Description W The working register STATUS The Status register PCLATx Upper holding
425. r The Compilation Sequence Figure 2 2 Flow diagram of the final compilation sequence N hex map SE HLINK LL TNODEL obj y OBJTOHEX SS HEXMATE TA re A CROMWELL The link and post link steps are graphically illustrated in Figure 2 2 This diagram shows hex files as additional input file type not considered in the initial compi lation sequence These files can be merged into the hex file generated from the other input files in the project by an application called HEXMATE See Section 5 14 for more information on this utility The output of the linker is a single absolute object file called 1 0b3 that can be preserved by using the NODEL driver option Without this option this temporary file is used to generate an output file e g a HEX file and files used for debugging by development tools e g COFF files before it is deleted The file 1 obj can be used as the input to OBJTOHEX if running this application manually but it cannot be passed to the driver as an input file as it absolute and cannot be further processed 2 2 1 Single step Compilation The command line driver PICC18 can compile any mix of input files in a single step All source files will be re compiled regardless of whether they have been changes since that last time a compi lation was performed Unless otherwise specified a default output file and debug file are produced All intermedi ate files p
426. r after the keyword default This often occurs when a semicolon is accidentally typed instead of a colon e g switch input case 0 oops that should have been case 0 state NEW 321 label identifier expected Parser An identifier denoting a label must appear after goto e g if a goto 20 this is not BASIC a valid C label must follow a goto 322 enum tag or expected Parser After the keyword enum must come either an identifier that is or will be defined as an enum tag or an opening brace e g enum 1 2 should be e g enum one 1 two 323 struct union tag or expected Parser An identifier denoting a structure or union or an opening brace must follow a struct or union keyword e g struct int a this is not how you define a structure You might mean something like 398 Error and Warning Messages struct int a my_struct 324 too many arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too many arguments for this format string This is harmless but may represent an incorrect format string e g oops missed a placeholder printf Sd d low high median 325 error in printf style format string Parser There is an error in the format string here The string has been interpreted as a printf style format string and it is not syntactically correct If not corrected this will cause unexpected behaviour at run ti
427. r exists in this version of the compiler and has been ignored Use the compiler s help option or refer to the manual to find a replacement option 1179 interrupt level for function may not exceed Code Generator The interrupt level for the function specified is too high Each interrupt function is assigned a unique interrupt level This level is considered when analysing the call graph and re entrantly called functions If using the interrupt_level pragma check the value specified 1180 directory does not exist Driver The directory specified in the setup option does not exist Create the directory and try again 1182 near variables must be global or static Code Generator A variable qualified as near must also be qualified with static or made global An auto variable cannot be qualified as near 481 Error and Warning Messages 1183 invalid version number Activation During activation no matching version number was found on the HI TECH activation server database for the serial number specified 1184 activation limit reached Activation The number of activations of the serial number specified has exceeded the maximum number allowed for the license 1185 invalid serial number Activation During activation no matching serial number was found on the HI TECH activation server database 1186 licence has expired Driver The time limited license for this compiler has expired 1187 invalid
428. r may vary depending on the target device The device name is typically set using the CHIP option to the command line driver PICC18 see Section 2 6 21 or using the assembler P option see Table 4 1 but can also be set with this directive e g PROCESSOR 16F877 175 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 10 21 SIGNAT This directive is used to associate a 16 bit signature value with a label At link time the linker checks that all signatures defined for a particular label are the same and produces an error if they are not The SIGNAT directive is used by the HI TECH C compiler to enforce link time checking of C function prototypes and calling conventions Use the SIGNAT directive if you want to write assembly language routines which are called from C For example SIGNAT _fred 8192 will associate the signature value 8192 with the symbol _fred If a different signature value for _fred is present in any object file the linker will report an error 4 3 11 Assembler Controls Assembler controls may be included in the assembler source to control assembler operation such as listing format These keywords have no significance anywhere else in the program The control is invoked by the directive OPT followed by the control name Some keywords are followed by one or more parameters For example OPT EXPAND A list of keywords is given in Table 4 7 and each is described further below Some controls have shorter forms which
429. r must make an additional pass over the input code Debug information for assembler code generated from C source code may become unreliable Ooutfile By default the assembler determines the name of the object file to be created by stripping any suffix or extension i e the portion after the last dot from the first source filename and appending obj The 0 option allows the user to override the default filename and specify a new name for the object file Pprocessor This option defines the processor which is being used The processor type can also be indicated by use of the PROCESSOR directive in the assembler source file see Section 4 3 10 20 You can also add your own processors to the compiler via the compiler s chipinfo file Twidth This option allows specification of the assembly list file width in characters width should be a decimal number greater than 41 The default width is 80 characters V This option will include line number and filename information in the object file produced by the assembler Such information may be used by debuggers Note that the line numbers will correspond with assembler code lines in the assembler file This option should not be used when assembling an assembler file produced by the code generator from a C source file i e it should only be used with hand written assembler source files W warnlevel This option allow the warning threshold level to be set This will limit the number of warning message
430. racter constant enclosed in single quotes may not contain more than one character e g c 12 oops only one character may be specified 227 expected after Parser The only context in which two successive dots may appear is as part of the ellipsis symbol which must have 3 dots An ellipsis is used in function prototypes to indicate a variable number of param eters Either was meant to be an ellipsis symbol which would require you to add an extra dot or it was meant to be a structure member operator which would require you remove one dot 228 illegal character 0x Parser This character is illegal in the C code Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g c a oops did you mean c a 229 unknown qualifier given to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 230 missing argument to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 381 Error and Warning Messages 231 unknown qualifier given to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 232 missing argument to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 233 bad Q option Parser This is an internal c
431. ral To indicate that the microchip compatible libraries are linked in peripheral libraries have been linked in 3 11 4 Pragma Directives There are certain compile time directives that can be used to modify the behaviour of the compiler These are implemented through the use of the ANSI standard pragma facility The format of a pragma is pragma keyword options where keyword is one of a set of keywords some of which are followed by certain options A list of the keywords is given in Table 3 9 Those keywords not discussed elsewhere are detailed below 3 11 4 1 The pragma printf_check Directive Certain library functions accept a format string followed by a variable number of arguments in the manner of printf Although the format string is interpreted at runtime it can be compile time checked for consistency with the remaining arguments This directive enables this checking for the named function e g the system header file lt stdio h gt includes the directive pragma printf_check printf const to enable this checking for printf You may also use this for any user defined function that accepts print f style format strings The qualifier following the function name is to allow automatic conversion of pointers in variable argu ment lists The above example would cast any pointers to strings in RAM to be pointers of the type const char Note that the warning level must be set to 1 or below for this option to have any visi
432. ration Mode This selector allows the user to force another available operating mode e g Lite Standard or PRO other than the default See Section 2 6 41 9 Address Qualifier This selector allows the user to select the behavior of the address qualifier See Section 2 6 18 2 7 3 Linker Tab The options in this dialog control the link step of compilation See Figure 2 5 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 1 Runtime options These checkboxes control the many runtime features the compiler can employ See Section 2033 2 Fill This field allows a fill value to be specified for unused memory locations See Section 2 6 33 3 Codeoffset This field allows an offset for the program to be specified See Section 2 6 24 69 MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver I T 70 Build Options For Project astest mcp m Runtime options IV Clear bss FT Initialize stack FE Initialize heap Initialize data TT Keep generated startup as FF Use OSCCAL I Backup reset condition flags IT Format hex file for download T Test RAM on startup I Managed stack IV Warm on stack overflow PF Initialize CPO E Initialize GPAs IT NMI handler I Soft reset handler I Unused interrupt vectors will RESET I Unused interrupts vector to Generallnterrupt IF Program the device with default config words Link in C Library JF Link in Peripheral Library FP Optimal
433. re made to ensure this does not exceed the maximum stack depth The code generator also produces a warning if the maximum stack depth appears to have been exceeded For the above reasons this warning too is intended to be a only a guide to potential stack problems 4 4 5 Call Graph Critical Paths Immediately prior to the call graph tables in the list file are the critical paths for memory usage identified in the call graphs A critical path is printed for each memory space and for each call graph Look for a line similar to Critical Paths under _main in BANKO which for this example indicates the critical path for the main function the root of one call graph in bank 0 memory There will be one call graph for the function main and another for each interrupt function and each of these will appear for every memory space the device defines A critical path here represents the biggest range of APBs stacked together in as a contiguous block Essentially it identifies those functions whose APBs are contributing to the program s mem ory usage in that particular memory space If you can reduce the memory usage of these functions in the corresponding memory space then you will affects the program s total memory usage in that memory space 185 Assembly List Files Macro Assembler This information may be presented as follows 3793 Critical Paths under _main in BANKO 3794 3795 5 _main gt _foobar 3796 5 _foobar gt __ f
434. red that can be evaluated to a constant at compile time e g int a switch input case a oops can t use variable as part of a case label input 189 illegal type for array dimension Parser An array dimension must be either an integral type or an enumerated value int array 12 5 oops twelve and a half elements eh 374 Error and Warning Messages 190 illegal type for index expression Parser An index expression must be either integral or an enumerated value e g int i array 10 i array 3 5 oops exactly which element do you mean 191 cast type must be scalar or void Parser A typecast an abstract type declarator enclosed in parentheses must denote a type which is either scalar i e not an array or a structure or the type void e g lip long input oops maybe lip long input 192 undefined identifier Parser This symbol has been used in the program but has not been defined or declared Check for spelling errors if you think it has been defined 193 nota variable identifier Parser This identifier is not a variable it may be some other kind of object e g a label 194 expected Parser A closing parenthesis was expected here This may indicate you have left out this character in an expression or you have some other syntax error The error is flagged on the line at which the code first starts to make no sense
435. reloc psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s reloc option must be a positive constant number e g psect test class CODE reloc 4 the reloc must be positive 867 psect flag reloc redefined Assembler The reloc flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM reloc 4 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM reloc 8 868 argument to delta psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s DELTA option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE delta 2 negative delta value doesn t make sense 869 psect flag delta redefined Assembler The DELTA option of a psect has been redefined more than once in the same module 462 Error and Warning Messages 870 argument to pad psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s PAD option must be a non zero positive integer 871 argument to space psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s space option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE space 1 space values start at zero 872 psect flag space redefined Assembler The space flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a p
436. reprocessor expression requires its argument to be a single name The name must start with a letter and should be enclosed in parentheses e g oops defined expects a name not an expression if defined a amp b input read endif 128 illegal operator in if Preprocessor A if expression has an illegal operator Check for correct syntax e g if FOO 6 oops should that be if FOO 5 129 unexpected in if Preprocessor The backslash is incorrect in the if statement e g if FOO 34 define BIG Hendif 365 Error and Warning Messages 130 unknown type in el if sizeof Preprocessor An unknown type was used in a preprocessor sizeof The preprocessor can only evaluate sizeof with basic types or pointers to basic types e g Hif sizeof unt 2 should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF fendif 131 illegal type combination in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found an illegal type combination in the argument to sizeof in a if expres sion e g To sign or not to sign that is the error if sizeof signed unsigned int 2 i OxFFFF fendif 132 no type specified in el if sizeof Preprocessor Sizeof was used in a preprocessor if expression but no type was specified The argument to sizeof in a preprocessor expression must be a valid simple type or pointer to a simple type e g if sizeof oops siz
437. ression to determine which placeholders could be valid This enables the size and complexity of the generated printf routine to be kept to a minimum TUTORIAL PRINTF WITHOUT LITERAL FORMAT STRINGS If there is only one reference to printf in a program and it appears as in the following code 34 PICC18 Command line Driver Debugging Information void my_print const char mes printf mes the compiler cannot determine the exact format string but can see that there are no additional arguments to printf following the format string represented by mes Thus the only valid format strings will not contain placeholders that print any arguments and a minimal version of printf will be generated and compiled If the above code was rewritten as void my_print const char mes double val printf mes val the compiler will detect that the argument being printed has double type thus the only valid placeholders would be those that print floating point types for example e f and Sg No aspect of this operation is user controllable other than by adjusting the calls to printf how ever the actual printf code used by a program can be observed If compiling a program using printf the driver will leave behind the pre processed version of doprnt c This module called doprnt pre in your working directory will show the C code that will actually be contained in the printf routine As this code has been pre processed inden
438. revious PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM space 0 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 873 a psect may only be in one class Assembler You cannot assign a psect to more than one class The psect was defined differently at this point than when it was defined elsewhere A psect s class is specified via a flag as in the following psect text class CODE Look for other psect definitions that specify a different class name 874 a psect may only have one with option Assembler A psect can only be placed with one other psect A psect s with option is specified via a flag as in the following psect bss with data Look for other psect definitions that specify a different with psect name 875 bad character constant in expression Assembler Optimizer The character constant was expected to consist of only one character but was found to be greater than one character or none at all An assembler specific example mov r0 12 12 specifies two characters 463 Error and Warning Messages 876 syntax error Assembler Optimiser A syntax error has been detected This could be caused a number of things 877 yace stack overflow Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 878 S option used ignored Driver The indicated assembly file has been supplied to the driver in conjunction with the S option The driver r
439. ription This macro is used to program the configuration fuses that set the device into various modes of operation The macro accepts the number corresponding to the configuration register it is to program then the 16 Bit value it is to update it with 16 Bit masks have been defined to describe each programmable attribute available on each de vice These attribute masks can be found tabulated in this manual in the Features and Runtime Environment section Multiple attributes can be selected by ANDing them together Example include lt htc h gt __CONFIG 1 RC OSCEN __CONFIG 2 WDTPS16 amp BORV45 __CONFIG 4 DEBUGEN void main void See also __EEPROM_DATAQ _ IDLOC 228 Library Functions _ EEPROM_DATA Synopsis include lt htc h gt __EEPROM_DATA a b c d e f 9 h Description This macro is used to store initial values into the device s EEPROM registers at the time of program ming The macro must be given blocks of 8 bytes to write each time it is called and can be called repeatedly to store multiple blocks __ EEPROM_DATA will begin writing to EEPROM address zero and will auto increment the address written to by 8 each time it is used Example include lt htc h gt __EEPROM_DATA 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 __EEPROM_DATA 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F void main void See also __CONFIG 229 Library Functions _ IDLOC
440. rror e g here is a comment which 1 have forgotten to close if a gt b c 0 that will be closed here thus removing the if else my if has been lost c Oxff 249 probable missing in previous block Parser The compiler has encountered what looks like a function or other declaration but the preceding function has not been ended with a closing brace This probably means that a closing brace has been omitted from somewhere in the previous function although it may well not be the last one e g 385 Error and Warning Messages void set char a PORTA a the closing brace was left out here void clear void error flagged here PORTA 0 251 array dimension redeclared Parser An array dimension has been declared as a different non zero value from its previous declaration It is acceptable to redeclare the size of an array that was previously declared with a zero dimension but not otherwise e g extern int array 5 int array 10 oops has it 5 or 10 elements 252 argument conflicts with prototype Parser The argument specified argument 0 is the left most argument of this function definition does not agree with a previous prototype for this function e g this is supposedly calc s prototype extern int calc int int int calc int a long int b hmmm which is right error flagged here return sin b a 253
441. rt with details 1088 function pointer is used but never assigned a value Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the pointer was never assigned a target address e g void fp int fp 23 oops what function does fp point to 1089 recursive function call to Code Generator A recursive call to the specified function has been found The call may be direct or indirect using function pointers and may be either a function calling itself or calling another function whose call graph includes the function under consideration 479 Error and Warning Messages 1090 variable is not used Code Generator This variable is declared but has not been used by the program Consider removing it from the program 1091 main function not defined Code Generator The main function has not been defined Every C program must have a function called main 1094 bad derived type Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1095 bad call to typeSub Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1096 type should be unqualified Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1097 unknown type string Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TE
442. runtime PLAB_REALICE__ DEBUGGER REALICE To indicate that the code is being generated for the Microchip Realice debugger PLAB_PICKIT2 DEBUGGER PICKIT2 To indicate that the code is being generated for the Microchip PICKIT2 debugger PLAB_PICKIT3 DEBUGGER PICKIT3 To indicate that the code is being generated for the Microchip PICKIT3 debugger PLAB_ICD__ DEBUGGER ICD2 ICD3 To indicate that the code is being generated for the Microchip ICD In Circuit debugger Value is 2 or 3 _ICDROM_START DEBUGGER ICD2 ICD3 Defined the start address of the ICD s re served program space _ICDROM_END DEBUGGER ICD2 ICD3 Defined the end address of the ICD s re served program space continued 141 Preprocessing C Language Features _ERRATA_TYPES Always Defines a bitmask to show which types of silicon errata may be applicable to this build errata_type When errata workaround 1s employed Defined when the errata workaround is ap plied e g ERRATA_4000_BOUNDARY _ OPTIMIZE_type__ When optimization is enabled To indicate if speed or space optimizations are enabled with __ OPTIMIZE_SPEED__ or __OPTIMIZE_SPACE__ _chipname When chip selected To indicate the specific chip type selected e g _18F452 __chipname When chip selected To indicate the specific chip type selected e g __18F452
443. s 431 Error and Warning Messages 520 function is never called Linker This function is never called This may not represent a problem but space could be saved by remov ing it If you believe this function should be called check your source code Some assembler library routines are never called although they are actually execute In this case the routines are linked in a special sequence so that program execution falls through from one routine to the next 521 call depth exceeded by function Linker The call graph shows that functions are nested to a depth greater than specified 522 library is badly ordered Linker This library is badly ordered It will still link correctly but it will link faster if better ordered 523 argument to W option illegal and ignored Linker The argument to the linker option w is out of range This option controls two features For warning levels the range is 9 to 9 For the map file width the range is greater than or equal to 10 524 unable to open list file Linker The named list file could not be opened The linker would be trying to fixup the list file so that it will contain absolute addresses Ensure that an assembler list file was generated during the compilation stage Alternatively remove the assembler list file generation option from the link step 525 too many address memory spaces space ignored Linker The limit to the number of a
444. s as per the C Standard 149 preprocessor macro work area overflow Preprocessor The total length of a macro expansion has exceeded the size of an internal table This table is normally 32768 bytes long Thus any macro expansion must not expand into a total of more than 32K bytes 150 illegal __ preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 151 too many arguments in preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor There were too many arguments supplied in a macro invocation The maximum number allowed is 31 152 bad dp nargs in openpar c Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 368 Error and Warning Messages 153 out of space in preprocessor macro argument expansion Preprocessor A macro argument has exceeded the length of an internal buffer This buffer is normally 4096 bytes long 155 work buffer overflow conatenating Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 156 work buffer overflow Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 157 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 158 i
445. s the definitions for variables will need to be moved to new modules or more evenly spread in the existing modules Memory allocation for auto variables is entirely handled by the compiler Other than reducing the number of these variables used the programmer has little control over their operation This applies whether the compiled code uses a hardware or compiled stack For example after receiving the message Can t find 0x34 words 0x34 withtotal for psect text in segment CODE error look in the map file for the ranges of unused memory UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES CODE 00000244 0000025F 00001000 0000102f RAM 00300014 00301FFB In the CODE segment there is Ox1c Ox25f 0x244 1 bytes of space available in one block and 0x30 available in another block Neither of these are large enough to accommodate the psect text which is 0x34 bytes long Notice however that the total amount of memory available is larger than 0x34 bytes 492 attempt to position absolute psect is illegal Linker This psect is absolute and should not have an address specified in a P option Either remove the abs psect flag or remove the P linker option 428 Error and Warning Messages 493 origin of psect is defined more than once Linker The origin of this psect is defined more than once There is most likely more than one p linker option specifying this psect 494 bad P format Linker The P option given to the linker i
446. s a 26 character string describing the current date and time in the format Sun Sep 16 01 03 52 1973 n 0 Note the newline at the end of the string The width of each field in the string is fixed The example gets the current time converts it to a struct tm pointer with localtime it then converts this to ASCII and prints it The time function will need to be provided by the user see time for details Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time clock tp localtime amp clock printf Ss asctime tp See Also ctime gmtime localtime time 235 Library Functions Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as it cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more details 236 Library Functions ASIN Synopsis include lt math h gt double asin double f Description The asin function implements the converse of sin i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose sine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void float i a for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a asin i 180 0 3 141592 printf asin f f degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan acos atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians
447. s an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 453 Error and Warning Messages 785 too many temporary labels Assembler There are too many temporary labels in this assembler file The assembler allows a maximum of 2000 temporary labels 787 can t handle v_rtype of in copyexpr Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 788 invalid character in number Assembler A number contained a character that was not part of the range 0 9 or 0 F 790 end of file inside conditional Assembler END of FILE was encountered while scanning for an endif to match a previous if 793 unterminated macro argument Assembler An argument to a macro is not terminated Note that angle brackets lt gt are used to quote macro arguments 794 invalid number syntax Assembler Optimiser The syntax of a number is invalid This can be e g use of 8 or 9 in an octal number or other malformed numbers 796 use of LOCAL outside macros is illegal Assembler The LOCAL directive is only legal inside macros It defines local labels that will be unique for each invocation of the macro 797 syntax error in LOCAL argument Assembler A symbol defined using the LOCAL assembler directive in an assembler macro is syntactically incor rect Ensure that all symbols and all other assembler identifiers conform with the assemb
448. s are reserved and not used by C code The linker options are also adjusted by the driver to enure that this memory is not allocated TUTORIAL PROCESSING OF ABSOLUTE PSECTS An assembly code files defines a table that must be located at address 210h in the data space The assembly file contains PSECT lkuptbl class RAM space 1 abs ovlrd ORG 210h lookup ds 20h When the project is compiled this file is assembled and the resulting relocatable object file scanned for absolute psects As this psect is flagged as being abs and ovlra the bounds and space of the psect will be noted in this case a memory range from address 210h to 22fh in memory space 1 is being used This information is passed to the code generator to ensure that these address spaces are not used by C code The linker will also be told to remove these ranges from those available and this reservation will be observable in the map file The RAM class definition for example may look like ARAM 00h OFFhx2 0200h 020Fh 0230h 02FFh 0300h 03FFhx3 for an 18F452 device showing that addresses 210h through 22F were reserved from this class range 138 C Language Features Preprocessing 3 10 4 2 Undefined Symbols Variables can be defined in assembly code if required but in some instances it is easier to do so in C source code in other cases the symbols may need to be accessable from both assembly and C source code A problem can occur if there is a variable defin
449. s for this instruction 849 illegal instruction for this processor Assembler The instruction is not supported by this processor 850 PAGESEL not usable with this processor Assembler The PAGESEL pseudo instruction is not usable with the device selected 852 radix must be from 2 16 Assembler The radix specified using the RADIX assembler directive must be in the range from 2 binary to 16 hexadecimal 853 invalid size for FNSIZE directive Assembler The assembler FNSIZE assembler directive arguments must be positive constants 855 ORG argument must be a positive constant Assembler An argument to the ORG assembler directive must be a positive constant or a symbol which has been equated to a positive constant e g ORG 10 this must a positive offset to the current psect 460 Error and Warning Messages 856 ALIGN argument must be a positive constant Assembler The align assembler directive requires a non zero positive integer argument 857 psect may not be local and global Linker A local psect may not have the same name as a global psect e g psect text class CODE text is implicitly global move r0 rl elsewhere psect text local class CODE move r2 r4 The global flag is the default for a psect if its scope is not explicitly stated 859 argument to C option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s C option which
450. s lost Storage of a serial number at a fixed address Storage of a string e g time stamp at a fixed address Store initial values at a particular memory address e g initialise EEPROM Detecting usage of a buggy restricted instruction Adjusting hex file to meet requirements of particular bootloaders 5 14 1 Hexmate Command Line Options Some of these hexmate operations may be possible from the compiler s command line driver How ever if hexmate is to be run directly its usage is hexmate lt filel hex fileN hex gt lt options gt Where filel hex through to fileN hex are a list of input Intel hex files to merge using hexmate Ad ditional options can be provided to further customize this process Table 5 9 lists the command line options that hexmate accepts The input parameters to hexmate are now discussed in greater detail Note that any integral values supplied to the hexmate options should be entered as hexadecimal values without leading 0x or trailing h characters Note also that any address fields specified in these options are to be entered as byte addresses unless specified otherwise in the ADDRESSING option 5 14 1 1 specifications filename hex Intel hex files that can be processed by hexmate should be in either INHX32 or INHX8M format Additional specifications can be applied to each hex file to put restrictions or conditions on how this file should be processed If any specifications are used they must prece
451. s malformed This option specifies placement of a psect e g Ptext 10g0h Maybe you meant Ptext 10f0h 495 use of both with and INCLASS INCLASS allocation is illegal Linker It is not legal to specify both the link and location of a psect as within a class when that psect was also defined using a with psect flag 497 psect exceeds max size h gt h Linker The psect has more bytes in it than the maximum allowed as specified using the size psect flag 498 psect exceeds address limit h gt h Linker The maximum address of the psect exceeds the limit placed on it using the limit psect flag Either the psect needs to be linked at a different location or there is too much code data in the psect 499 undefined symbol Assembler Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 500 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 429 Error and Warning Messages 501 program entry point is defined more than once Linker There is more than one entry point defined in the object files given the linker End entry point is specified after the END directive The runtime startup code defines the entry point e g powerup goto start END powerup end of file and define entry poi
452. s produce when the assembler is executing The effect of this option is similar to the command line driver s WARN option see Section 2 6 64 See Section 2 5 for more information X The object file created by the assembler contains symbol information including local symbols i e symbols that are neither public or external The X assembler option will prevent the local symbols from being included in the object file thereby reducing the file size 156 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 HI TECH C Assembly Language The source language accepted by the macro assembler ASPIC18 is described below All opcode mnemonics and operand syntax are strictly PIC18 assembly language Additional mnemonics and assembler directives are documented in this section 4 3 1 Assembler Format Deviations The HI TECH PICC 18 assembler uses a slightly modified form of assembly language to that used in C18 and MPASM The HI TECH PICC 18 assembler uses the operands w and to specify the destination register The W register is selected as the destination when using the w operand and the file register is selected when using the operand or if no destination operand is specified The case of the letter in the destination operand in not important The operands 0 or 1 cannot be used to specify the destination The PICC 18 assembler also uses the operands bp and c to indicate that a f
453. s the numerator by the denominator computing the quotient and the remain der The sign of the quotient is the same as that of the mathematical quotient Its absolute value is the largest integer which is less than the absolute value of the mathematical quotient The Idiv Q function is similar to the div function the difference being that the arguments and the members of the returned structure are all of type long int Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Laine te Alby lt ldiv 1234567 12345 printf Quotient ld remainder ld n lt quot 1t rem See Also div uldiv udivO Return Value Returns a structure of type Idiv_t 283 Library Functions LOCALTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm localtime time_t t Description The localtime function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The routine localtime takes into account the contents of the global integer time_zone This should contain the number of minutes that the local time zone is westward of Greenwich On systems where it is not possible to predetermine this value localtime will return the same result as gmtime Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt char wday Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Satur
454. sBANKOh psects if a split took place The contents of these psects are described below listed by psect base name 123 Psects C Language Features 3 8 1 1 Program Space Psects checksum This is a psect that is used to mark the position of a checksum that has been requested using the CHECKSUM option see Section 2 6 20 The checksum value is added after the linker has executed so you will not see the contents of this psect in the assembly list file nor specific information in the map file Linking this psect at a non default location will have no effect on where the checksum is stored although the map file will indicate it located at the new address Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect cinit Used by the C initialization runtime startup code Code in this psect is output by the code generator along with the generated code for the C program look for it in the project s assembly list file and does not appear in the runtime startup assembly module This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided they does not interfere with the requirements of other psects It should not cross a 4000h address boundary for devices where this is a published errata config Used to store the configuration words Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect const These psects hold objects that are declared const and string literals which are not modifiable Used when the total amount of con
455. sage type If a filename is specified immediately after E it is treated as the name of a file to which all messages errors warnings etc will be printed For example to compile x c and redirect all errors to x err use the command PICC18 CHIP 18F242 Ex err x c The E option also allows errors to be appended to an existing file by specifying an addition charac ter at the start of the error filename for example PICC18 CHIP 18F242 E x err y c If you wish to compile several files and combine all of the errors generated into a single text file use the E option to create the file then use E when compiling all the other source files For example to compile a number of files with all errors combined into a file called project err you could use the E option as follows PICC18 CHIP 18F242 Eproject err O PASS1 main c PICC18 CHIP 18F242 E project err 0 PASS1 partl c PICC18 CHIP 18F242 E project err C asmcode as Section 2 5 has more information regarding this option as well as an overview of the messaging system and other related driver options 2 6 5 Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File The G option generates a source level symbol file i e a file which allows tools to determine which line of source code is associated with machine code instructions and determine which source level variable names correspond with areas of memory etc for use with supported debuggers and simu lators such as MP
456. scanf const char va_list ap Description The scanf function performs formatted input de editing from the stdin stream Similar func tions are available for streams in general and for strings The function vscanf is similar but takes a pointer to an argument list rather than a series of additional arguments This pointer should have been initialised with va_start The input conversions are performed according to the fmt string in general a character in the format string must match a character in the input however a space character in the format string will match zero or more white space characters in the input i e spaces tabs or newlines A conversion specification takes the form of the character optionally followed by an assign ment suppression character optionally followed by a numerical maximum field width followed by a conversion specification character Each conversion specification unless it incorporates the as signment suppression character will assign a value to the variable pointed at by the next argument Thus if there are two conversion specifications in the fmt string there should be two additional pointer arguments The conversion characters are as follows oxd Skip white space then convert a number in base 8 16 or 10 radix respectively If a field width was supplied take at most that many characters from the input A leading minus sign will be recognized s Skip white space then copy a m
457. sect Class names are used to allow local psects to be referred to by a class name at link time since they cannot be referred to by their own name Class names are also useful where psects need only be positioned anywhere within a range of addresses rather than at one specific address e The delta flag defines the size of an addressing unit In other words the number of bytes covered for an increment in the address 167 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler A psect defined as global will be combined with other global psects of the same name from other modules at link time This is the default behaviour for psects unless the local flag is used The limit flag specifies a limit on the highest address to which a psect may extend A psect defined as local will not be combined with other local psects at link time even if there are others with the same name Where there are two local psects in the one module they reference the same psect A local psect may not have the same name as any global psect even one in another module A psect defined as ovrld will have the contribution from each module overlaid rather than concatenated at runtime ovrld in combination with abs defines a truly absolute psect i e a psect within which any symbols defined are absolute The pure flag instructs the linker that this psect will not be modified at runtime and may therefore for example be placed in ROM This flag is of limited usefulness since 1
458. sion Example include lt htc h gt void main void control 0x80 _delay3 10 delay for 30 cycles control amp 0x7F See Also _delay 232 Library Functions ABS Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int abs int j Description The abs function returns the absolute value of j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void int a 5 printf The absolute value of d is d n a abs a See Also labs fabsQ Return Value The absolute value of j 233 Library Functions ACOS Synopsis include lt math h gt double acos double f Description The acos function implements the inverse of cos i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose cosine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt Print acos values for 1 to 1 in degrees void main void float E sa for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 1 0 1 a acos i 180 0 3 141592 printf acos bf Sf degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan asin atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 0 to 7 234 Library Functions ASCTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt char asctime struct tm t Description The asctime function takes the time broken down into the struct tm structure pointed to by its argument and return
459. sion in the range 0 7 843 amacro name can t also be an EQU SET symbol Assembler An EQU or SET symbol has been found with the same name as a macro This is not allowed For example getval MACRO mov r0 rl ENDM getval EQU 55h oops choose a different name to the macro 844 lexical error Assembler Optimiser An unrecognized character or token has been seen in the input 845 symbol defined more than once Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next move r0 55 move rl r0 _next oops choose a different name 459 Error and Warning Messages The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 846 relocation error Assembler Optimiser It is not possible to add together two relocatable quantities A constant may be added to a relocatable value and two relocatable addresses in the same psect may be subtracted An absolute value must be used in various places where the assembler must know a value at assembly time 847 operand error Assembler Optimiser The operand to this opcode is invalid Check your assembler reference manual for the proper form of operand
460. sizes The compiler automatically uses the access bank for frequently accessed user defined variables so this qualifier would only be needed for special memory placement of objects for example if C variables are accessed in hand written assembly code that assumes that they are located in this memory This qualifier is controlled by the compiler option ADDRQUAL which determines its effect see Section 2 6 18 Based on this option s settings this qualifier may be binding or ignored which is the default operation Qualifiers which are ignored will not produce an error or warning but will have no effect Here is an example of an unsigned char object placed within the access bank near unsigned char fred Objects qualified near cannot be auto or parameters to a function but can be qualified static allowing them to be defined locally within a function as in void myFunc void static near unsigned char local_near Note that the compiler may store some temporary objects in the common memory so not all of this space may be available for user defined variables If the PICC18 option STRICT is used this type qualifier is changed to __near For the operation of this qualifier in C18 compatibility mode see Section 3 1 4 refer to the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs manual 3 3 11 3 Far Type Qualifier The far type qualifier is used to place non auto variables into the program memory space for those PIC18 devices which can support
461. ss specified Additional specifications can be appended as a comma separated list to this option Such specifications are ywidth n select the byte width of the checksum result A negative width will store the result in little endian byte order Result widths from one to four bytes are permitted offset nnnn An initial value or offset to be added to this checksum algorithm n Select one of the checksum algorithms implemented in hexmate The selectable al gorithms are described in Table 5 10 See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 21 CHIP processor Define Processor This option is the only option that is mandatory It specifies the target processor for the compilation To see a list of supported processors that can be used with this option use the CHIP INFO option described in Section 2 6 22 See also Section 4 3 10 20 for information on setting the target processor from within assembly files 2 6 22 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors The CHIPINFO option simply displays a list of processors the compiler supports The names listed are those chips defined in the chipinfo file and which may be used with the CHIP option 50 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 6 Compatibility modes Mode Operation htc HI TECH C default c18 MPLAB C18 traditional cl8e MPLAB C18 Extended 2 6 23 CMODE Specify compatibility mode This opt
462. st be tokens containing only letters and digits e g the character will not lead to a valid token define cc a b a b 139 end of file in comment Preprocessor End of file was encountered inside a comment Check for a missing closing comment flag e g Here the comment begins I m not sure where I end though 140 can t open file Driver Preprocessor Code Generator Assembler The command file specified could not be opened for reading Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line e g picc communds should that be picc commands 367 Error and Warning Messages 141 can t open file Any An output file could not be created Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the com mand line 144 too many nested if blocks Preprocessor if ifdef etc blocks may only be nested to a maximum of 32 146 include filename too long Preprocessor A filename constructed while looking for an include file has exceeded the length of an internal buffer Since this buffer is 4096 bytes long this is unlikely to happen 147 too many include directories specified Preprocessor A maximum of 7 directories may be specified for the preprocessor to search for include files The number of directories specified with the driver is too great 148 too many arguments for preprocessor macro Preprocessor A macro may only have up to 31 parameter
463. st data in a program exceeds 64k This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided it does not interfere with the requirements of other psects eeprom_data Used to store data to be programmed into the EEPROM data area Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect end_init Used by initialization code in the startup as module that transfers control to the main function It should not cross a 4000h address boundary for devices where this is a published errata idata These psects contain the ROM image of any initialised variables These psects are copied into the data psects at startup In this case the class name is used to describe the class of the corresponding RAM based data psect These psects will be stored in program memory not the data memory space This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided it does not interfere with the requirements of other psects idloc Used to store the ID location words Do not change the default linker options relating to this psect 124 C Language Features Psects init Used by initialisation code in the startup as module This code deals with setting up the target device This psect can be linked anywhere in the program memory provided it does not interfere with the requirements of other psects It should not cross a 4000h address boundary for devices where this is a published errata intcode Is the psect which contains the executable code for
464. stant The token N is replaced by the ordinal number of the segment which is allocated by the linker For example N 8 4 192 Linker and Utilities Operation means take the segment number multiply by 8 then add 4 The result is the segment selector This particular example would allocate segment selectors in the sequence 4 12 20 for the number of segments defined This would be appropriate when compiling for 80286 protected mode where these selectors would represent LDT entries 5 7 10 Hsymfile This option will instruct the linker to generate a symbol file The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 7 11 H symfile This option will instruct the linker to generate an enhanced symbol file which provides in addition to the standard symbol file class names associated with each symbol and a segments section which lists each class name and the range of memory it occupies This format is recommended if the code is to be run in conjunction with a debugger The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 7 12 Jerrcount The linker will stop processing object files after a certain number of errors other than warnings The default number is 10 but the J option allows this to be altered 5 7 13 K For compilers that use a compiled stack the linker will try and overlay function auto and parameter
465. sure they are compatible e g extern int get_value int in and in another module this is different to the declaration int get_value int in char type 481 common symbol psect conflict Linker A common symbol has been defined to be in more than one psect 482 symbol is defined more than once in Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next move r0 55 move rl r0 _next oops choose a different name 425 Error and Warning Messages The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 483 symbol can t be global Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 484 psect can t be in classes and Linker A psect cannot be in more than one class This is either due to assembler modules with conflicting class options to the PSECT directive or use of the C option to the linker e g psect final class CODE finish elsewhere psect final class ENTRY 485 unknown with psect referenced by psect Linker The specified psect has been placed with a ps
466. t Sh a a ee dd 231 A ee Be Gat a oe oe ee ee Soe Ge ee we eee 232 WBS oe eee hae Ph BAe ee ew eee eb ee ee 233 ACOS dai ee Eo ee ha RO a Bee Be nS od k 234 ASCTIME i o ese ate eo Be che Bah Ge eB ae head fe adhe a ac tae BL he J TR BOREAL ae th ht 235 ASIN ati bE eA WA ee BA de ee ee Bae Se de e 237 PSG co ek Se eo eck at BSR Beene ake ee A oe ee ee Se ee N 238 ATAN soroas te A tha Gis fo GR So a Ache seh E AS 239 ATANI vib baw de ew eid bem wee be She Ba Oe be ee wkd e A 240 APOR oeps Se Oe By ekg dette tk ek Bere ted ate e A Aer er etna oe oh A rte e e HAS 241 APOP oda ii a Gi eee Mae Bde a o de sa Hace Ge Racks Se Biss 242 ATOL ae fod che he SE oe ek oh ea ee i he Ok ee eB 243 BEAR CH oss csc he hp sale ve eh ai ach Ss e a Wea Sev ob as es es Shy hp Ge wd lke hs BS 244 CEI od te ie Re ee ee RN 246 COED aos Se hho tend ale ras Bak ees Gale i ee Rots dd Sole Boers Mentors amp Sy Te Sh sd 247 CERN DE o ca Se MSs e cee see bici de Shee ns hb A Gee ee es las Geen is de TS 249 CONFIG READ yn ee ak Ge Be Wc ee als eae ww al di 250 E O A Roce a fp A ae eo bee ee E oe oe ond T Se es 252 COSH o ud Rte ee AS eA ee ee 4 Ree Oe ED RS SESE EAS 253 OPUS sa ha le Ga AE Gp A eed ah ale dow oa A re a a 254 CHME ok ee Ba Be a a EE eee eh Sc eA Da A RAS 255 device id read 2 62 SS RA See Se ea ee 4 S45 hoe SG EEK 256 DE A Bie cet en A tae ee eee ee oe Be ees ce eR Re ee ae Se es 258 ME cc Sac cs A a cay Bt Gee HE Geb MSG cee ts as th Se eee e
467. t addresses The files for one device are compiled using this linker option to produce a symbol only object file this is then linked with the files for the other device The process can then be repeated for the other files and device 5 7 9 Gspec When linking programs using segmented or bank switched psects there are two ways the linker can assign segment addresses or selectors to each segment A segment is defined as a contiguous group of psects where each psect in sequence has both its link and load address concatenated with the previous psect in the group The segment address or selector for the segment is the value derived when a segment type relocation is processed by the linker By default the segment selector will be generated by dividing the base load address of the seg ment by the relocation quantum of the segment which is based on the reloc flag value given to psects at the assembler level This is appropriate for 8086 real mode code but not for protected mode or some bank switched arrangements In this instance the G option is used to specify a method for calculating the segment selector The argument to G is a string similar to A 10h 4h where A represents the load address of the segment and represents division This means Take the load address of the psect divide by 10 hex then subtract 4 This form can be modified by substi tuting N for A for to represent multiplication and adding rather than subtracting a con
468. t depends on the linker and target system enforcing it The reloc flag allows specification of a requirement for alignment of the psect on a particular boundary e g reloc 100h would specify that this psect must start on an address that is a multiple of 100h The size flag allows a maximum size to be specified for the psect e g size 100h This will be checked by the linker after psects have been combined from all modules The space flag is used to differentiate areas of memory which have overlapping addresses but which are distinct Psects which are positioned in program memory and data memory may have a different space value to indicate that the program space address zero for example 1s a different location to the data memory address zero Devices which use banked RAM data memory typically have the same space value as their full addresses including bank information are unique The with flag allows a psect to be placed in the same page with a specified psect For example with text will specify that this psect should be placed in the same page as the text psect Some examples of the use of the PSECT directive follow 168 PSECT fred PSECT bill size 100h global PSECT joh abs ovrld class CODE delta 2 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 10 4 ORG The ORG directive changes the value of the location counter within the current psect This means that the addresses set with ORG are relative to the base address of the ps
469. t ee R 260 EEPROM READ gt c uo Be he Ba ae ee ee Pw ee we ed 261 BEVAL A eee Boe aaa ee OP eee ee A ee ee GR 263 CONTENTS CONTENTS 14 EXP odia a a ae BEES eo 264 FABS Loria A A a ER A BR a 265 PLASI 23 de Be BE A Se oe ee Sh ee ess 266 FMOD ca cee he ee ee Ee ee OPA S Se SER Roe OS ee Ae ee eg 267 PODA sd Bree Bs ee A he eee ie amp eh a Be ay 268 FREXP 2465084 8164468044 065464 LA e eae ES 269 GETCH ee oil es Specs BS SBS A Ges eas iy Ge er hs See Jae Gii te gy Se Se gh 270 GETCHAR ce 66 5404 ee ee a a O44 s ORS a A aes 271 GETS oore a hod By Ra a oT ee ht Boe Ae a ea A R ge 272 CENTURIA a A eee 273 IDLOC READ osx e sr E AE SO E RA Ae ee es 275 SALI o SA IAEA A E a 277 ESTE oc ias ar dos a a er dol ler tod 279 MOA cocacola ad bb PS Deo 280 LABS ov a e a a e 281 LDEXMP aia A a a ap Va aT 282 o RN 283 LOCALTIME o ece RE AO E A E 284 TRIAL a E A e A E E Ba ah 6 286 LONGI occa ee ek bo a daa da a dar dd dor lid 287 LTOA coca A A A BE RES aS 289 MEMCMP co e a a a a ee e 290 MEMMOVE oia a a aa a as 292 AIE TIME 5 3 Pardo eA ds Sa eS 293 MOD ops E RRE A e ER ee ee EE Be ee A 295 O te He eres Hike A GO Bree es Mie Ett ioe Se hick ot Bets 296 OS TSLEEP cg te ee a da dS oes Boe eee Sa be da go bee dto 297 POW o oS ee he ope eee te ERAS RES eS be ee Se ae 298 PRINTF 2 254555 404 5 oe 4 V ae Cease ORES ee a e 299 PUICH sio oe GARD e a Bel Tk ee ae eds Se et Ba E A Be G 302 PUTCHAR pc 44 044 A eed See Pee eee bee edd be Eee 30
470. t file is located by including the required path before the filename e g Oc project output first This will then also specify the output directory for any files produced by the linker or subsequently run applications Any relative paths specified are with respect to the current working directory Any extension supplied with the filename will be ignored The name and path specified by the 0 option will apply to all output files The options that specify MAP file creation M see 2 6 9 and SYM file creation G see 2 6 5 override any name or path information provided by 0 relevant to the MAP and SYM file 47 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver To change the directory in which all output and intermediate files are written use the OUTDIR option see Section 2 6 48 Note that if O specifies a path which is inconsistent with the path specified in the OUTDIR option this will result in an error 2 6 12 P Preprocess Assembly Files The P option causes the assembler files to be preprocessed before they are assembled thus allowing the use of preprocessor directives such as include with assembler code By default assembler files are not preprocessed See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 13 Q Quiet Mode This option places the compiler in a quiet mode which suppresses the HI TECH Software copyright notice from being displayed 2 6 14 S Compile to Assembler Code The S opti
471. t include directory the include directory where the compiler was installed It is strongly advised not to use I to add the compiler s default include path not only because it is unnecessary but in the event that the build tool changes the path specified here will be searched prior to searching the new compiler s default path This option has no effect for files that are included into assembly source using the INCLUDE directive See Section 4 3 11 4 See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 7 Llibrary Scan Library The L option is used to specify additional libraries which are to be scanned by the linker and code generator Libraries specified using the L option are scanned before any C standard libraries The argument to L is a library keyword to which the prefix pic8 and other letters and digits as described in Section 2 3 1 are added Both a p code and object code library filename is generated 44 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions and passed to the code generator and linker respectively The case of the string following the option is important for environments where filenames are case sensitive Thus the option Lt when compiling for a 18F452 will for example specify the library filenames pic861 t lpp and pic861 t lib The option Lxx will specify libraries called pic861 xx lpp and pic861 xx 1ib All libraries must be located in the LIB subdirectory of the compiler installa
472. t is removed in the actual expansion A comment may be suppressed within the expansion of a macro thus saving space in the macro storage by opening the comment with a double semicolon When invoking a macro the argument list must be comma separated If it is desired to include a comma or other delimiter such as a space in an argument then angle brackets lt and gt may be used to quote the argument In addition the exclamation mark may be used to quote a single character The character immediately following the exclamation mark will be passed into the macro argument even if it is normally a comment indicator If an argument is preceded by a percent sign that argument will be evaluated as an expression and passed as a decimal number rather than as a string This is useful if evaluation of the argument inside the macro body would yield a different result The nul operator may be used within a macro to test a macro argument for example 172 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language IF nul arg3 argument was not supplied ELSE argument was supplied ENDIF By default the assembly list file will show macro in an unexpanded format i e as the macro was invoked Expansion of the macro in the listing file can be shown by using the EXPAND assembler control see Section 4 3 11 3 43 10 15 LOCAL The LOCAL directive allows unique labels to be defined for each expansion of a given macro Any symbols listed after the LOCAL d
473. t return an array 283 dimension required Parser Only the most significant i e the first dimension in a multi dimension array may not be assigned a value All succeeding dimensions must be present as a constant expression e g This should be e g int arr 7 int get_element int arr 2 return array 1 6 392 Error and Warning Messages 284 invalid dimension Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 285 no identifier in declaration Parser The identifier is missing in this declaration This error can also occur where the compiler has been confused by such things as missing closing braces e g void interrupt void what is the name of this function 286 declarator too complex Parser This declarator is too complex for the compiler to handle Examine the declaration and find a way to simplify it If the compiler finds it too complex so will anybody maintaining the code 287 arrays of bits or pointers to bit are illegal Parser It is not legal to have an array of bits or a pointer to bit variable e g bit barray 10 wrong no bit arrays bit bp wrong no pointers to bit variables 288 only functions may be void Parser A variable may not be void Only a function can be void e g int a void b this makes no sense 289 only functions may be qualified interrupt Parser T
474. t with the compiler testing process 1396 positioned in the memory region 0x 0x reserved by the compiler Code Generator Some memory regions are reserved for use by the compiler These regions are not normally used to allocate variables defined in your code However by making variables absolute it is possible to place variables in these regions and avoid errors that would normally be issued by the linker Absolute variables can be placed at any location even on top of other objects This warning from the code generator indicates that an absolute has been detected that will be located at memory that the compiler will be reserving You must locate the absolute variable at a different location This message will commonly be issued when placing variables in the common memory space char shared 0x7 oops this memory is required by the compiler 1397 unable to implement non stack call to possible hardware stack overflow Code Generator The compiler must encode a C function call without using a CALL assembly instruction and the hardware stack and instead use a lookup table but is unable to A call might be required if the function is called indirectly via a pointer but if the hardware stack is already full an additional call will cause a stack overflow 1401 eeprom qualified variables cannot be accessed from both interrupt and mainline code Code Generator All eeprom variables are accessed via routines whic
475. tag in option specification Driver A parameter to this memory option was a string but did not match any valid tags Refer to the section of this manual that describes this option to see what tags 1f any are valid for this device 908 exit status Driver One of the subcomponents being executed encountered a problem and returned an error code Other messages should have been reported by the subcomponent to explain the problem that was encoun tered 466 Error and Warning Messages 913 option may cause compiler errors in some standard header files Driver Using this option will invalidate some of the qualifiers used in the standard header files resulting in errors This issue and its solution are detailed in the section of this manual that specifically discusses this option 915 no room for arguments Preprocessor Parser Code Generator Linker Objtohex The code generator could not allocate any more memory 917 argument too long Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 918 no match Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 919 in chipinfo file at line Driver The specified parameter in the chip configuration file is illegal 920 empty chipinfo file Driver Assembler The chip configuration file was able to be opened but it was
476. taking the address of this object is illegal Parser The expression which was the operand of the amp operator is not one that denotes memory storage an lvalue and therefore its address can not be defined e g ip amp 8 oops you can t take the address of a literal 376 Error and Warning Messages 202 only Ivalues may be assigned to or modified Parser Only an lvalue i e an identifier or expression directly denoting addressable storage can be assigned to or otherwise modified e g int array 10 int ip char Cc array ip array isn t a variable it can t be written to A typecast does not yield an lvalue e g the contents of c cast to int is only a intermediate value int c 1 However you can write this using pointers int 8c 1 203 illegal operation on bit variable Parser Not all operations on bit variables are supported This operation is one of those e g bit b int ip ip amp b oops cannot take the address of a bit object 204 void function can t return a value Parser A void function cannot return a value Any return statement should not be followed by an expres sion e g void run void step return 1 either run should not be void or remove the 1 377 Error and Warning Messages 205 integral type required Parser This operator requires operands that are of integral type only 206 illegal
477. tatic variables have permanent storage duration even those defined inside a function which are local static variables Local static variables only have scope in the function or block in which they are defined but unlike auto variables their memory is reserved for the entire duration of the program Thus they are allocated memory like other non auto variables Any static variable may be accessed by other functions via pointers since they have permanent duration Variables which are static are guaranteed to retain their value between calls to a function unless explicitly modified via a pointer Variables which are static and which are initialized only have their initial value assigned once during the program s execution Thus they may be preferable over initialized auto objects which are assigned a value every time the block in they are defined begins execution Any initialized static variables are initialized in the same way as other non auto initialized objects by the runtime startup code see Section 2 3 2 Local objects which are static are assigned an assembly symbol which consists of the function name followed by an symbol and the variable s lexical name e g main foobar will be the assembly identifier used for the static variable foobar defined in main Non local static objects use their lexical name with a leading underscore character e g _foobar will be the assembly identifier used for this object However 1f there is mor
478. tation Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned char value value idloc_read 2 read register 2 value modify value idloc_write 2 value update user ID register See Also device_id_read config_read config_write 275 Library Functions Return Value idloc_read returns the value contained in the nominated user ID register Note The functions idloc_read idloc_write are only applicable to such devices that support this fea ture Note also that ICD2 breakpoints should not be set within the idloc_write function Doing so can result in disrupting the operation of the debugger 276 Library Functions ISALNUM ISALPHA ISDIGIT ISLOWER et al Synopsis include lt ctype h gt H H He H He H H H H H H H isal isalpha isascii iscntrl isdigit islower isprint isgraph ispunct isspace isupper isxdigit A seh Eb eh Sch ck A y E Gk eh och vet Description nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar 4 2 42 00 44 an Vane TL a These macros defined in ctype h test the supplied character for membership in one of several over lapping groups of characters Note that all except isascii are defined for c if isascii c is true or if c EOF isalnum c isalpha c isascii c iscntrl c isdigit c islower c isprint c isgraph c ispunct c isspace c isupper c isxdigit
479. tation and comments will have been stripped out as part of the normal actions taken by the C pre processor 2 4 Debugging Information Several driver options and output files allow development tools such as HI TIDE or MPLAB to perform source level debugging of the output code The default behaviour of the PICC18 command is to produce a Microchip COFF and Intel HEX output If no output filename or type is specified PICC18 will produce these files with the same base name as the first source or object file specified on the command line Table 2 12 shows the output format options available with PICC18 The File Type column lists the filename extension which will be used for the output file In addition to the options shown the 0 option may be used to request generation of binary or UBROF files If you use the 0 option to specify an output filename with a bin type for example Otest bin PICC18 will produce a binary file Likewise if you need to produce UBROF files you can use the O option to specify an output file with type ubr for example Otest ubr 35 Compiler Messages PICC18 Command line Driver 2 5 Compiler Messages All compiler applications including the command line driver PICC18 use textual messages to report feedback during the compilation process A centralized messaging system is used to produce the messages which allows a consistancy during all stages of the compilation process 2 5 1 Messaging Overview A mess
480. ter mediate files p code and relocatable object files are not deleted This tutorial does not consider the runtime startup code that is automatically generated by the driver 2 2 2 Generating Intermediate Files The HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs version compiler uses two types of intermediate files For C source files the p code file p1 file is used as the intermediate file For assembler source files the relocatable object file obj file is used You may wish to generate intermediate files for several reasons but the most likely will be if you are using an IDE or make system that allows an incremental build of the project The advantage of a incremental build is that only the source files that have been modified since the last build need to be recompiled before again running the final link step This dependency checking may result in reduced compilation times particularly if there are a large number of source files You may also wish to generate intermediate files to construct your own library files although PICC18 is capable of constructing libraries in a single step so this is typically not necessary See Section 2 6 49 for more information Intermediate files may also assist with debugging a project that fails to work as expected Do not use the project base name as the base name for assembly source files if you are using MPLAB IDE v8 The intermediate file produced from the C files will use the project name to form the name of
481. ters A F rather than a f as would be printed when using x When the alternate format is specified a leading zero will be supplied for the octal format and a leading Ox or 0X for the hex format s Print a string the value argument is assumed to be a character pointer At most n characters from the string will be printed in a field m characters wide c The argument is assumed to be a single character and is printed literally Any other characters used as conversion specifications will be printed Thus will produce a single percent sign 1 Long integer conversion Preceding the integer conversion key letter with an l indicates that the argument list is long f Floating point m is the total width and n is the number of digits after the decimal point If n is 299 Library Functions omitted it defaults to 6 If the precision is zero the decimal point will be omitted unless the alternate format is specified Example 300 printf Total 4d 23 yields Total ll N w ao printf Size is 1x size where size is a long prints size as hexadecimal printf Name 8s al234567890 yields Name al234567 printf xx3 d 3 4 yields xx 4 vprintf example include lt stdio h gt int error char s va_list ap va_start ap s printf Error vprintf s ap putchar An va_end ap void main void int i Library Functions i 3 error
482. testing 1 2 d i See Also sprintfQ Return Value The printf routine returns the number of characters written to stdout Note To use printf the putch function needs to be defined to output one byte of data to the required destination 301 Library Functions PUTCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void putch char c Description The putch function outputs the character c to the console screen prepending a carriage return if the character is a newline In a CP M or MS DOS system this will use one of the system I O calls In an embedded system this routine and associated others will be defined in a hardware dependent way The standard putch routines in the embedded library interface either to a serial port or to the Lucifer Debugger Example tinclude lt conio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp Cp X while x putch x putch n See Also cgets cputs getch getche 302 Library Functions PUTCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int putchar int c Description The putchar function is a putc operation on stdout defined in stdio h Example include lt stdio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp Cp X while x putchar x putchar In See Also putc getc freopen felose Return Value The character passed as argument or EOF i
483. tfield e g struct unsigned first oops should be unsigned first unsigned second my_struct If this was meant to be a structure with bitfields then the following illustrates an example struct unsigned first 4 4 bits wide unsigned second 4 another 4 bits my_struct 266 storage class illegal Parser A structure or union member may not be given a storage class Its storage class is determined by the storage class of the structure e g struct no additional qualifiers may be present with members static int first LG 267 bad storage class Code Generator The code generator has encountered a variable definition whose storage class is invalid e g auto int foo auto not permitted with global variables int power static int a parameters may not be static 389 Error and Warning Messages return foo a 268 inconsistent storage class Parser A declaration has conflicting storage classes Only one storage class should appear in a declaration e g extern static int where so is it static or extern 269 inconsistent type Parser Only one basic type may appear in a declaration e g int float if is it int or float 270 variable can t have storage class register Parser Only function parameters or auto variables may be declared using the register qualifier e g register int gi this cannot be qualified register i
484. the IDE being used This option is used to automatically configure the compiler for use by the named Integrated Devel opment Environment IDE The supported IDE s are shown in Table 2 9 2 6 39 LANG language Specify the Language for Messages This option allows the compiler to be configured to produce error warning and some advisory mes sages in languages other than English English is the default language and some messages are only ever printed in English regardless of the language specified with this option Table 2 10 shows those langauges currently supported See Section 2 5 for full details of the messaging system employed by PICC18 2 6 40 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map This option will display a memory map for the specified map file This option is seldom required but would be useful if the linker is being driven explicitly i e instead of in the normal way through the driver This command would display the memory summary which is normally produced at the end of compilation by the driver 55 PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions PICC18 Command line Driver 2 6 41 MODE mode Choose Compiler Operating Mode This option selects the basic operating mode of the compiler The available types are pro and lite A compiler operating in PRO mode uses full optimization and produces the smallest code size Standard mode uses limited optimizations and LITE mode only uses a minimum optimization level and will produce relati
485. the bytes are written in the correct order Example include lt htc h gt void main void WRITETIMER1 0xF500 See Also READTIMERx 356 Library Functions XTOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt unsigned xtoi const char s Description The xtoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks reading an optional sign and converts an ASCII representation of a hexadecimal number to an integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 int i gets buf i xtoi buf printf Read s converted to x n buf i See Also atoi Return Value An unsigned integer If no number is found in the string zero will be returned 357 Library Functions 358 Appendix B Error and Warning Messages This chapter lists most error warning and advisory messages from all HI TECH C compilers with an explanation of each message Most messages have been assigned a unique number which appears in brackets before each message in this chapter and which is also printed by the compiler when the message is issued The messages shown here are sorted by their number Un numbered messages appear toward the end and are sorted alphabetically The name of the application s that could have produced the messages are listed in brackets opposite the error message In some cases examples of code or options that could trigger
486. the compiler s workaround for any of the listed problems 1234 Driver Listing a silicon defect that the compiler is working around Software workarounds generally in crease the overall code size Refer to the errata document for the device you are using to see whether the defect affects your program If not you may save space by disabling the workaround 1235 unknown keyword Driver The token contained in the USB descriptor file was not recognised 1236 invalid argument to Driver An option that can take additional parameters was given an invalid parameter value Check the usage of the option or the syntax or range of the expected parameter 1237 endpoint 0 is pre defined Driver An attempt has been made to define endpoint 0 in a USB file This channel c 1238 FNALIGN failure on Linker Two functions have their auto parameter blocks aligned using the FNALIGN directive but one func tion calls the other which implies that must not be aligned This will occur if a function pointer is assigned the address of each function but one function calls the other For example int one int a return a int two int a return two a 2 int ip int ip one ip 23 487 Error and Warning Messages ip two ip references one and two two calls one ip 67 1239 pointer has no valid targets Code Generator A function call involving a function pointer was made but the po
487. the intermediate object file This would be the same name chosen by the IDE for the intermediate object file generated for the assembly source file 26 PICC18 Command line Driver The Compilation Sequence If a multi step compilation is required the recommended compile sequence is as follows e Compile all modified C source files to p code files using the PASS1 driver option e Compile all modified assembler source files to relocatable object files using the C driver option e Compile all p code and relocatable object files into a single output object file The final step not only involves the link stage but also code generation of all the p code files In effect the code generator performs some of the tasks normally performed by the linker Any user specified non standard libraries also need to be passed to the compiler during the final step This is the incremental build sequence used by MPLAB IDE TUTORIAL MULTI STEP COMPILATION The files in the previous example are to be compiled using a multi step compilation The following could be used PICC18 chip 18F242 passl main c PICC18 chip 18F242 passl io c PICC18 chip 18F242 c mdef as PICC18 chip 18F242 main pl io pl mdef obj sprt obj c_sb lpp a_sb lib If using a make system with incremental builds only those source files that have changed since the last build need the first compilation step performed again so not all of the first three steps need be executed
488. the message etc If a message is being displayed as an error a counter is incremented After a certain number of errors has been reached compilation of the current module will cease The default number of errors that will cause this termination can be adjusted by using the ERRORS option see Section 2 6 32 This counter is reset after each compilation step of each module thus specifying a maximum of five errors will allow up to five errors from the parser five from the code generator five from the linker five from the driver etc If a language other than English is selected and the message cannot be found in the appropriate non English MDF the alert system tries to find the message in the English MDF If an English message string is not present a message similar to error warning generated but no description available where indicates the message number that was generated will be printed otherwise the message in the requested language will be displayed 36 PICC18 Command line Driver Compiler Messages Table 2 2 Support languages Language MDF name English en_msgs txt German de_msgs txt French fr_msgs txt 2 5 2 Message Language HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs Supports more than one language for displayed messages There is one MDF for each language supported The language used for messaging may be specified with each compile using the LANG option see Section 2 6 39 Alternatively it
489. the names of the modules to be replaced or extracted If no such arguments are supplied all the modules in the library will be replaced or extracted respectively Adding a file to a library is performed by requesting the librarian to replace it in the library Since it is not present the module will be appended to the library If the r key is used and the library does not exist it will be created Under the d key letter the named object files will be deleted from the library In this instance it is an error not to give any object file names The m and s key letters will list the named modules and in the case of the s keyletter the symbols defined or referenced within global symbols only are handled by the librarian As with the r and x key letters an empty list of modules means all the modules in the library The o key takes a list of module names and re orders the matching modules in the library file so they have the same order as that listed on the command line Modules which are not listed are left in their existing order and will appear after the re ordered modules 5 10 3 Examples Here are some examples of usage of the librarian The following lists the global symbols in the modules a obj b obj and c ob3 LIBR s file lib a obj b obj c obj This command deletes the object modules a obj b obj and c obj from the library file lib 205 Librarian Linker and Utilities LIBR d file lib a obj b obj c obj 5 10 4 Supplying Argum
490. the object pointed to by iptr Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i_val f_val f val modf 3 17 amp i_val Return Value The signed fractional part of value 295 Library Functions NOP Synopsis include lt htc h gt NOP Description Execute NOP instruction here This is often useful to finetune delays or create a handle for break points The NOP instruction is sometimes required during some sensitive sequences in hardware Example 296 include lt htc h gt void crude_delay unsigned char x while x NOP Do nothing for 3 cycles NOP O NOP T Library Functions OS_TSLEEP Synopsis include lt task h gt void os_tsleep unsigned short tcks Description This routine causes the current task to be removed from the run queue for teks clock ticks Example include lt task h gt void task void while 1 sleep for 100 ticks os_tsleep 100 297 Library Functions POW Synopsis include lt math h gt double pow double f double p Description The pow function raises its first argument f to the power p Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 lt 10 0 f 1 0 printf pow 2 1 0f f n f pow 2 f See Also logQ log100 expO Return Value f to the power of p 298
491. the program PT SUBTITLE lt subtitle gt TITLE TT Specify the title of the program PT TITLE lt title gt 177 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 8 LIST control options List Option Default Description c nnn 80 Set the page i e column width n nnn 59 Set the page length t 0N OFF OFF Truncate listing output lines The default wraps lines p lt processor gt n a Set the processor type r lt radix gt hex Set the default radix to hex dec or oct x 0N OFF OFF Turn macro expansion on or off 4 3 11 4 INCLUDE This control causes the file specified by pathname to be textually included at that point in the assembly file The INCLUDE control must be the last control keyword on the line for example OPT INCLUDE options h The driver does not pass any search paths to the assembler so if the include file is not located in the working directory the pathname must specify the exact location See also the driver option P in Section 2 6 12 which forces the C preprocessor to preprocess assembly file thus allowing use of preprocessor directives such as include see Section 3 11 2 4 3 11 5 LIST If the listing was previously turned off using the NOLIST control the LIST control on its own will turn the listing on Alternatively the LIST control may includes options to control the assembly and the listing The options are listed in Table 4 8 Se
492. the steps the driver takes during compilation files that the driver can accept and produce as well as the command line options that control the compiler s operation WHAT IS THE COMPILER Throughout this manual the term the compiler is used to refer to either all or some subset of the collection of applications that form the HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs package Often it is not important to know for example whether an action is performed by the parser or code generator application and it is sufficient to say it was performed by the compiler It is also reasonable for the compiler to refer to the command line driver or just driver PICC18 as this is the application executed to invoke the compilation process Following this view compiler options should be considered command line driver op tions unless otherwise specified in this manual Similarly compilation refers to all or some part of the steps involved in generating source code into an executable binary image 21 Invoking the Compiler PICC18 Command line Driver Table 2 1 PICC18 input file types File Type Meaning C C source file pl p code file lpp p code library file as Assembler source file 0b3 Relocatable object code file Lib Relocatable object library file hex Intel HEX file 2 1 Invoking the Compiler This chapter looks at how to use PICC18 as well as the tasks that it
493. thin the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction 1269 there day left until this licence will expire Driver This compiler has not been activated and is running as a demo The time indicated is how long the demo period will continue 1273 Omniscient Code Generation not available in Lite mode Driver When running in Lite mode the advanced Omniscient Code Generation OCG features are disabled This will result in much larger code than would be produced when running in PRO mode 1274 delay exceeds maximum limit of cycles Code Generator The argument to the in line delay routine _delay is limited to the maximum size indicated Use the routine consequtively or place it is a loop to acheive the desired delay period 1282 no REAL ICE transport options specified Driver When selecting the Microchip MPLAB REAL ICE as the debugger the debugger option must include the transport type for trace facilities 1283 illegal table pointer address size __activetblptr Driver This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1284 malformed mapfile while generating summary CLASS expected but not found Driver This is an internal comp
494. those modules which are required seeking over the others This all minimises disk I O when linking It should be noted that the library format is geared exclusively toward object modules and is not a general purpose archiving mechanism as is used by some other compiler systems This has the advantage that the format may be optimized toward speeding up the linkage process 5 10 2 Using the Librarian The librarian program is called LIBR and the format of commands to it is as follows LIBR options k file lib file obj Interpreting this LIBR is the name of the program opt ions is zero or more librarian options which affect the output of the program k is a key letter denoting the function requested of the librarian replacing extracting or deleting modules listing modules or symbols file 1ib is the name of the library file to be operated on and file obj is zero or more object file names The librarian options are listed in Table 5 2 204 Linker and Utilities Librarian Table 5 2 Librarian command line options Option Effect Pwidth specify page width W Suppress non fatal errors Table 5 3 Librarian key letter commands Key Meaning Replace modules Delete modules Extract modules List modules List modules with symbols Re order modules oju 3 xJ aojrs The key letters are listed in Table 5 3 When replacing or extracting modules the 11e obj arguments are
495. tility Use of this option when only a subset of all the C source files in a project are being compiled will result in an error from the code generator See Section 2 2 2 for more information on generating and using intermediate files 2 6 3 Dmacro Define Macro The D option is used to define a preprocessor macro on the command line exactly as if it had been defined using a define directive in the source code This option may take one of two forms Dmacro which is equivalent to define macro 1 placed at the top of each module compiled using this option or Dmacro t ext which is equivalent to define macro text where text is the textual substitution required Thus the command PICC18 CHIP 18F242 Ddebug Dbuffers 10 test c will compile test c with macros defined exactly as if the C source code had included the directives 42 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions define debug 1 define buffers 10 See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 4 Efile Redirect Compiler Errors to a File This option has two purposes The first is to change the format of displayed messages The second is to optionally allow messages to be directed to a file as some editors do not allow the standard command line redirection facilities to be used when invoking the compiler The general form of messages produced with the E option in force is filename line_number message number message string mes
496. time A 16 bit mixed space pointer is encoded such that if it holds an address that is higher than the highest general purpose RAM address it holds the address of a program space object all other address reference objects in the data space A 24 bit mixed space pointer is encoded such that if bit number 21 is set it contains the address of an object in the data space all other addresses hold the address of a program space object TUT RIAL POINTERS TO DIFFERENT TARGETS A program in the early stages of development contains the following code int getValue int ip return 2 ip void main void int j i setV j getValue 81 The code generator allocate the variable i to the access bank and the pointer ip the parameter to the function getValue is made an 8 bit wide access bank pointer At a later date the function main is changed becoming void main void int j i setV const int start j getValue 81 j getValue 8start Now the pointer ip is assigned addresses of both data and const objects After the next compilation the size and encoding of ip will change as will the code that assigns the addresses to ip The generated code that dereferences ip in getValue will check the address to determine the memory space of the target address 0x10 3 3 12 5 Function Pointers Function pointers can be defined to indirectly call functions or routines in the program space The size of t
497. tion 931 command file not specified Driver Command file to this application expected to be found after or lt on the command line was not found 939 no file arguments Driver The driver has been invoked with no input files listed on its command line If you are getting this message while building through a third party IDE perhaps the IDE could not verify the source files to compile or object files to link and withheld them from the command line 940 bit checksum placed at Objtohex Presenting the result of the requested checksum calculation 941 bad assignment USAGE Hexmate An option to Hexmate was incorrectly used or incomplete Follow the usage supplied by the message and ensure that that the option has been formed correctly and completely 468 Error and Warning Messages 942 unexpected character on line of file Hexmate File contains a character that was not valid for this type of file the file may be corrupt For example an Intel hex file is expected to contain only ASCII representations of hexadecimal digits colons and line formatting The presence of any other characters will result in this error 944 data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate request differing data to be stored to the same address To force one data source to override the other use the specifier If the two named sources of conflict are the same source
498. tion hardware stack requirements i functions called by this function HB which functions call this function tp how the function was encoded Figure 4 2 Function Information Macro Assembler Assembly List Files For example the following shows a pointer called task_tmr in the C code and which is local to the function timer_intr Itis a pointer to an unsigned int and it is one byte wide There is only one target to this pointer and it is the member timer_count in the structure called task This target variable resides in the BANKO class and is two bytes wide timer_intr task_tmr PTR unsigned int size 1 Largest target is 2 gt task timer_count BANK0 2 The pointer reference graph shows both pointers to data objects and pointers to functions 4 4 4 Call Graph The other important information block in the assembly list file is the call graph look for Call Ggraph Tables in the list file This is produced for target devices that use a com piled stack to facilitate lo cal variables such as function parameters and auto variables See Section 4 5 4 Absolute Variables for more detailed information on compiled stack operation The call graph in the list file shows the information collated and interpreted by the code generator which is primarily used to allow overlapping of functions auto parameter blocks APBs The following information can be obtained from studying the call graph e The functions in the program t
499. tion of the compiler has expired You will need to pur chase the compiler to re activate it If however you sincerely believe the evaluation period has ended prematurely please contact HI TECH technical support 891 can t open psect usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The psect usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 892 can t open memory usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The memory usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 893 can t open HEX usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The HEX usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 894 unknown source file type Driver The extension of the indicated input file could not be determined Only files with the extensions as c obj usb pl lib or hex are identified by the driver 895 can t request and specify options in the one command Driver The usage of the driver options getoption and setoption is mutually exclusive 896 no memory ranges specified for data space Driver No on chip or external memory ranges have be
500. to non static object returned Parser This function returns a pointer to a non static e g auto variable This is likely to be an error since the storage associated with automatic variables becomes invalid when the function returns e g char get_addr void char Cc returning this is dangerous the pointer could be dereferenced return c 366 operands of not same pointer type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer types This probably means you have used the wrong pointer but if the code is actually what you intended use a typecast to suppress the error message 408 Error and Warning Messages 367 identifier is already extern can t be static Parser This function was already declared extern possibly through an implicit declaration It has now been redeclared static but this redeclaration is invalid void main void at this point the compiler assumes set is extern set 10L 6 now it finds out otherwise static void set long a int b PORTA a b 368 array dimension on ignored Preprocessor An array dimension on a function parameter has been ignored because the argument is actually converted to a pointer when passed Thus arrays of any size may be passed Either remove the dimension from the parameter or define the parameter using pointer syntax e g param should be int array or int int get_first int
501. tohex The object file passed to OBJTOHEX has relocation items in it This may indicate it is the wrong object file or that the linker or OBJTOHEX have been given invalid options The object output files from the assembler are relocatable not absolute The object file output of the linker is absolute 420 too many relocation items Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 421 too many segments Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 422 noend record Linker This object file has no end record This probably means it is not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 423 illegal record type Linker There is an error in an object file This is either an invalid object file or an internal error in the linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 424 record too long Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 425 incomplete record Objtohex Libr The object file passed to OBJTOHEX or the librarian is corrupted Contact HI TECH Support with details 427 syntax error in checksum list Objtohex There is a syntax error in a checksum list read by OBJTOHEX The checksum list is read from standard input in response to an option 415 Error and Warn
502. tool reads The latter is more com mon and is used in this manual to describe the language Thus you will see the terms assembly language or just assembly assembly listing and etc but assembler options assembler directive and assembler optimizer 4 1 Assembler Usage The assembler is called ASPIC18 and is available to run on Windows Linux and Mac OS systems Note that the assembler will not produce any messages unless there are errors or warnings there are no assembly completed messages Typically the command line driver PICC18 is used to envoke the assembler as it can be passed assembler source files as input however the options for the assembler are supplied here for instances 153 Assembler Options Macro Assembler where the assembler is being called directly or when they are specified using the command line driver option SETOPTION see Section 2 6 58 The usage of the assembler is similar under all of available operating systems All command line options are recognised in either upper or lower case The basic command format is shown ASPIC18 options files files is a space separated list of one or more assembler source files Where more than one source file is specified the assembler treats them as a single module i e a single assembly will be performed on the concatenation of all the source files specified The files must be specified in full no default extensions or suffixes are assumed options is an
503. ts object 742 function argument evaluation overlapped Linker A function call involves arguments which overlap between two functions This could occur with a call like void fnl void fn3 7 fn2 3 n2 9 Offending call En fn2 char fred return fred fn3 5 1 0 oe fn3 char one char two char three return onettwotthree where fn1 is calling n3 and two arguments are evaluated by calling n2 which in turn calls n3 The program structure should be modified to prevent this type of call sequence 743 divide by zero Code Generator An expression involving a division by zero has been detected in your code 744 static object has zero size Code Generator A static object has been declared but has a size of zero 445 Error and Warning Messages 745 nodecount Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 746 object qualified const but not initialized Code Generator An object has been qualified as const but there is no initial value supplied at the definition As this object cannot be written by the C program this may imply the intial value was accidently omitted 747 unrecognized option to Z Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 748 variable may be used before set Code Generator This variable may be
504. turn Value The arc tangent of its argument 239 Library Functions ATAN2 Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan2 double x double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of y x Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n atan2 10 0 10 0 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan Return Value The arc tangent of y x 240 Library Functions ATOF Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double atof const char s Description The atof function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a number to a double The number may be in decimal normal floating point or scientific notation Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 double i gets buf i atof buf printf Read s converted to f n buf i See Also atoi atol strtod Return Value A double precision floating point number If no number is found in the string 0 0 will be returned 241 Library Functions ATOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int atoi const char s Description The atoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks and reading an optional sign It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to an integer Exampl
505. u should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 409 bad argument to P Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly then see Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 410 bad combination of options Objtohex The combination of options supplied to OBJTOHEX is invalid 412 text does not start at 0 Objtohex Code in some things must start at zero Here it doesn t 413 write error on Assembler Linker Cromwell A write error occurred on the named file This probably means you have run out of disk space 414 read error on Linker The linker encountered an error trying to read this file 415 text offset too low in COFF file Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 416 bad character in extended TEKHEX line Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 417 seek error in Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 414 Error and Warning Messages 418 image too big Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 419 object file is not absolute Obj
506. ual name check upper lower case Prepro cessor In Windows versions this means the file to be included actually exists and is spelt the same way as the include filename however the case of each does not exactly match For example specifying include code c will include Code c if it is found In Linux versions this warning could occur if the file wasn t found 166 too few values specified with option Preprocessor The list of values to the preprocessor CPP S option is incomplete This should not happen if the preprocessor is being invoked by the compiler driver The values passes to this option represent the sizes of char short int long float and double types 167 too many values specified with S option unused Preprocessor There were too many values supplied to the S preprocessor option See the Error Message s too few values specified in on page 370 168 unknown option Any This option given to the component which caused the error is not recognized 169 strange character after Preprocessor There is an unexpected character after 370 Error and Warning Messages 170 symbol in undef was never defined Preprocessor The symbol supplied as argument to tundef was not already defined This warning may be disabled with some compilers This warning can be avoided with code like Hifdef SYM tundef SYM only undefine if defined endif 171 wrong number
507. uence can be thought of as the initial sequence up to the link stage and the final sequence which takes in the link step and any post link steps required Graphically the compilation steps up to the link stage are illustrated in Figure 2 1 This diagram shows all possible input files along the top intermediate and transitional files along the right side and useful compiler output files along the left Generated files are shown along with the options that are used to generate and preserve these All the files shown on the right can be generated and fed to the compiler in a subsequent compile step those on the left are used for debug purposes and cannot be used as an input to any subsequent compilation The individual compiler applications are shown as boxes The C preprocessor CPP and parser P1 have been grouped together for clarity The thin multi arrowed lines indicate the flow of multiple files one for each file being pro cessed by the revel ant application The thick single arrowed lines indicate a single file for the project being compiled Thus for example when using the PASS1 driver option the parser produces one pl file for each C source file that is being compiled as part of the project but the code generator produces only one as file from all c p1 and 1pp input files which it is passed Dotted lines indicate a process that may require an option to create or preserve the indicated file 24 PICC18 Command line Drive
508. uld be observed using the following code void main void pragma warning push pragma warning disable 348 near int c pragma warning pop etc int rv int a near int c etc Here the state of the messaging system is saved by the warning push pragma Warning 348 is disabled then after the source code which triggers the warning the state of the messaging system is retrieved by the use of the warning pop pragma The warning error warning pragma It is also possible to change the type of some messages This is only possible by the use of the warning pragma and only affects messages generated by the parser or code generator The position of the pragma is only significant for the parser i e a parser message number may have its type changed then reverted back around a section of the code to target specific instances of the message Specific instances of a message produced by the code generator cannot be individually controlled The pragma will remain in force during compilation of the entire module 148 C Language Features Linking Programs TUTORIAL The following shows the warning produced in the previous example being converted to an error for the instance in the function main void main void pragma warning error 348 near int c pragma warning warning 348 etc int rv int a near int c etc Compilation of this code would result in an error and as with a
509. ults to 1 0b3 The options for OBJTOHEX are listed in Table 5 4 Where an address is required the format is the same as for HLINK 5 11 1 Checksum Specifications If you are generating a HEX file output please refer to the hexmate section 5 14 for calculating checksums For OBJTOHEX the checksum specification allows automated checksum calculation and takes the form of several lines each line describing one checksum The syntax of a checksum line is addri addr2 wherel where2 offset Allof addri addr2 wherel where2 and offset are hex numbers without the usual H suffix Such a specification says that the bytes at addri through to addr2 inclusive should be summed and the sum placed in the locations where1 through where2 inclusive For an 8 bit checksum these two addresses should be the same For a checksum stored low byte first where1 should be less than where2 and vice versa The offset is optional but if supplied the value offset will be used to initialise the checksum Otherwise it is initialised to zero For example 207 Linker and Utilities Table 5 4 OBJTOHEX command line options Option Meaning 8 Produce a CP M 86 output file A Produce an ATDOS atx output file Bbase Produce a binary file with offset of base Default file name is 1 0b3 Cckfile Read a list of checksum specifications from ck file or standard input D Produce a COD file E Pr
510. ump Xstrip This message is produced by the DUMP or XSTRIP utilities and indicates that the object file is not a valid HI TECH object file or that it has been truncated Contact HI TECH Support with details 383 text record has length too small Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 384 assertion failed file line expression Linker Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 387 illegal or too many G options Linker There has been more than one linker g option or the g option did not have any arguments follow ing The arguments specify how the segment addresses are calculated 411 Error and Warning Messages 388 duplicate M option Linker The map file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of this option is present on the command line See Section 5 7 9 for information on the correct syntax for this option 389 illegal or too many O options Linker This linker o flag is illegal or another o option has been encountered A o option to the linker must be immediately followed by a filename with no intervening space 390 missing argument to P Linker There have been too many p options passed to the linker or a p option was not follow
511. unsigned char c if c gt 0 will always be true because an unsigned value can never be less than zero 766 degenerate signed comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of a signed value with the most negative value possible for this type such that the comparison will always be true or false e g 451 Error and Warning Messages char c 1f c gt 128 will always be true because an 8 bit signed char has a maximum negative value of 128 767 constant truncated to bitfield width Code Generator A constant value is too large for a bitfield structure member on which it is operating e g struct INPUT unsigned a 3 unsigned b 5 input_grp input_grp a 0x13 13h to large for 3 bit wide object 768 constant relational expression Code Generator There is a relational expression that will always be true or false This may be because e g you are comparing an unsigned number with a negative value or comparing a variable with a value greater than the largest number it can represent e g unsigned int a if a 10 if a is unsigned how can it be 10 b 9 769 no space for macro definition Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 772 include files nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions and include file handling have filled up the assembler s internal stack The maxi mum number of open macros and include files is 30 773 macro expansions nested too deep
512. used before it has been assigned a value Since it is an auto variable this will result in 1t having a random value e g void main void int a if a oops a has never been assigned a value process 749 unknown register name used with pragma Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 750 constant operand to ll or amp amp Code Generator One operand to the logical operators or is a constant Check the expression for missing or badly placed parentheses This message may also occur if the global optimizer is enabled and one of the operands is an auto or static local variable whose value has been tracked by the code generator e g int a a 6 if a b a is 6 therefore this is always true btt 446 Error and Warning Messages 751 arithmetic overflow in constant expression Code Generator A constant expression has been evaluated by the code generator that has resulted in a value that is too big for the type of the expression The most common code to trigger this warning is assignments to signed data types For example signed char c c OxFF As a signed 8 bit quantity c can only be assigned values 128 to 127 The constant is equal to 255 and is outside this range If you mean to set all bits in this variable then use either of c 0x0 c l which will set all the bits in the variable regardless
513. used in con junction with the V verbose option in order to see all of the command lines the compiler uses to drive the compiler applications 56 PICC18 Command line Driver PICC18 Driver Option Descriptions Table 2 11 Optimization Options Option name Function Leg Select global optimization level 1 through 9 asm Select optimizations of assembly derived from C source asmfile Select optimizations of assembly source files debug Favour accurate debugging over optimization space Favour optimization of code for space over speed default PRO mode only speed Favour optimization of code for speed over space PRO mode only all Enable all compiler optimizations also includes space none Do not use any compiler optimziations 2 6 46 OBJDIR dir Specify a Directory for Intermediate Files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for PICC18to locate its intermediate files Interme diate file include pre and p1 file for C source and also includes obj and 1st files for assembly source and the compiler generated runtime startup source file If this option is omitted intermediate files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of output files instead use OUTDIR See 2 6 48 and 2 6 11 for more information 2 6 47 OPT lt type gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations The OPT option allows control of all the compiler optimizers By defau
514. user defined linker options see Section 2 6 8 79 MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents PICC18 Command line Driver 000 Project Properties options Categories f General picc v9 82 Y Conf default Option categories Runtime options 2 Simulator v HI TECH PICC Compiler o me Clear bss Initialize stack gt gt Initialize heap Initialize data Keep generated startup as Calibrate oscillator O z2z2 8 Alternate oscillator value Backup reset condition flags Format hex file for download Managed stack Warn on stack overflow Initialize CPO Initialize GPRs NMI handler Soft reset handler z 2 22122 M0 gt gt gt gt gt Test RAM on startup A Unused interrupt vectors No Mapping E gt Program the device with default co Link in C library Link in Peripheral Library Optimal performance z zZz z gt gt gt Checksum verification Figure 2 14 The Runtime Category Categories General pice v9 82 Y Conf default naar _ _ Simulator A Code pointer size N A 2 Compiler Linker External memory N A Instruction set N A ROM ranges 0 Additional options Figure 2 15 The Code Category 80 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB X Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Categories J gt General picc v9 82 Y Conf def
515. ut lt lt 33 oops that shifts the entire value out 754 bitfield comparison out of range Code Generator This is the result of comparing a bitfield with a value when the value is out of range of the bitfield For example comparing a 2 bit bitfield to the value 5 will never be true as a 2 bit bitfield has a range from 0 to 3 e g struct unsigned mask 2 mask can hold values 0 to 3 value int compare void return value mask 6 test can 755 divide by zero Code Generator A constant expression that was being evaluated involved a division by zero e g a 0 divide by 0 was this what you were intending 757 constant conditional branch Code Generator A conditional branch generated by an if for while statement etc always follows the same path This will be some sort of comparison involving a variable and a constant expression For the code generator to issue this message the variable must have local scope either auto or static local and the global optimizer must be enabled possibly at higher level than 1 and the warning level threshold may need to be lower than the default level of 0 The global optimizer keeps track of the contents of local variables for as long as is possible during a function For C code that compares these variables to constants the result of the comparison can be deduced at compile time and the output code hard coded to avoid the comparison e g
516. ve or context switch code By default the high priority interrupt function will utilize a fast interrupt switch technique where the W STATUS and BSR registers are saved and restored via the devices internal shadow registers This minimizes code size and reduces the instruction cycles to access the high priority service routine Note that for some older devices the compiler will not use the shadow registers if compiling for the MPLAB ICD debugger as the debugger itself utilizes these shadow registers The compiler fully determines which registers and objects are used by an interrupt function or any of the functions that it calls based on the call graph generated by the compiler and saves these appropriately Assembly code placed in line within the interrupt function is not scanned for register usage Thus if you include in line assembly code into an interrupt function you may have to add extra assembly code to save and restore any registers or locations used The same is true for any assembly routines called by the interrupt code 127 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features 3 9 2 2 Context Retrieval Any objects saved by software are automatically restored by software before the interrupt function returns The order of restoration is the reverse to that used when context is saved The RETFIE instruction placed at the end of the interrupt code will reload the program counter and the program will return to the location at which
517. ve an assumed result of 0 define INTERESTING endif 991 integer expression required Parser In an enum declaration values may be assigned to the members but the expression must evaluate to a constant of type int e g enum one 1 two about_three 3 12 no non int values allowed 992 can t find op Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 993 some command line options are disabled Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled 994 some command line options are disabled and compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower 995 some command line options are disabled code size is limited to 16kB compilation is delayed Driver The compiler is operating in demo mode Some command line options are disabled the compilation speed will be slower and the maximum allowed code size is limited to 16kB 1003 nested if directives too deep Assembler A series of assembler IF directives have been nested too deep The maximum depth may vary but typically 10 levels are permitted 474 Error and Warning Messages 1013 argument to limit psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The value of the limit flag as used in a psect s declaration must be a positive constant A negative
518. ve hexmate analysis of output and various results to a file Ofile Specify the name of the output file SERIAL Store a serial number or code sequence at a fixed address SIZE Report the number of bytes of data contained in the resultant hex image STRING Store an ASCII string at a fixed address STRPACK Store an ASCII string at a fixed address using string packing W Adjust warning sensitivity Prefix to any option to overwrite other data in its address range if necessary 216 Linker and Utilities Hexmate r100 1FFs2000 myfile hex will shift the block of data from 100h 1FFh to the new address range 2 00h 21FFh Be careful when shifting sections of executable code Program code shouldn t be shifted unless it can be guaranteed that no part of the program relies upon the absolute location of this code segment 5 14 1 2 Prefix When the operator precedes a parameter or input file the data obtained from that parameter will be forced into the output file and will overwrite other data existing within its address range For example input hex STRING 1000 My string Ordinarily hexmate will issue an error if two sources try to store differing data at the same location Using the operator informs hexmate that if more than one data source tries to store data to the same address the one specified with a will take priority 5 14 13 ADDRESSING By default all address parameters in hexmate options expect th
519. vely large code Only those modes permitted by the compiler license status will be accepted For example if you have purchased a Standard compiler license that compiler may be run in Standard or Lite mode but not the PRO mode See Section 2 7 for use of this option in MPLAB IDE 2 6 42 MSGDISABLE messagelist Disable Warning Messages This option allows warning or advisory messages to be disabled during compilation of all modules within the project and during all stages of compilation Warning mesasges can also be disabled using pragma directives For full information on the compiler s messaging system see Section 2 5 The messagelist is a comma separated list of warning numbers that are to be disabled If the number of an error is specified it will be ignored by this option If the message list is specified as 0 then all warnings are disabled 2 6 43 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format This option sets the format of advisory messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 5 for full information 2 6 44 NODEL Do not Remove Temporary Files Specifying NODEL when building will instruct PICC18not to remove the intermediate and tempo rary files that were created during the build process 2 6 45 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler The NOEXEC option causes the compiler to go through all the compilation steps but without ac tually performing any compilation or producing any output This may be useful when
520. w arragement can be specified issuing the following driver option L pthree 600h two one which creates passes the required linker options to the linker The existing default option 1s still present so this must be removed by use the driver option L pone which will remove the existing option The default option that you are deleting or replacing must contain an equal character 2 6 9 Mfile Generate Map File The M option is used to request the generation of a map file The map is generated by the linker an includes detailed information about where objects are located in memory see Section 5 9 for information regarding the content of map files If no filename is specified with the option then the name of the map file will have the project name with the extension map 2 6 10 Nsize Identifier Length This option is currently not implemented The identifier size is fixed at 255 but can be changed to 31 by using the STRICT option see 2 6 60 2 6 11 Ofile Specify Output File This option allows the basename of the output file s to be specified If no 0 option is given the output file s will be named after the first source or object file on the command line The files controlled are any produced by the linker or applications run subsequent to that e g CROMWELL So for instance the HEX file MAP file and SYM file are all controlled by the 0 option The 0 option can also change the directory in which the outpu
521. when compiling You can see the command line options being used when building in MPLAB IDE in the Output window The following dialogs and descriptions identify the mapping between the MPLAB IDE v8 dialog controls and command line options As the toolsuite is universal across all HI TECH compilers not all options are applicable for HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs If you are using MPLAB IDE X see Section 2 8 2 7 1 Directories Tab The options in this dialog control the output and search directories for some files See Figure 2 3 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 1 Output directory This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify an output directory for files output by the compiler 2 Include Search path This selection uses the buttons and fields grouped in the bracket to specify include header file search directories See 2 6 6 2 7 2 Compiler Tab The options in this dialog control the aspects of compilation up to code generation See Figure 2 4 in conjunction with the following command line option equivalents 1 Define macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to define preprocessor macros See Section 2 6 3 2 Undefine macros The buttons and fields grouped in the bracket can be used to undefine preprocessor macros See Section 2 6 15 66 PICC18 Command line Driver MPLAB IDE v8 Universal Toolsuite Equivalents Build Options For
522. which is that of the ASCII character set The strnicmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example tinclude lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void int i pri else if pri else pri See Also nemp abcxyz abcxyz 6 0 ntf Both strings are equal n i gt 0 ntf String 2 less than string 1 n ntf String 2 is greater than string ln strlen strempQ strepy streat 331 Library Functions Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive 1 e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 332 Library Functions STRNCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char strncpy char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 At most n characters are copied If string s2 is longer than n then the destination string will not be null terminated The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har S15 E sde Q strncpy buffer Start of line 6 sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf
523. will termi nate the conditional assembly block Example IF ABC goto aardvark ELSIF DEF goto denver ELSE goto grapes ENDIF In this example if ABC is non zero the first jmp instruction will be assembled but not the second or third If ABC is zero and DEF is non zero the second jmp will be assembled but the first and third will not If both ABC and DEF are zero the third jmp will be assembled Conditional assembly blocks may be nested 171 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 10 14 MACRO and ENDM These directives provide for the definition of macros The MACRO directive should be preceded by the macro name and optionally followed by a comma separated list of formal parameters When the macro is used the macro name should be used in the same manner as a machine opcode followed by a list of arguments to be substituted for the formal parameters For example macro storem jargs argl the NAME of the source variable arg2 the literal value to load descr Loads two registers with the value in the variable storem MACRO argl arg2 movlw amp arg2 movwf amp arg1 ENDM When used this macro will expand to the 2 instructions in the body of the macro with the formal parameters substituted by the arguments Thus storem tempvar 2 expands to movlw 2 movwf tempvar A point to note in the above example the amp character is used to permit the concatenation of macro parameters with other text bu
524. with the output formatted for an 80 column printer or display 5 10 6 Ordering of Libraries The librarian creates libraries with the modules in the order in which they were given on the com mand line When updating a library the order of the modules is preserved Any new modules added to a library after it has been created will be appended to the end 206 Linker and Utilities Objtohex The ordering of the modules in a library is significant to the linker If a library contains a module which references a symbol defined in another module in the same library the module defining the symbol should come after the module referencing the symbol 5 10 7 Error Messages LIBR issues various error messages most of which represent a fatal error while some represent a harmless occurrence which will nonetheless be reported unless the W option was used In this case all warning messages will be suppressed 5 11 Objtohex The HI TECH linker is capable of producing simple binary files or object files as output Any other format required must be produced by running the utility program OBJTOHEX This allows conversion of object files as produced by the linker into a variety of different formats including various hex formats The program is invoked thus OBJTOHEX options inputfile outputfile All of the arguments are optional If output file is omitted it defaults to 1 hex or 1 bin depend ing on whether the b option is used The input file defa
525. x Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1292 malformed define in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1293 DWARF couldn t find type for Cromwell This is an internal compiler warning Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1294 there is only one day left until this licence expires Driver The compiler was fully activated for a limited evaluation period That period is about to expire in one day When expired the compiler will switch to Lite mode if available or cease to function To fully reactivate the compiler a valid serial number is required Please contact our sales department for more details 493 Error and Warning Messages 1295 there are days left until this licence will expire Driver The compiler was fully activated for a limited evaluation period That period expire soon When expired the compiler will switch to Lite mode if available or cease to function To fully reactivate the compiler a valid serial number is required Please contact our sales department for more details 1296 source file conflicts with Driver If two source files with the same name but different paths are given as arguments to the driver this fatal error will occur For example foobar c may be specified twice but in different directories This is illeg
526. x 2 exponent 127 x 1 mantissa Here are some examples of the IEEE 754 32 bit formats Note that the most significant bit of the mantissa column in 3 4 that is the bit to the left of the radix point is the implied bit which is assumed to be unless the exponent is zero in which case the float is zero The 32 bit example in 3 4 can be calculated manually as follows The sign bit is zero the biased exponent is 251 so the exponent is 251 127 124 Take the binary number to the right of the decimal point in the mantissa Convert this to decimal and divide it by 27 98 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables where 23 is the number of bits taken up by the mantissa to give 0 302447676659 Add one to this fraction The floating point number is then given by 19 x 212 x 1 302447676659 1x 2 126764793256 e 37 x 1 302447676659 2 77000e 37 Variables may be declared using the float and double keywords respectively to hold values of these types Floating point types are always signed and the unsigned keyword is illegal when specifying a floating point type Types declared as long double will use the same format as types declared as double 3 3 9 Structures and Unions HI TECH C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs supports struct and union types of any size from one byte upwards Structures and unions only differ in the memory offset applied for each member The members of structures and unions may not be objects of type bit but bit
527. y and are not altered by the run time startup code in any way The block clear of all the bss psects including the memory allocated by the code generator can be omitted by disabling the clear suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIME default clear With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of uninitialized variables will be unpredictable when the program begins execution 2 3 3 The Powerup Routine Some hardware configurations require special initialization often within the first few instruction cycles after reset To achieve this there is a hook to the reset vector provided via the powerup routine This routine can be supplied in a user defined assembler module that will be executed immedi ately after reset An empty powerup routine is provided in the file powerup as which is located in the SOURCES directory of your compiler distribution Refer to comments in this file for more details The file should be copied to your working directory modified and included into your project as a source file No special linker options or other code is required the compiler will detect if you have defined a powerup routine and will automatically use it provided the code in this routine is contained in a psect called powerup For correct operation when using the default compiler generated runtime startup code the code must contain at its end a GOTO instruction to the label called start As with all user defined assembly
528. y copy one block to another that overlaps it See Also strncpy stracmp strchr memcpy Return Value The function memmove returns its first argument 292 Library Functions MKTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t mktime struct tm tmptr Description The mktime function converts the local calendar time referenced by the tm structure pointer tmptr into a time being the number of seconds passed since Jan 1 1970 or 1 if the time cannot be represented Example include lt time h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void struct tm birthday birthday tm_year 75 1975 birthday tm_mon 2 birthday tm_mday 24 birthday tm_hour birthday tm_min birthday tm_sec 0 printf you were born approximately ld seconds after the unix epoch n mktime amp birthday See Also ctime asctime 293 Library Functions Return Value The time contained in the tm structure represented as the number of seconds since the 1970 Epoch or 1 if this time cannot be represented 294 Library Functions MODF Synopsis include lt math h gt double modf double value double iptr Description The modf function splits the argument value into integral and fractional parts each having the same sign as value For example 3 17 would be split into the integral part 3 and the fractional part 0 17 The integral part is stored as a double in
529. y merging these files in several stages rather than in one command 960 unexpected record type on line of Hexmate Intel hex file contained an invalid record type Consult the Intel hex format specification for valid record types 962 forced data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate force differing data to be stored to the same address More than one source using the specifier store data at the same address The actual data stored there may not be what you expect 963 checksum range includes voids or unspecified memory locations Hexmate Checksum range had gaps in data content The runtime calculated checksum is likely to differ from the compile time checksum due to gaps unused byes within the address range that the checksum is calculated over Filling unused locations with a known value will correct this 964 unpaired nibble in FILL value will be truncated Hexmate The hexadecimal code given to the FILL option contained an incomplete byte The incomplete byte nibble will be disregarded 965 STRPACK option not yet implemented option will be ignored Hexmate This option currently is not available and will be ignored 966 no END record for HEX file Hexmate Intel hex file did not contain a record of type END The hex file may be incomplete 967 unused function definition from line Parser The indicated static function was never called in the module bei
530. zers against the object definition array or structure e g three elements but four initializers int ivals 3 2 4 6 8 241 initialization syntax Parser The initialisation of this object is syntactically incorrect Check for the correct placement and num ber of braces and commas e g int iarray 10 a b c oops one two many s 242 illegal type for switch expression Parser A switch operation must have an expression that is either an integral type or an enumerated value e g double d switch d oops this must be integral case 1 0 d 0 383 Error and Warning Messages 243 inappropriate break continue Parser A break or continue statement has been found that is not enclosed in an appropriate control struc ture A continue can only be used inside a while for or do while loop while break can only be used inside those loops or a switch statement e g switch input case 0 if output 0 input Oxff oops this shouldn t be here and closed the switch break this should be inside the switch 244 default case redefined Parser There is only allowed to be one default label in a switch statement You have more than one e g switch a default if this is the default case b 9 break default then what is this b 10 break 245 default case not in switch Parser A label has been encountered

Untitled - 深圳市英锐恩科技有限公司

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents